London: Tours
The best guided walks, bus tours, escorted excursions, and private guides to help turn deepen your vacation experience
From the London of the Beatles to that of Harry Potter—with Bond and Holmes, Doctor Who and Downton Abbey all in between
Get in touch with your inner Dowager Countess and everybody's favorite PBS series of manners and manor houses on a day trip to tour Highclere Castle ("Downton Abbey") and other Downton sights in Oxfordshire
Famous Harry Potter sights, filming locations, and moments from the Harry Potter books and movies
From the Sherlock Holmes Museum (a mock-up of Holmes's and Watson's rooms at 221b Baker Street in an actual Victorian-era boarding house on Baker Street) to Holmesian tours of the London streets
Tour London in search of the TARDIS (and filming locations) with fellow Whovians and an expert guide
Bond, James Bond, does occasionally report back to MI6 in London, and while there sometimes even engages in a high speed chase or two though the city streets or on the River Thames
Microtours in the U.K.—Guided walks, bus tours, museum tours, private guides, escorted sidetrips, and more
Guided tours let you sit back and enjoy yourself while someone else does the driving and an expert guides you around the top sights
Hiking, biking, kayaking, ballooning, horseback and other active tours of the United Kingdom
Tours for women, gays, the disabled, seniors, pilgrims, families, and students
Guided walks are a fabulous way to bring a city to life and learn its secrets and its history
Guided visits to Britain's sights—museums, cathedrals, castles, palaces, ruins—can help make them come alive, deepen your understanding, and enrich your experience
Weird, random, oddball, and just plain fun tours and activities you can sign up for in the U.K.
Free greeter programs around the world encourage locals to welcome you to their hometown
London: Categories
See
Do
Sleep
Eat
The Rosetta Stone, the Parthenon Marble, and the Assyrian lion hunt are just some of the myriad art treasures we’ll see in this 3-hour, in-depth British Museum Tour. Led by a trained archaeologist or historian, this walk not only explores the history of the museum and its controversial history of collecting, but goes in-depth with some of its many treasures from antiquity. Together, we'll rediscover not only the museum's well-known Ancient Egyptian and Greek treasures, but some of its lesser-known, but no less magnificent, Assyrian, Persian, and Mesopotamian artifacts.
- British Museum Tour led by an expert docent trained in history or archaeology
- A insider's visit to the British Museum
- Small group sightseeing in London—6 people max
"I felt like I had goggles taken off and I could see for the first time"
British Museum Tour
We generally start with a thorough overview of how the British Museum came into existence in the mid-eighteenth century, visiting to the Enlightenment Gallery, formerly known as the King’s Library—the first part of the new museum building as it is seen today. Here we will look at how the discipline of archaeology evolved—in this very room!—from the work of antiquaries. We'll also look at how art history was born here with the study of ancient Greek sculpture and vase painting, and how Greek art set the standard for the next 200 years of what was considered the model of fully-evolved art. For people interested in intellectual history, we've arrived at a major crossroads.
Antiquities & the Rosetta Stone
From here we will traverse the halls of the museum, visiting its most important rooms. This includes the Egyptian collection. Here, we will discuss how ancient texts came to be deciphered in the first place and will compare the ways in which hieroglyphs and cuneiform, the two earliest scripts, were cracked.
Ancient Iran and Iraq
We will also look at several of the antiquities and languages of ancient Iraq and Iran, as material from these areas forms some of the earliest collections in the British Museum. Large-scale excavation in the ancient Middle East and the race to decipher hieroglyphic and cuneiform scripts were inspired by the finds from Mesopotamia and Persia. The beginnings of the British Museum are inextricably tied to the European re-discovery of these ancient cultures.
Interested in touring another can't-miss museum? Try our National Gallery Tour.
Depending on Interest
Our discussion will be illustrated by the Rosetta Stone, which now lives in the British Museum, along with nearly 130,000 pieces of cuneiform tablets from ancient Iraq, some of which are on display. Depending on the interests of our docent and the group, we may then spend time looking more in-depth at the art of ancient Iran and/or of ancient Iraq in its earlier phases, before taking in the palace reliefs of ancient Assyrian kings that form the best collection of ancient Iraqi sculpture outside Baghdad. Or, we'll spend the rest of our time looking at the Parthenon Marbles.
For a different view of archaeology in London, see our Hidden London Tour.
Take Aways
"Our docent's enthusiasm for this subject was contagious" is a refrain we hear often on this walk. Indeed, this is one of our goals: To focus on the inspiring, world-historical events that have taken place in and around the British Museum and the objects she houses, and impart a sense of wonder and appreciation among the tour participants. At the end of our time together we will emerge with a better understanding of this major institution and the key role it continues to play in intellectual life worldwide.
FAQs
Where does the tour start? Where does it end?
The tour meets near the British Museum, in an easy to find location away from the crowds. Your confirmation email will have the exact meeting point details along with a map, and 24/7 phone number. The walking tour ends inside the Museum.
Will we see the Parthenon Marbles?
Yes, they are part of the itinerary. In general, we encourage you to share with us your interests so we can adjust the tour to best meet your expectations.
Do we need to pay a ticket to get in?
No, unless you want to see one of the temporary exhibitions, the museum is free. However, donations are greatly appreciated.
Is the British Museum accessible?
The Great Russell Street entrance has 12 steps with a handrail. There are self-operable lifts on both sides of the steps. There is level access at the Montague Place entrance. The majority of galleries and all special exhibitions are fully accessible.
Is this tour good for kids and teens?
Yes! We have some excellent family friendly docents who can appeal to the learning styles of children. We have a separate British Museum for Families walk just for families with children 12 and under. When booking, please provide us with information about your children such as favorite school subjects, and hobbies. This way we can match you with the best possible docent.
From beheadings to Beefeater, political intrigue, and the Crown Jewels, few sites represent London better than it's famous Tower. This 3-hour Tower of London Tour, led by a historian who has taught British history extensively, uses the Tower as backdrop for understanding and discussing British history, the political intrigues of kings and queens, and the daily life of commoners. Together, we'll discuss the many roles the Tower has played, from strategic outpost of William the Conquerer to a prison and site of execution that witnessed the beheading of two of Henry VIII's wives. With a history that spans nearly 1,000 years, there is much more than this to explore and discover.
- Tower of London Tour explores the Tower and surrounding area
- Led by a scholar of British history
- Small group sightseeing in London - 6 people max.
- No waiting in line.
Tower of London Tour
We will begin with a walk outside the tower and consider the oldest part of the structure, which was built by William the Conqueror in the 1070s. We will think about the strategic advantages to its location by the River Thames on the edge of the wealthy City of London and its role as a reminder to Londoners of the power and military might of the king. Upon entering, we will discuss the architectural developments of the Tower of London as a castle and a royal residence in relation to the political and social presence of the ruling monarch and the various messages of power that it conveyed.
Bloody Tower
At the execution site, we will remember those who were executed and imprisoned here on charges of treason and we will explore the question of why private rather than public executions were chosen and the political implications each sentence held. In hearing of famous prisoners like Guy Fawkes, who attempted to blow up Parliament in 1605, as well as in seeing examples of torture instruments from the past, we will discuss questions of imprisonment, torture, and execution.
Looking for tours of more London landmarks? Try our Westminster Abbey Tour or St. Paul's Cathedral Tour.
Beefeaters
On our tour we will also see the Yeoman Warders, or the Beefeaters as they are more commonly known, who are the ceremonial guardians of the Tower; the ravens that have been at the tower for over 300 years and the legend surrounding them; and the Crown Jewels, used in the coronation ceremony of each new monarch, which symbolize the divine right of kings. We will discuss these in relation to the authority conferred by tradition and to the narrative within the story of the tower. We will further explore this in relation to the Victorians and the many narratives they constructed, specifically looking at Traitor's Gate and the execution site, and in relation to contemporary narratives spun by the guides.
Wrapping Up
Then, depending on your preference and continuing along with the themes of power and authority, we can enter the White Tower, the oldest part of the Tower of London constructed in the 1070s, and explore the state-of-the-art Norman fortress and royal palace. We will see spectacular examples of Henry VIII's armor and discuss the functions of the medieval tournament and its chivalric ideals. Alternatively, we can explore the many other towers, perhaps seeing the graffiti carved into the walls by prisoners in the Beauchamp Tower (also known as the Bloody Tower), where two young princes were said to have been murdered in 1483.
FAQ
Where do we meet? Where does it end?
The tour meets near the Tower, in an easy to find location away from the crowds. Your confirmation email will have the exact meeting point details along with a map, and 24/7 phone number. The walking tour ends within the Tower grounds.
Does this walk "skip the line"?
Yes, we use a reserved entry to bypass the ticket line at the entrance. However, if you are interested in a fully exclusive, "no crowds" experience, we also offer an early morning Tower of London walk
Will we see the Crown Jewels?
Yes, the Jewels are part of the tour. Please note that during peak season the Jewel House can be quite crowded, especially in the late morning and early afternoon.
Can I buy food and drink at the Tower or should I bring my own snacks?
Yes. There are various restaurants and cafés at the Tower offering a wide range of refreshments, snacks and meals, but you can also bring your own snacks.
Can I take photographs?
You are welcome to take photographs or to video within most of the Tower but photography and filming are not permitted inside the Jewel House, the Martin Tower, the chapel of St John inside the White Tower or in the Chapel Royal of St Peter ad Vincula.
Is the Tower of London accessible?
Whilst the Tower welcomes all visitors, this historic building has places with difficult stairs and passageways and wheelchair access is limited. There are also a large number of steps throughout the Tower with cobbles laid in some of the roads. However, the Jewel House and the Crown Jewels are fully accessible to all visitors.
Is this tour good for kids?
Yes! We have some excellent family friendly docents who can appeal to the learning styles of children. We have a separate Tower of London for Families walk just for families with children 12 and under. When booking, free to provide us with information about your children such as favorite school subjects, and hobbies. This way we can match you with the best possible docent.
The Tate Modern is one of the best modern art museums in the world, also featuring some of the world's most innovative contemporary art exhibitions. Our Tate Modern Tour, led by an art historian or curator, is a rich, immersive experience for anyone looking to track the development of art throughout the modern age, from its origins in the early 20th centuries, through surrealism, postmodernism, and up to today.
- Traces the development of modern art, featuring artists like Matisse, Magritte, Miró, Warhol, Beuys, and Judd
- Led by an art historian or artist
- Group tours are capped at 6 people
Tate Modern Tour
We will begin by discussing the history of Tate Modern, particularly the conversion and opening of the gallery in a disused power station in 2000. We will also look into the history of the area, Southwark, and its historical associations with entertainment and industry. Once inside, we will spend some time in the Turbine Hall, which usually features a current installation, before moving into the permanent collection. As we move around the gallery, we will discuss Tate Modern's ground-breaking hang, which challenges the convention of displaying art chronologically and is instead organized around four wings, each of which is centered on a seminal artistic moment of the twentieth century.
A Thematic Approach
As we work our way through twentieth-century art we will discuss why certain styles and movements proliferated at this time and examine different artists and works in relation to not only the artistic tradition but also the socio-political climate of the period. We will begin with early challenges to traditional modes of painting, focusing on Cubism, which was pioneered by Picasso and Braque and which questioned the way in which we perceive things, alongside the works of the colorist Henri Matisse, who wanted his art to have the effect of a good armchair on a tired businessman. Tate Modern has one of the finest Surrealist collections in the world; in relation to works by Dali, Magritte, and Miro, we will discuss the beginnings of the movement in the 1920s, its attempts to produce an art of the unconscious, and its ability to question our ideas about reality. Giacometti's sculptures of slender figures will begin an inquiry into how the trauma of World War I and World War II affected modes of representing the human figure as well as the relationship between art and humanity.
Want to see another seminal London museum? Try our National Gallery Tour.
This Is Not a Pipe
We will also look at Marcel Duchamp's radical use of unconventional materials and ready-made objects in the early 1900s and his influence on mid-twentieth century artists such as Andy Warhol, who represents pop art and how it challenged consumer culture; Joseph Beuys, who represents conceptual art and its emphasis of idea over object; and Donald Judd, who represents minimalism and its strongly abstracted works using modern, industrial materials. Last but not least, we will examine works by contemporary practitioners, considering not only their context, but also their place in the trajectory of twentieth-century art.
Take Aways
At the end of our time together we will have a deeper understanding of 20th century art and the work of several practicing contemporary artists. This walk perfectly compliments our Thames River Tour, which takes us down the banks of the River Thames towards Tate Modern.
Need to satisfy that runner's high, even on vacation? See the city and get some exercise on our London Running Tour, a custom jaunt with one of our expert guides (and ardent runners). We'll take in the sights after strapping on our running shoes and venturing out on a leisurely-paced jog, catching some of London's most beautiful sites while getting our morning exercise.
- London Running Tour
- Led by an expert (who is also a runner)
- Private tour customized to your interests and location
London Running Tour
While this London Running Tour lasts two hours (more or less), the idea is to mix touring with running by making numerous stops along the way. We generally begin at your hotel, meaning the course varies depending on which highlights are nearby. However, in general, we will design a course that visits some major sites, with an eye toward those that are most exhilarating on a jog.
The experience is highly customizable, so to match your pace, level of fitness and interests. We try to include one or two parks as part of the run (Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens are our favorites), but we are open to your suggestions and requests.
Take Aways
At the end of the run you will feel energized and will have experienced London as a local, discovering some of London's best running paths while visiting some of the city's highlights before the crowds arrive.
For a different way to see London's Royal Parks, take a look at our London Parks and Palaces Tour. Or, to further delve into the area around Kensington Gardens, see our London City Tour of Kensington and Knightsbridge.
FAQ
Do we go inside the venues or just see them from the outside?
Generally we don't go into any site during this tour, however we can customize the run to include a stop or two. What if it’s raining?
Tours operate rain or shine, but in the case of inclement weather, your docent may modify the tour so more time is spent indoors. Appropriate gear is recommended.
Is this tour good for kids?
Yes! We have some excellent family friendly docents who can appeal to the learning styles of children. Please book privately if you have children under 13. Feel free to provide us with information about your children such as favorite school subjects, and hobbies. This way we can match you with the best possible docent.
Is this a walking intensive tour?
Yes, during the tour we generally cover between 6 and 8 miles. The pace of the run can be adjusted based on your preferences.
With over 50 highly qualified specialists in art history, urban design, architecture, cuisine, social history, preservation, and other topics related to London, we are well-equipped to design a custom London tour on any variety of topic. Looking for your own private guide in London? This is it.
In a half day or full day, we can design the perfect walk to fit your trip. Here are some example itineraries:
- Full day itinerary to Highclere Castle and Oxfordshire, for a real Downton Abbey experience.
- One or multi-day Tudor focused itinerary, taking us from Greenwich to Hampton Court, Windsor Palace and Hever Castle. (Note: we offer a Greenwich Tour, as well as a Hampton Court Tour.)
- Gardens of England full day, including Sissinghurst, Blenheim Palace, Great Dixter.
Private Guide in London
We can design a wide variety of walks for people with special interests, lasting from 3 hours to 3 days, and starting at GBP 500 per group. Drawing on our network of docents, range of other services, and a growing network in London, the limits of a custom-walk are circumscribed only by the bounds of our collective imagination.
When requesting a custom walk, please provide the following details in the Notes section when adding the walk to your shopping cart:
- How many hours would you like the walk to be?
- What are your main goals for the walk?
- Which sites and museums would you like to prioritize? Do you want to just pass by or explore inside as well?
- Give us one or two words to describe your group.
Once we receive your custom walk request, we'll review these details and follow up with you by email to refine your itinerary and give you final pricing.
Don't worry, we will not be charging your card at this point. Your order will go into our system as pending.
We can arrange car services and special access—like on our Early Access Tower of London Tour—as part of the customization.
The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses one of the world's greatest collections of decorative art and design in the world, with a collection running the gamut from preparatory materials for the Sistine Chapel to exquisite Islamic art, like the Ardabil Carpet. Our Victoria and Albert Museum Tour, led by a local historian, explores not only the history of the V&A, delving into its origins in the 1851 Great Exhibition, but provides a comprehensive look at a few of the most important galleries in this expansive museum.
- Victoria and Albert Museum Tour led by a design and history expert
- Small group V&A tours—6 people max
- Discover one of the most diverse fine art collections in the world.
Victoria and Albert Museum Tour
After receiving a brief overview of the museum's history outside the building, our tour will continue inside the museum with a visit to the famous Raphael Cartoons (1515-16), which were created by Raphael as preparatory drawings for tapestries intended to hang in the Sistine Chapel (nota bene: for those also headed to Italy, we offer a Vatican Museum Tour), but which today are considered works of art in their own right. Raphael's drawings depict scenes from the lives of St. Peter and St. Paul; we will analyze each in some depth with a discussion of the history of the cartoons, the Renaissance ideals in art, and the relationship between painting and tapestry weaving. We will continue by discussing the history of art and sculpture in the sculpture galleries with works by the Baroque sculptor Bernini, the neoclassical artist Canova, and the late-nineteenth century sculptor Rodin before moving on to the Cast Courts, which contain casts of artworks and objects from around Europe. The collection includes casts of Michelangelo's sixteenth-century 'David', of the first century Trajan's Column, and of the spectacular sixteenth century tomb of St. Sebaldus. Here, we will discuss the Victorian interest in collecting casts.
A Global Collection
From the Cast Court, we'll move to the British Galleries, which chart the changes in British art and design from the Tudor monarchs in the 1500s to Queen Victoria in 1901, in order to consider in greater depth how different styles arose over the centuries and how the social, cultural, and historical contexts influenced these changes. We will focus on a diverse array of objects such as the sixteenth-century 'Great Bed of Ware', the writing box belonging to Henry VIII, the eighteenth-century Rococo music room from Norfolk House, and the Arts and Crafts style as represented by William Morris in the late nineteenth century.
The Islamic Gallery
We will then compare this emphasis on style and design in Western European production with a visit to the Islamic Gallery, where we will focus on the sixteenth-century 'Ardabil carpet' in relation to the function and design of the art object in the Islamic world as well as the tension that developed between art production and science. Here, we will also explore the effects of trade and cultural exchange on design.
Take Aways
Then, depending on time and interest, we can explore the extensive fashion collection (on which we also offer a Victoria and Albert Museum Fashion Tour), visit the exquisite jewelry galleries, or alternatively discuss the form and function of glass over the centuries.
FAQ
What's in the V&A museum?
The Museum’s collections span over 2000 years of human creativity, in virtually every medium and drawn from across Europe, the Middle East, India, China, Japan and many other parts of the world.
Is it true that we can see a replica of the Trajan’s Column?
Yes, the tallest object in the collections is a plaster cast of Trajan’s Column, reproduced from the marble original in Rome. It is displayed in two separate towers which if put together would reach 35.6 m high.
Do we need to pay a ticket to get in?
No, unless you want to see one of the temporary exhibitions, the museum is free. However, donations are greatly appreciated.
Visit two of the best universities in the world in one day! Starting at the city of Cambridge, where you will enjoy a walking guided tour of the city. We continue our trip towards Oxford, where you will also enjoy a guided tour of its famous sights. Lastly, we will enter Christ Church - famous for being one of the Harry potter films and later a source of inspiration.
Depart London and start your journey to the first destination, Cambridge situated on the River cam, houses one of the most prestigious universities in the world - where Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin, CS Lewis between others, studied! Start a 45-minutes walking tour, this will finish right in the centre where you will be able to access its many colleges and quirky shops.
Continue the tour to Oxford - the City of Dreaming Spires - which revolves around its university, founded during the 12th century. Many reknown figures studied here such as Bill Clinton, JRR Tolkien - writer of the Lord of the Rings and famous actors such as Hugh Grant!
Visit Christ Church, one of the largest colleges in Oxford and home to the smallest cathedral in the UK - known as one of the sets for the Harry Potter films. Later on you can enjoy free time in the market. Then start your journey back to London.
From any of the 10 stops around the city, hop aboard the open-top, double-decker City Sightseeing bus and sit back as you explore the twin towns of Windsor and Eton, separated by the River Thames and joined by Windsor Bridge.
On board, learn about the sights and the history of Windsor through recorded audio commentary. See the whole city on the entire loop, which takes about 45 minutes, or hop off at conveniently located stops around the city to explore at your own pace.
Visit famous Windsor Castle, the Queen's royal residence. Built in the 11th century, this is largest and oldest inhabited castle in the world. Depending on the day, you may be able to witness the Changing of the Guard parade outside the castle. Be sure to check the schedule ahead of time to see this stately ceremony steeped in centuries of history – it's a quintessential English experience!
Hop off to explore Windsor Great Park, a massive deer park which served for many centuries as the private hunting ground of Windsor Castle. Now open to the public, Windsor Great Park features various recreational areas, sweeping green laws, hills, ponds and small woods dominated by ancient oak trees. Be sure to stroll down the Long Walk, an avenue of trees that runs between the park and Windsor Castle.
Crossing Windsor Bridge, spend some time in Eton. This riverside town is most famous for being the site of Eton College, a notable public institution known for educating many future politicians, judges and diplomats.
Your City Sightseeing hop-on hop-off Windsor pass is valid for 24 hours from the time of first use, so you have plenty of time to see all the sights at your leisure. The buses drop off at each of the 10 stops around the city at the end of the day.
Hop-on hop-off tour stops:
- Castle Hill - outside Windsor Castle, Central Station, RWIC
- High Street
- Castle Hill - opposite Windsor Castle
- Datchet Road - Riverside Station, St George's School, French Brothers River Cruises
- Datchet Green - Kris Cruisers
- Slough Road - opposite Eton College Main Entrance and College Chapel
- Windsor Bridge
- Slough Road - Burning Bush, Eton College
- Farm Shop
- Kings Road - The Long Walk
- Thames Street - Theatre Royal
Climb aboard Windsor's only amphibious tour! On the Road River Splash Tour you begin the journey outside the magnificent Windsor Castle first visiting the great statue of Queen Victoria followed by Henry VIII Gate. You then continue down past the Royal Mews towards the Victoria Barracks, then venturing down the Kings Road taking in the magnificent views of the Long Walk & Crown Estate.
You then work your way along the riverside village of Datchet with stunning views of the River Thames as you cross both the Albert & Victoria bridge. Arriving back into Windsor you venture along the river front towards your slipway at Windsor Leisure Centre. On arrival at the slipway there is a brief but important safety announcement, after which you then splashdown into the River Thames!
After the excitement of the splashdown has calmed you cruise down the Thames to experience the breathtaking views of the castle from the river. Your live guide will educate & entertain throughout your tour with the rich history and stories that Windsor has to offer. The final completion of the tour drops you right back where you started so you can continue your adventure of Windsor by foot.
Enjoy a day away from the city with this wonderful bike tour of Windsor and surrounding areas. Upon arrival, get on your bikes and set off on a leisurely, traffic free eight-mile (13 km) cycle through the country lanes, historic houses and cottages of the Thames Valley. Stop for a short break at the Tudor mansion of Dorney Court, dating back to 1440, before cycling to the 2012 Olympic Rowing Lake.
Continue along the river, taking in the majesty of Windsor Castle before pedalling on to educators for 19 British Prime Ministers and the oldest school in the world - Eton College.
The cycle ends by the River Thames with easy access back to the train station or towards the castle. This bike tour makes the perfect countryside escape from the hustle and bustle of the busy city life.
In a world where pop-culture and pavements collide, a group of strangers will embark on a journey they will never forget. Against all odds, a hero will guide you to where Bridget Jones famously kissed the love of her life. Through the dark streets you will spy the seedy spots where Alfie picked up his ‘birds’ – and make it through to their ultimate destination- Gotham City.
See the sites made popular by cinematic icons like 'James Bond' and 'Harry Potter', as well as the location for film history’s most famous zombie attacks.
Come on a 2-hour journey through the dark, dirty and murderous streets of London’s Dickensian past. Enter the secret world of violence, prostitution and gin ruled over by the menace of Jack the Ripper.
See the sites where Jack performed his grisly murders and walk the same streets as his unfortunate victims. Hear about the salacious side of Victorian life and learn the facts about slums and inner city poverty in the 1880’s. It’s a chance to finally separate fact from fiction, myth from reality and get to know exactly what Jack did to those tragic girls. You’ll get to play detective too when you’re given a sinister profile of some of the most likely suspects.
This 2-hour walking tour of London pubs promises drama, intrigue, and a fair amount of local history. Meet your guide near the Chancery Lane Underground Station and discover the oldest drinking establishments as you explore the winding streets and back alleys of the historic city center.
Visit where Dylan Thomas drunkenly misplaced his manuscripts, learn how Victorians fed their gin cravings, and stand in secret alleyways where one of England’s most notorious poets faced a duel. Learn about London’s seedy drink-obsessed past while taking in the splendor of modern-day London and sensing the ghosts of yesteryear at some of the city’s top landmarks.
Finish up at a watering hole regularly frequented by Charles Dickens, where you're served a favorite drink (half-pint of beer included).
Meet your guide in central London and begin your 2-hour walking tour, taking your nighttime stroll between the city's skyscrapers and trendy restaurants. It won't be difficult to imagine London's haunted past as you sneak through these dark streets, and listen to the spookiest stories of the ghouls, ghosts, and specters that creep the capital's back alleys after dusk. Daring to walk in their mysterious footsteps, you'll hear nearly unspeakable tales of blood-curdling crime, midnight monsters, and devilish demons.
Hunt for the entryway to the Leaky Cauldron, visit the real-life inspiration for Diagon Alley, and jump like a chocolate frog into a side of London that most muggles (non-wizarding or non-magical people) don't know about. Whether you’re a wizard, witch, or squib (aka wizard-born), you’ll be certain to see London at its most magical during this 2.5-hour walking tour of filming sites for the famous Harry Potter series.
Grab your robes, don your house colors, and meet your guide in central London (invisibility cloaks, time turners, and Hippogriffs are strictly forbidden!). Relive the thrill of Harry Potter’s broom ride along the River Thames and see if you can catch the Knight Bus. Learn whether you're a sneaky Slytherin or a gallant Gryffindor, before you look out for the Hogwarts Express at Platform 9 3/4.
Your guide accompanies you on a ride on the London Underground from Westminster to King's Cross (your ticket is not included), before your tour ends.
Alternative, trendy, and recently gentrified, London’s East End is one of the most vibrant and exciting areas in town – Subculture Tours is ready to help you discover what has become known as the greatest open air gallery in the world. Street Art and Graffiti has taken the world by storm with cities around the globe annually hosting Street Art/Graffiti festivals but London’s East End is where every artists wants to paint.
Subculture Tours are ready to invite you into a world that has been closed to the general public for many years.
This tour has been designed by a very active member of the Graffiti scene in London. He helps create art districts in London by speaking to owners of properties and taking control of those walls and invites street artists to paint beautiful colourful murals in run down neighbourhoods which helps generate a better economy for the people of that district.
Other achievements he was filmed for American TV show Entertainment tonight where he was approached by Hollywood movie actor Josh Duhamel (Transformers) to take him on a guided tour of Graffiti and Street art in Shoreditch finishing with a workshop.
We start the day by taking a bike ride through an industrial graffiti area set along canals and river paths taking in some amazing street art and graffiti. You cycle through the East End of London avoiding any major roads taking in the scenery and scouting for fresh street art pieces. We end up in Shoreditch where we drop the bikes off and explore on foot.
On the two hour walk you will be introduced to world famous, local and up and coming artists showcasing different styles and using different techniques, Spray paint, pasteups, stickers, fire extinguishers, installations, futuristic, drip art, X-ray Graffiti, Wildsyle letters, throwups, tags.
We break for lunch in an old Brewery where there are cafes and food trucks.
We now make are way by tube to the Graffiti workshop where a carefully handpicked team of artists will help you unleash the vandal within.
The artists are all very patient and great with people and conduct themselves in a professional manner. You will learn about tagging, throwups, masterpieces and character work
Next we introduce you to using spray paint where you will learn about can control and pressure practicing drawing straight lines circles, squares to help you feel confident with the can.
Once we think you are ready we shall demonstrate the process of sketching, filling and outlining.
We want you to be proud of what you do so we do not rush the workshop.
We finish the day by celebrating with a beer/wine.
You will start your day by meeting your guide at the fourth plinth in Trafalgar Square.
You will be taken on a fascinating journey through time in a city that is a 1000 years old. Your guide is an expert story teller and will make the buildings come to life. You will be given history, facts, dates but not to much that your brain starts to hurt.
You will see Buckingham Palace, St James Palace, Palace of Westminster, St James Park, Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament, Big Ben, The London Eye, The Horse Guards Parade and depending on the day The changing of the guard or the Changing of the Horse Guards).
Next we take a beautiful cruise on the Thames River for 30 minutes passing by the City of London your guide will entertain you with informative and fun information about the old Roman city, St Pauls Cathedral, Modern architecture, London Bridge, Tower bridge, The Globe theatre, The Tate modern they will inform you of the dubious past of the South side of the river Thames as wells allowing you time to relax and enjoy the sights. ( The boat is covered for those rare rainy days.
The cruise will come to an end at the Tower of London where you can visit (optional) this medieval castle and have a complimentary tour with a Beefeater (highly recommended).
Your guide will meet you at a designated central location.
Walk in the footsteps of the rich and powerful. You'll be introduced to the personalities who ruled Great Britain, from Edward the Confessor to Thersea May. You will be taken to see where they lived, worked and played, as well as where many are entombed today.
Start by visiting one of the most well known landmarks in the world, Big Ben and explore the political and social heart of London. Get your camera ready to take pictures of The Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey. Hear stories of treason, Royal weddings and the political system.
Make your way through one of the most beautiful parks in central London- St James, with its lake and wildlife to keep you entertained. Once you step out of the park you will see Buckingham Palace and St James Palace. Arrive in time for the impressive Changing of The Guard, something no tourist should miss.
Next the tour will make its way to Trafalgar Square where you will see and learn of one of the greatest Naval leaders this country has seen- Admiral Horatio Nelson. At this point there will be time for a short break in an area renowned for street entertainers and world class restaurants and great street food. Possibly head into Soho home to little Italy, and cuisine from around the world. Ask your guide for a suggestion or where the best coffee is found (own expense).
Board one of the famous red London buses (own expense) and pass by the Bankers and lawyers and hop off at the centre of the financial city where St Paul's Cathedral stands.Stroll down the beautiful South bank river passing by William Shakespeare's Globe Theatre, Tate Modern, St Paul's Cathedral, The Shard and the greatest food market London has to offer, Borough Market. Here you can treat yourself to great coffee, wine, locally crafted beer or cake (own expense).
Cross the famous London Bridge where there will be a photo opportunity of the most famous bridge in the world, Tower Bridge. Once across, arrive at the 11th century Tower of London where the Crown Jewels are kept and home of the Yeomen Warders or more commonly known as Beefeaters. A place built as a fortress to protect London and England. It is here that the tour will end, your guide will answer any questions and direct you to where you want to go.
Brixton Village is said to be the best place in London for tasting foods from all around the world. Here, you’ll find Europe, India, Asia, Africa, South America and the Caribbean all represented. There are cafés and restaurants dishing up all sorts of flavors, and shops that sell everything from charcuterie and cheese to traditional Chinese medicine. Eat and drink at markets, shops, bakeries, and restaurants.
Brixton is also home to the most unusual, exotic markets in London selling electronics, groceries, clothing and much more. Your guide will introduce you to world famous street art, a graffiti hall of fame and show you amazing murals from the 1980s as well as pointing out great music venues, that have transformed Brixton in to a proper Bohemian Village.
This tour is for small groups and is led by entertaining local guides who will make sure you eat and drink like kings but also educate you with stories that give you insights into the traditions and culture of one of London’s greatest neighborhoods. Brixton is also home to one of the largest beer gardens in South London where you will, of course, have a beer and shoot pool!
What you can expect: Italian coffee, Rubens Empanadas and firery salsa, Grandma Roslyns Home baked goods and Grandpas freshly made juices (only Thursday-Saturday), Brian's Fish, Wings n Tings, Alessandros homemade Italian ice cream, and Brixton Breweries locally crafted beer.
This is not your normal history tour. Discover great cafes, bars, markets, graffiti hall off fame see a side of London like no other
Meet your guide at a designated location. Visit Buckingham Palace and St James Palace from the outside whilst you are told the fascinating history of these Palaces. Also stories of Royal scandal.
Then you will visit the political and social heart of the country, with great photo opportunity of Big Ben, Parliament and Westminster Abbey. Be entertained with stories of terror, treason, Royal weddings and Winston Churchill and WWII. Walk past the home of David Cameron and the Horse Guard Parade in to Trafalgar Square home of Admiral Horatio Nelson one of Britain's greatest war leaders.
Walk the cobbled streets of Covent Garden. Stop at a traditional pub that was voted the greatest pub in the United Kingdom where you can have a traditional local beer or cider. Venture on and take in some of the incredible street entertainment and the beautiful Italian pizza the area is known for.
Your tour will end in Soho, an area renowned for its restaurants, cafe culture, entertainment, music with a few suggestions on where to eat.
Around 9.30am is the best time to start the tour. You will be collected either in the reception of your hotel or at designated central London location. Start the day with an introduction to the city you will be visiting and it's surrounding areas making sure you know where you are and what is in the nearby areas.
You will be taken through the Royal Green Park making your way down to the first palace (Buckingham). Visit the outside of the palace whilst being told the history of the Royal family, what happened to the Palace during WW2, who lives there, has anyone broken in before, what do the servants do have all these questions answered.
Next march on to St James's palace, this is the greatest place to watch the Changing of the Guard. Your guide shall make sure you get the perfect view, great photos and even march a long side the Guards.
After watching this century old tradition stroll through one of the most beautiful parks discovering fauna/flora and wildlife as you make our way to the political and social heart of London. Here you will visit the exteriors of some of the most iconic buildings in the world (Big Ben, Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey).
After this great photo stop start making your way towards Trafalgar Square passing by the Winston Churchill War Room, The Horse Guard Parade eventually arriving to where the tour will end, surrounded with lively neighbourhoods with great pubs, restaurants and museums. Your guide will be very happy to give you recommendations for places to eat and to sip a traditional British beer.
We start at 15:00 making sure we get to the these fascinating places before they get to busy. This is a small group tour, you could be part of a group of 15 with people from all over the world participating which is a great way to meet new people make friends and learn of other peoples culture.
First stop is the oldest Victorian Gin Palace in London have you ever heard the phrase 'One for the road or on the Wagon?"
We now try to find our way to what's said to be the most difficult pub to find (according to one story, one man worked just around the corner for six years without finding it), but it is well worth the effort.
From there we wonder the narrow passages and century old alley ways to the next pub a favourite among literary greats such as Charles Dickens and Dr Samuel Johnson a real labyrinth of a place but don't worry we shall help you escape this maze of a place.
The adventure continues with a short bus ride (guests own expense) to London"s oldest wine cave set in cellars that are all candlelit and have an amazing cheese, bread and pickle selection. This place only serves wine and port.
The last stop is a pub that was voted as the greatest pub in the United Kingdom with great beer and real cider selection. The atmosphere in this pub is always electric being in the middle of theatre district there is always a chance of bumping in to someone famous.
Enjoy a vineyard and winery tour, wine tasting (sample an array of English wines), a gastro pub lunch and discount on all wines purchased on the day. Whether you live in London or you're visiting from abroad, a die hard foodie or you'd just like to try some English wine, this is a great day out for everyone.
Choose this Kent English Wine Tasting Tour and enjoy a great day out tasting an array of award winning English wines.The day starts with collection by mini bus from a central London location, to join a group of fellow wine lovers. Once on board you will be whisked away to the English countryside, where we will pass through a host of quintessential English Towns and Villages brimming with the beautiful views and scenery that England is so well known for.
The first stop of the day will take you to Chapel Down Winery to enjoy a tour of their winery and vineyards followed by a tasting of 6 of their signature wines.
Lunch is at a local gastropub where you get to choose from a of selection of very English dishes, followed by dessert and of course served with English Wine.
After lunch you will head to the second winery of the day The Hush Heath Estate, an award winning vineyard and both renowned for their English Sparkling Wine. You'll get to try their full range of wines and compares different vintages. Then back on the minibus, and back to London where your tour ends.
You will have a tour guide for the day who will tell you about the history of English wine and some local knowledge too. This day trip is perfect for novices and wine aficionados alike. Quite simply you'll learn all about English Wine and why it tastes so good.
Enjoy a vineyard and winery tour, wine tasting (sample an array of English wines), a gastro pub lunch and discount on all wines purchased on the day. Whether you live in London or you're visiting from abroad, a die hard foodie or you'd just like to try some English wine, this is a great day out for everyone.
Choose this Sussex English Wine Tasting Tour and enjoy a great day out tasting an array of award winning English wines.
The day starts with collection by mini bus from a central London location, to join a group of fellow wine lovers. Once on board you will be whisked away to the English countryside, where we will pass through a host of quintessential English Towns and Villages brimming with the beautiful views and scenery that England is so well known for.
The first stop of the day will take you to The Bolney Estate to enjoy a tour of their winery and vineyards followed by a tasting of 6 of their signature wines.
Lunch is at a local gastropub where you get to choose from a of selection of very English dishes, followed by dessert and of course served with English Wine.
After lunch we head to our second winery of the day, the Bluebell Vineyard Estates, both award winning vineyards and both renowned for their English Sparkling Wine. You'll get to try their full range of wines and compares different vintages.
Then back on the minibus, and back to London where your tour ends. You will have a tour guide for the day who will tell you about the history of English wine and some local knowledge too.
This day trip is perfect for novices and wine aficionados alike. Quite simply you'll learn all about English Wine and why it tastes so good.
Start your guided tour of Greenwich at the Sir Walter Raleigh statue, which is located just outside the northern entrance to the Greenwich Tourism Information Centre.
Visit the Cutty Sark, a beautiful ship that was fully restored and opened to the public in 2012, following a £50 Million restoration. Continue your tour with a visit to St. Alfege's Church, designed by the renowned architect Nicholas Hawksmoor. There has been a church located on this site for a thousand years.
Catch views of the River Thames and enjoy a traditional lunch in a riverside pub. Pub favorites such as fish and chips are on the menu, along with complimentary tea, coffee, or soda. After lunch, explore the Greenwich Observatory and the prime meridian. Visit the prime meridian and head into the historic Flamsteed House, designed by the great Sir Christopher Wren.
Continue your tour to the National Maritime Museum,the largest of its type in the world. Visit the Old Royal Naval College and its magnificent Painted Hall. Conclude your tour at the Greenwich Market, filled with local artisans and international food stands.
This tour is ideal for those who just don't have the time for our full day tour. The tour starts at 12:30 pm daily and we meet at the Sir Walter Raleigh. The first venue on the tour is the Greenwich Royal Observatory dating back to 1675 and designed/built by Sir Christopher Wren.
Stand at the centre of world time and space, on the prime meridian of the globe. We take you right into Flamsteed House where the apartments have been very well conserved and cared for. It is here that you will see the clocks of the genius John Harrison - the man who solved the longitudinal problem after a life-long saga.
Then head down the hill to the National Maritime Museum, largest of its type in the world. Highlights include Turner's monumental painting " Battle of Trafalgar ", Prince Frederick's royal barge, etc. There is a smart cafe located in the Museum, where we break for tea/coffee (own expense).
Onwards to the only teaclipper to have survived: Cutty Sark. After a seven year long, £52 million pound restoration she looks very fine. We take you right on board, into the cargo hold that held most of the 10,000 tea chests enroute from Shanghai to London during her hay day.
The next port of call is the Old Royal Naval College which is now the campus of the University of Greenwich. Your guide takes you to the famous Queen's Gate where Queen Elizabeth would greet her favourites such as Sir Francis Drake returning to England with Spanish gold and silver. Visit the magnificent Painted Hall where movies such as 'Thor 2' were filmed.
The tour normally ends by 4 pm at the Greenwich Market which has been onsite since the 1830's and has been transformed into a great London market complete with art shops, boutiques and fantastic street food!
Start your tour at the Ship in a Bottle statue which is located at the
southern entrance ( IE. observatory side ) to the National Maritime
Museum. See and experience Turner's magnificent painting of the Battle
of Trafalgar which he painted in the early 1820's. From there you will
continue on to the Nelson, Navy, Nation gallery where you will see the
jacket that Nelson was wearing at the time he was mortally wounded on
board HMS Victory.
Visit the Trade Gallery to learn more about
trade with the Far East and its origins with the East India Company.
Half way through the tour, you will have the opportunity to enjoy a
coffee/tea break at the nice cafe located in the Museum.
Explore
the Atlantic Slavery gallery which portrays a brutally honest history
of the slave trade and England's role in that trade. Also discover more
about lighthouses and their history in the UK.
This tour is for lovers of Shakespeare including those who might have seen the film 'Shakespeare in Love' starring Gwenyth Paltrow. Your very own tour guide will walk you through the lanes of South Bank, which was in the time of Shakespeare a little bit like England's very own Las Vegas. It was the entertainment district with many pubs, brothels, theatres and churches standing next to each other!
You will get to see the actual site of the original Globe Theatre that opened in 1599 and in which Shakespeare himself had a share.
You will see where the Rose Theatre once stood, the Globe's competitor whose director was Ben Jonson - friend and colleague of Shakespeare's.
Venues on the tour include the ruins of Winchester Palace, the Anchor Pub as well as the magnificent Southwark Cathedral were the Bard worshiped and where his younger brother Edmond is buried. The Shakespeare stained glass window is beautiful. There is much to see on this guided walking tour that relate directly or indirectly to Shakespeare such as the Ferryman's Seat and an exact model of the Golden Hind, Sir Francis Drake's little ship that circumnavigated the globe. The official in-house Globe Theatre tour is included in the tour and gives you an up-close and personal look at how Shakespeare's Globe must have been like. This was the dream fulfilled of American actor/producer Sam Wanamaker.
Meet at the front entrance to the Royal Courts of Justice on the Strand. The Courts are located in a huge Victorian building full of legal history. Tour guests are normally shown into an actual ongoing court case by your guide. After a brief tour of the building, the tour then proceeds to the Rolls Building which is where eg. Russian oligarchs come to settle their disputes seeking British justice. Your guide is a member and so takes you into the British Law Society housed in splendid surroundings. It is here that we take our tea/coffee break about half way through the tour.
After the break, we make time for visits to the Inns of Court and gardens, a shop where the legal profession purchase their wigs and then the tour will go past the Old Bailey. Much to see and experience of a legal nature and your lawyer guide is able to answer all legal queries.
Meet your guide at 9:30am in Trafalgar Square. First port of call is the delightful rose garden at the Artists Church, designed by Inigo Jones. Experience the Church itself as well, built in the Italian classical style. Due to its location in the West End, many artists. actors, singers and entertainers worshipped here. Hence its name.
Afterwards, walk through Covent Garden past the Opera House and over to nearby Lincoln's Inn Fields, possibly the largest square in all of London. Here we visit the fascinating John Soane Museum, home to the great Victorian architect. Much to see inside, notably his interior designs, ancient antiquities and Hogarth prints. Depart for the Inns of Court and their lovely hidden gardens within the Courts.
A taxi takes you over to the London Garden Museum, near Lambeth Palace. Lovely knot garden here as well as an opportunity to take a much-deserved tea/coffee break (own expense), sampling some of the home-made pastries on offer in the cafe. After the break, head for one of the highlights of the entire tour, the Chelsea Physic Garden. Take a local in-house tour of the Garden as you learn more about the medicinal uses of plants and flowers. After a leisurely visit here, head over to Kensington Palace and the Orangerie there, for a traditional English High Tea. Afterwards, we take time to visit the beautiful sunken garden. The tour normally completes here, with tour guests free to linger in the gift shop.
Kick off your afternoon food tour by meeting your guide in Greenwich — a colorful district nestled along the bank of the Thames River. Then, step off the beaten path and visit foodie spots many visitors miss. As you explore, gain insight into London’s rich culinary and cultural history.
Stop at British and international cafes and eateries, and sample some of the sweet treats and local delicacies Greenwich’s residents love. Visit Greenwich Market if it’s open, and soak up the atmosphere as the busy sellers trade their produce to the hungry crowds.
Listen as your guide sheds light on Greenwich’s thriving cuisine scene and gain insight into the area’s fascinating history.
You’ll see work by street artists, including Banksy and Invader, as well as many others less well known and homegrown artists. Hear about the eccentric characters and waves of immigration that have shaped this area and hopefully get a feel for what makes this such a vibrant part of London.
The Tour starts on Liverpool Street side of Liverpool Street Station. During the next 2 hours you'll learn about some of the darker and murkier history of London, things you won't hear about during your stereotypical tour of London.
You'll learn about the area in Roman times through to Victorian times and beyond and discover stories about the rich history of immigration into the area, including the modern day immigrants to the area (the Hipsters!). The our will also cover iconic characters of the area including Jack the Ripper, the Kray twins, the Elephant Man and many, many more.
The second half of the tour focuses more on the culture of street art in the area and guests will get the opportunity to view works by famous artists such as BANKSY, C215, Invader and Shepherd Fairy. The tour will finish on Brick Lane, infamous for it's 50-odd curry houses (the largest number of Indian restaurants outside of the Indian sub-continent!). We are also very happy to give you recommendations of where you should go for lunch after the conclusion of the tour.
Meet your guide near Mornington Crescent tube station in the afternoon, then head into Camden to start your tour. Along the way, gain insight into popular musicians and bands such as Amy Winehouse, Jimi Hendrix, Pink Floyd, The Rolling Stones, and The Sex Pistols, who elevated Camden Town to the world capital of rock’n’roll.
Explore bustling street markets where London traders sell everything from clothes and food to jewelry, music, souvenirs, and more. Browse stylish boutiques and busy cafes, and soak up the atmosphere in this vibrant part of north London.
Listen as talented street musicians bring some of the area’s best-loved songs to life, then finish your tour in central Camden.
Join this 2.5-hour tour where your guide will use the British Museum to help tell the story of why the world is what it is today. Discover divine antiquities like the Holy Thorn Reliquary as well as world renowned treasures such as the Lewis Chessmen. Examine the Rosetta Stone closely and learn why it is the key to unlocking Egyptian hieroglyphics. Immerse yourself within the Parthenon Sculptures and hear stories of ancient Greece.
Meet your guide in the afternoon at the steps of the museum. The path you trace will take you from our origins in the wild to the first stirrings of human civilization and the wonders of the Enlightenment. See the Rosetta Stone, a double-headed Aztec serpent, the Lewis chessmen, a mechanical solar system, the Parthenon sculptures, a statue of Ramesses II and the Holy Thorn Reliquary. These are just some of the artifacts you will use to travel through time. Through them explore how the agricultural revolution transformed our world, why people have gods, kings, money and writing, the role of germs, war and empire, and how humans have learned to question everything.
At the end of the tour you will have seen many of the museum’s highlights and will understand a little better why the world around you is the way it is. The tour will take a short break in the middle, during which you can buy drinks and refreshments and get to know your tour guide and fellow adventurers.
Meet your guide in the afternoon at Tottenham Court Road tube station, then head through the bustling streets of Soho to start your 2-hour walking tour. With many famous landmarks and a wonderfully quirky history, Soho is widely considered among the most colorful corners of the UK capital.
During your tour, take in top local sites of interest including Soho Square and the House of St. Barnabas — a setting in Charles Dickens' classic novel A Tale of Two Cities. Discover historic private members’ clubs, and famous pubs and cafes once frequented by stars of stage and screen such as Casanova, Jimi Hendrix, and Oscar Wilde.
Stroll down fashionable Carnaby Street and listen as your guide sheds light on the district’s colourful past. Pass through bustling Chinatown to the old French quarter and visit Shaftesbury Avenue — the heart of London's famous West End.
See the entrance to the old Marquee Club — where bands like the Who, Pink Floyd, and the Rolling Stones honed their craft — then finish your tour in the heart of Soho.
Meet your guide outside Westminster underground station to start your 2-hour walking tour. Along the tour you will see: The Houses of Parliament and Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Downing Street, Churchill's War Rooms, Parliament Square and Trafalgar Square. You will see the National Gallery, St Paul's Cathedral, the Sherlock Holmes pub and more.
Your tour guide will provide a pithy history of London and walk you through The Mall, St James's Park, and Admiralty Arch, to see Buckingham Palace, the official residence of the royal family, and other aristocratic addresses including St James's Palace, Lancaster House and Clarence House. The tour ends on the Golden Jubilee Bridge, with a panoramic view of London, with views of the National Theatre, the 3500 year old Cleopatra’s Needle, and the quirky new skyscrapers such as the ‘Shard’ and ‘Gherkin’ that have quickly become a symbols of the city.
Hear the history, and see the all of London’s famous sights from Westminster Abbey to London Bridge with a private, local guide. A flexible start time is available, along with a hotel pick up. If there are specific places of interest you would like to see, such as a location from a favourite London set movie, this can be incorporated into your walk (let us know in advance to be extra sure your request can be accommodated).
Along the tour you will see: The Houses of Parliament and Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Downing Street, Churchill's War Rooms, Parliament Square and Trafalgar Square. You will see the National Gallery, the Sherlock Holmes pub and more.
Your tour guide will provide a pithy history of London and walk you through The Mall, St James's Park, and Admiralty Arch, to see Buckingham Palace, the official residence of the royal family, and other aristocratic addresses including St James's Palace, Lancaster House and Clarence House. The walk crosses the Golden Jubilee Bridge, with a panoramic view of London, with views of the National Theatre, the 3500 year old Cleopatra’s Needle, and the quirky new skyscrapers such as the ‘Shard’ and ‘Gherkin’ that have quickly become a symbols of the city.
The walk continues along the South Bank, passing St Paul's Cathedral, the Tate Modern, Shakespeare's Globe theatre and Southwark Cathedral, to Borough Market and London Bridge. From here there are views of the Tower of London, City Hall and Tower Bridge. London in half a day!
Meet your guide in the afternoon in Camden, north London, then head up the bustling high street to begin your walking tour. Along the way, pass the bold boutiques and busy stalls for which Camden is famous, and soak up the atmosphere in this unique corner of London.
Explore the Stables — Camden’s vibrant market — where food-sellers and noisy traders vie for your attention. Along the way, learn of famous British bands such as Pink Floyd and Blur who got their lucky break in the area.
Head onward into Primrose Hill and discover a far more genteel side of historic London. Admire sweeping views over Regent’s Canal, and hear of the many writers — including Charles Dickens, William Blake, Silvia Plath and WB Yeats — who found inspiration here.
Stroll through Regent's Park — considered by many to be the prettiest park in London — and enjoy sweeping views over the capital from your vantage point on the hilltop. Then, return to your starting point in Camden to conclude your tour.
Meet your guide near Hampstead tube station in the early afternoon, then set off through the cobbled streets to begin your walking tour. Widely considered among the UK capital’s prettiest districts, Hampstead boasts traditional pubs, quaint boutiques, and plenty of London character.
On your 2-hour tour, admire centuries-old Georgian homes once lived in by great writers, poets, and painters such as H.G. Wells, John Keats, Robert Louis Stevenson, George du Maurier, John Constable, John Galsworthy, D.H. Lawrence, and Katherine Mansfield.
Discover historic churches, pass pubs dating back to the 17th and 18th centuries, and see the house where the most famous playwright of his day — Oscar Wilde — spent much of his time. As you explore, gain insight into the area’s history and see what sets Hampstead apart from other corners of the capital.
Head up to Hampstead Heath — an area of rolling woodlands and meadows made famous by the art of John Constable — and admire sweeping views over the capital’s skyline from your vantage point on the hillside.
After around two hours exploring the streets and parks of Hampstead, return to central Hampstead to conclude your tour.
Meet your guide at Highgate tube station in the afternoon, then set off through the pretty streets to begin your 2-hour walking tour. Widely considered among the most desirable corners of north London, Highgate is home to Georgian houses, cobbled streets, and centuries of rich history.
On your tour, admire traditional townhouses once resided in by luminaries such as A E Housman, Charles Dickens, J B Priestley, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, and Yehudi Menuhin.
Discover historic pubs dating back to centuries passed — when bold highwaymen held up luxury carriages on dark nights — and hear of the famous names like Lord Byron, and William Hogarth who wiled away the hours drinking in them.
Admire top local landmarks including Lauderdale House and enjoy sweeping views from the beautiful Waterlow Park. Then, pass through Highgate Cemetery — where actors, politicians, spies and writers ranging from Karl Marx to Malcolm McLaren have found their resting place.
Meet your guide outside Covent Garden tube station in the afternoon to begin your 2-hour walking tour. With bold, stone colonnades and cobbled courtyards where skilled street performers attract the crowds, Covent Garden is widely considered among London’s top tourist attractions.
During your tour, take in top sites of interest including Bow Street Police Station, the centuries-old Covent Garden Piazza, the Garrick Club, Jubilee Market, St. Paul's Church, and the Theatre Royal — London's oldest theatre.
Stroll along Neal Street and past the Royal Opera House to traditional British pubs like the historic Lamb and Flag. Along the way, explore hidden backstreets where the likes of Charles Dickens and Jane Austen found inspiration for their books.
After two hours exploring the streets and landmarks around Covent Garden, your tour will come to an end in central London.
Meet your guide in the afternoon outside Baker Street tube station, then head through the streets of Marylebone to begin your 2-hour walking tour.
Explore Baker Street — home to the Sherlock Holmes Museum — and hear all about the life and times of one of London’s most famous fictional detectives. During your tour, take in top attractions around Marylebone including the Beatles shop, the Royal Academy of Music, and the medical offices of Sherlock Holmes' author Sir Arthur Conan Doyle.
Admire genteel Georgian architecture alongside classically designed villas and terraces around Regent's Park, Harley Street, and Wimpole Street, and gain insight into London’s diverse architectural styles. Along the way, listen as your guide sheds light on famous names such as Charles Dickens who have lived and worked in the city down the centuries.
After two hours exploring the streets and parks of Marylebone and Baker Street, your tour will come to an end near central London.
Meet your guide outside Tottenham Court Road tube station to start your 2-hour walking tour. Along the tour you will visit the area where Charles Dickens lived and set some of his key works; and Gower Street, past the address where the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood, one of Britain's most famous art movements, began; and the home of Lady Ottoline Morrell, patron and literary hostess of many a famous literary gathering.
You will make your way through Russell Square and see the original offices of the publisher, Faber and Faber, where poet TS Eliot worked (and lived, a lot of the time, due to a difficult marriage), and through to Woburn Square, Gordon Square and Tavistock Square, where key members of ‘The Bloomsbury Group’ lived and worked (not surprising really that the recent BBC dramatization about the group was called ‘Life in Squares’) to discuss and see the homes of many famous writers and artists, including Virginia Woolf, her sister Vanessa Bell, Roger Fry, E.M. Forster, Duncan Grant, Lytton Strachey and more.
You will see Bedford Square, London’s most unspoiled Georgian square, where you will see the homes of key members of the suffragette movement, and the location of the first college for women in the United Kingdom. You will see the imposing Senate House, where George Orwell worked and was inspired to create 'The Ministry of Truth' in his classic novel, ‘1984’.
Chelsea is a tale of two cities, the fashion conscious present (on display along the King’s road, the main artery that runs through Chelsea) and its village-esque past. Your guide will take you down side streets that show off a variety of centuries old architecture. You'll see important locations where James Bond fans come to pay homage, the location where Charles Dickens was married and the historical Chelsea Old Church.
Meet your guide at Sloane Square tube station to begin your 2-hour walking tour. You will make your way along King's road, which was once a private royal road allegedly created so the King could avoid traffic on his way to see his mistress. This street became the center of swinging London in the sixties, and is now a fashionable, vibrant area home to the Royal Court Theatre and St Luke's Church, where Charles Dickens was married.
Your guide will show you the pleasant side streets that show off a variety of centuries old architecture, and homes once frequented by the likes of Oscar Wilde, Mark Twain, and AA Milne, author of much the loved children’s story Winnie-the-Pooh. You'll see where Ian Fleming, creator of James Bond, lived and wrote Bond’s first adventure Casino Royale, and James Bond's London address, as well as where other great spy novelist John le Carré set his stories. You will see the historical Chelsea Old Church and Chelsea Embankment, and Cheyne Walk, famous for its connection to personalities ranging from the Rolling Stones to suffragette Sylvia Pankhurst.
Meet your guide in central London as darkness descends across the city, then step through the shadows to begin your ghostly walking tour. As you explore, keep your eyes open for sightings of the undead!
During your fun yet frightening haunted pub tour, take in sites of interest such as Sweeney Todd’s barber shop, the tavern where Dr. Johnson worked on his dictionary, and the morbid interior of a Victorian prison. Stop off along the way in pubs where spirits are said to roam, and perhaps calm your nerves with a stiff drink (own expense).
Hear hair-raising stories of notorious hauntings and hangings gone wrong. Listen to spine-tingling tales of mean murderers, death, and debauchery, and learn of some of London’s most notorious grave-robbers and criminals.
After two hours exploring the taverns of London, your ghost tour will come to an end in the center of the city.
Meet your ghostly guide near London Bridge in central London as darkness descends over the city, then head along the medieval streets to start your tour. Once known as the ‘land of lawlessness’, London Bridge has been home over the years to some of the capital’s most sinister criminals.
During your tour, explore through central London and Southwark to the banks of the Thames River — widely considered the most haunted area in all of London — and hear spine-tingling tales from centuries passed. Visit a 16th-century pub and hear about the canine ghost whose soul refuses to rest!
Look out for the ghost of Miss Murray haunting her favorite pub, beware of body snatchers lurking in hidden lanes, and listen out for the cries of ladies of the night buried in a mass vault beneath the city streets. Then, finish your ghostly walking tour in central London.
Start your tour in Greenwich — near the bank of the famous Thames River — as darkness falls, then step through the UNESCO World Heritage–listed streets as your guide shares hair-raising stories of restless spirits and scary specters.
Learn the curse of the 19th-century tea clipper Cutty Sark — the historic sailing ship in dry-dock in Royal Maritime Greenwich — and hear of the poor, unfortunate souls who lost their lives sailing to China and Australia in years gone by.
Illuminated by the street lights, delve into Greenwich Park — widely considered the grandest of London’s Royal Parks — and hear chilling tales of the many kings and queens whose spirits are said to walk the grounds.
Follow your guide along the Greenwich foot tunnel and hold your nerve in case of visitations from beyond the grave! Visit the 19th-centruy Trafalgar Tavern — a local inn once frequented by Charles Dickens — and perhaps enjoy a refreshing pint of English beer (own expense). Then, finish your ghostly walking tour in central Greenwich.
Be transported to a darker and much more mysterious time in the 19th century when Jack the Ripper was lurking the streets. Explore many of the locations where these heinous acts took place and enjoy London's only Jack the Ripper Ghost Tour with your very own private tour.
This is a private tour for groups of 1 to 15 guests.
Departs Outside 18th Century Pub Dirty Dicks, Opposite Liverpool Street Station
Join us on London's only Jack the Ripper Ghost Tour with your very own private tour. Be transported back to the 19th century when London was awarded the Safest Capital City in the World before the autumn of terror struck.
Discover the infamous Whitechapel Files, "Bedlam" Lunatic Asylum, the Inspiration for Charles Dicken's Great Expectations,
haunted train stations and the many ghosts that linger. Explore the Ripper suspects including Authors, Artists, Royalty, Butchers, Barbers, Surgeons and Midwives.
Includes a stop at a historic Ripper Pub still very much haunted by its past.
Explore the streets of London on this 2-hour paranormal walking tour. Set out to investigate London’s lost souls on a guided stroll through the city in search of poltergeists and supernatural encounters. Use Ouija boards, K2 meters, and dowsing rods to tap into psychic energies and attempt to communicate with ghosts, ghouls, and spirits. Plus, visit a traditional London gin palace and see abandoned cells that once housed some of the world’s worst criminals.
Meet your guide and group of fellow participants in Farringdon, central London, for an evening walk through the city’s ghoulish and ghastly history.
Hear tales of the mounds of bodies laying in rest below London streets, visit the city’s largest execution site, and listen as your guide regales you with spine-tingling tales, including that of the infamous Scratching Fanny of Cock Lane. Learn about the grisly end of William Wallace and see the abandoned jail cell that once housed the world’s worst serial killer.
At each stop your guide will attempt to make contact with ghosts and spirits on “the other side” using Ouija boards, K2 meters, and dowsing roads.
You’ll also visit a traditional London Gin Palace — home to an entirely different kind of spirit.
Those without a sense of humour or those of weak constitution may want to avoid this tour.
*Learn the origins of our favourite f*#%ing swear word
*Visit a Nest of Satan
*Hear stories of executions gone wrong
*Discover where a Cardinal was caught with his pants down
*Reveal the Winchester Geese and how would they give you goosebumps
*Find out how the vibrator came to be invented?
As featured in Timeout London Magazine, The Metro and London Evening Standard, Hold on to your hats, lets go!
The tour departs from outside Bunch of Grapes, 2 St Thomas Street, London Bridge SE1 9RS at 19;30.
No refunds. Change of date permitted with a minimum of 48 hours notice BEFORE your scheduled experience for a fee of £2.50 per order. New date must be chosen at time of reschedule. Non-attendance and late cancellation voids your order.
Embark on this 90-minute private walking tour that covers the major London landmarks as discover the world of Harry Potter. Discover the secrets of Westminster Bridge, which members of the Order of the Pheonix flew under, and take in the stunning views of the Houses of Parliament. See Lambeth Bridge, the site of the eventful Knightbus scene and the aged Ernest Prang's sporadic driving. How do you shrink a human head?
Westminster Station was used by Harry Potter and Mr Weasley in The Order of the Phoenix. Find out how much it costs to film on location. Have your Ministry of Magic visitor pass at the ready we visit both the staff and public entrances to the Ministry of Magic in Whitehall.
Pass the possible inspiration for Gringotts Bank before venturing through the atmospheric thoroughfares of Diagon Alley, the Leaky Cauldron and Knockturn Alley. Will you recognise the entrance to Diagon Alley just off Charing Cross Road? Venture up to Shaftesbury Avenue where Hermione apparated herself, Ron and Harry. We end at the Palace Theatre, hosting the play Harry Potter and the Cursed Child Parts One and Two where you bid farewell to your guide.
Oliver Twist has run away from his apprenticeship and is heading to London. He has been on the road for seven days and seven nights. He is cold, tired and hungry. That is when he meets a boy of a similar age, who's a little scruffier than him and a a little shorter but with an air of confidence of that of an adult. This boy is Jack Dawkins, also known as the Artful Dodger. He offers to introduce Oliver to a gentleman who can provide both food and lodgings and not want any rent. And so Oliver Twist follows the Artful Dodger into Victorian London to meet Fagin and his band of thieves and that's where our walk begins!
This walk covers many major themes of Victorian London; transport, child labour, workhouses, entertainment, celebrities of the day, justice system, an underworld of crime, London's first ever suburb, the age of improvement and the industrial revolution using the works of Charles Dickens making it come alive.
Meet your guide at a central location to start your day. Victorian London is often described as a labyrinth or a maze; once you enter it’s hard to get out. Your professional tour guide will help you master the back alleys, away from the wide shopping street you can easily imagine the characters who lived and worked in the area.
You will explore some of the beautifully maintained Victorian gardens, discover their hidden secrets before venturing through some residential streets, once the homes for artists Samuel Clarkson and William Etty and workplaces for literature giants Rudyard Kipling and Charles Dickens. You will stand where the Thames used to dominate, take in the messy madness of one of the most famous London markets and count the fair maidens on the way.
The bloody past of the City of London will be explored during this 90-minute walking tour, departing from St. Paul's Underground Station. This private tour begins at the time of your preference, between 8am and 8pm. Beginning with the Black Death in 1348, this tour will explore fascinating moments in the city's history from the Great Fire of London to the Blitz.
Led by a professional guide, this tour will include stories behind famous names from history including Bloody Mary and Henry VIII. Many of London's famous landmarks will be seen, including St. Paul's Cathedral, Greyfriars Church, St. Sepulchre church, and St. Bartholomew's Henry VIII gate. A moderate amount of walking is required.
Meet your guide at a central location to start your day. On this Royal London walking tour you will see: Charing Cross - starting the tour in the year 1280 we explore what the area would have been like during the reign of Edward I. Georgian Trafalgar Square - understand the use of the area before Trafalgar Square and how the aristocracy were able to display their sportsmanship during rare times of peace.
Edwardian Admiralty Arch - we explore how Edward VII, the son of Queen Victoria made his mark on one of London's streets most iconic streets. St James's Park - the smallest of the Royal Parks, this park was once guarded by the Horse Guards. We find out why.
Buckingham Palace - we discuss not only the monarchs who have called this famous palace home but look to its origins. St James's Palace - a Tudor delight - uncover how this palace began as a hospital and for one monarch became his prison.
Carlton Terrace - opulence and grandeur we peel away the layers to understand the Prince Regent.Lancaster House - used as the interior of Buckingham Palace for the film The King's Speech and TV drama Downton Abbey.
Marlborough House - nearly 300 years old, this Royal Palace has been the home to five Dukes and Duchesses. Clarence House - the official residence of The Prince of Wales and The Duchess of Cornwall and was once the London home of Her Majesty The Queen, then Princess Elizabeth, and The Duke of Edinburgh following their marriage in 1947.
Join a Level 26 Pokemon Trainer and Pokemon Gym Leader* on a Pokemon London walk which gives you the best chance of covering a variety of different Pokemon types as well as fruitful Pokestops and iconic London gyms. Our Pokemon London adventures aim to increase your Pokemon knowledge via pokestops, hunting specific Pokemon for your pokedex, improving your catching capabilities and increasing your own team gym prestige.
Meet your guide at a central location to start your day. Explore some of London's key landmarks while on the hunt for Pokemon. Starting at the Festival of London's centerpiece, the Southbank Centre, hunt to catch water and psychic Pokemon before moving through Whitehall in the hunt for Poison / Flying Pokemon which have been known to hide there.
Hunt for Pokemon among the real pelicans and squirrels grass, bug and water types lurk of St James's park what shall we find? It is optional to end the tour with a gym battle / training session, then bid farewell to your guide. No matter what level you have reached or which team you are a member of, you will enjoy exploring both real and virtual London simultaneously on this unique tour.
Join a Level 26 Pokemon Trainer and Pokemon Gym Leader* on a Pokemon London walk which gives you the best chance of covering a variety of different Pokemon types as well as fruitful Pokestops and iconic London gyms. This Pokemon London adventures aim to increase your Pokemon knowledge via pokestops, hunting specific Pokemon for your pokedex, improving your catching capabilities and increasing your own team gym prestige. Meet your guide at a central location to start your day. Explore some of London's key landmarks while on the hunt for Pokemon. Explore the area of London Bridge while on the hunt to catch water and psychic Pokemon before we move to the exciting area of More London.
Then cross Tower Bridge and head towards the Tower of London in the hunt for Rock and Grass Pokemon which have been known to hide there. What will we find? It is optional to end the tour with a gym battle / training session, then bid farewell to your guide.No matter what level you have reached or which team you are a member of, you will enjoy exploring both real and virtual London simultaneously on this unique tour.
In a city surrounded by dragons, we discuss the importance of the several security breaches at Gringotts Bank and learn about the wizarding world's currency. How many galleons would a wand cost? Wind through the old streets of the City of London, will we find Diagon Alley?
After visiting the film locations for the Leaky Cauldron and the Third Hand Bookshop which hosted Gilroy Lockhart's book signing (both in Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban) we admire a floating museum displaying the Gryffindor colours . See if you think this might be the inspiration for the Durmstrang ship in Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire.
See an infamous Muggle prison where prisoners were tortured and forgotten and compare that to the origins of Azkaban prison, once a place where Muggles were lured and tortured. Take in the iconic views of London as we cross Brokdale Bridge (Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix) and hear the spine-chilling eye witness account of the Death Eater attack of June 1996.
We finish the tour the original Leaky Cauldron where Harry Potter ventures for the first in Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone where you bid farewell to your guide.This exclusive tour offers passengers a rare opportunity to travel on an original 1960s Routemaster London Bus to a backdrop of live commetary and 60s hit music as we transport you back to one of the most defining decades in 20th Century Britain
Pick-up in Richmond option for those who live closer to West London
This unique tour transports you back to the most defining decade in 20th Century Britain as you pass by iconic music venues and locations on the way to the Cradle of Rock. You’ll see the locations of the Chelsea Drug Store, immortalised in The Rolling Stones’ song ‘You Can’t Always Get What You Want’ and Mary Quant’s boutique ‘Bazaar’ famed inventor of the mini skirt. View the architectural splendour of The Pheasantry, once owned by Eric Clapton in the 60s, the site of ‘Granny Takes a Trip’, the first psychedelic boutique in London who’s customers included Jimi Hendrix, The Beatles, The Rolling Stones, Rod Stewart and many other music legends and socialites of the 60s. Then onto the Half Moon Pub in Putney where, allegedly, live music has been played there every night since 1963 and has hosted the world’s biggest names in folk, blues and rock. Olympic Studios in Barnes has featured more prominently in recording the world’s top bands than any other… including Abbey Road!
You'll take in the homes of celebrated 60s music legends and locations like Twickenham Film Studios where The Beatles filmed ‘HELP!’ and ‘A Hard Day’s Night’. You’ll see where 'Sir' Rod Stewart got his first break and you’ll hear about the famous artists who performed at the Richmond Jazz and Blues Festival between 1961 and 1965 as we stop on the very site and you'll capture the views from the top of Richmond Hill, immortalized in paintings by Sir Joshua Reynolds and J. M. W. Turner - it was described by Sir Walter Scott as "an unrivalled landscape". The view from the north side of Richmond Hill was protected by an Act of Parliament in 1902.
In addition to live commentary from your friendly and knowledgeable tour guides, they will play 60s hit music by the seminal artists who regularly performed at local venues such as The Rolling Stones, Rod Stewart, The Beatles, Elton John, The Yardbirds, David Bowie, The Who, Cream, Pink Floyd, The Kinks, Manfred Mann, The Animals, Genesis, Long John Baldry, Led Zeppelin, Deep Purple and Mott The Hoople.
Keep your eyes out for the occasional music celebrity hopping aboard to share some amazing 60s memories. Recent guests have included Steve Hackett (Genesis), John Fiddler (Medicine Head), (Atomic Rooster), Don Craine (Downliners Sect) Derek Griffiths (The Artwoods), John Gieves-Watson (The Temperance Seven & Bob Kerr's Whoopee Band), Mike Berry, Debi Doss (The Buggles and Kinks backing singer) Phil Lanzon (Uriah Heep) and Peter French (Atomic Rooster).
Notting Hill, is one of the most popular and visited districts in London. With an illustrious history that stretches back hundreds of years. From the time of the Saxons, to the time it was swallowed in to the capital, Notting Hill has seen it all.
From the Potteries and Piggeries to the grand Victorian terrace houses. Notting Hill is home to the rich and famous, has a world renowned market on Portobello Road, was the set for a blockbuster movie and was even the stomping ground for a deathly serial killer.
Notting Hill Taxi Tour has it all; the good, the bad, and the ugly.
Get to know an alternative side of London through the work of its emerging artists on this 4-hour, small-group art tour. You'll visit up to four separate emerging artists in their studios, and get the chance to discuss and purchase their work. At the end of the tour, mingle and see more work at a reception with light refreshments: you'll leave with a small piece of art.
Choose between a 9:30am or 2:30pm departure time – just add this information to the Special Requirements box on booking. Your guide will meet you at your central London hotel or accommodation and accompany you on public transport to the artists' studios.
Over the day, you'll get a hands-on introduction to London's vibrant arts scene, and see an alternative side of this great city through the eyes of its emerging artists.
You'll visit up to four separate artists in their studios, and have the chance to chat to them about current projects and pick up pieces that inspire you: your tour includes one small piece of art, generally a drawing or a print.
This tour is aimed at bridging the gap and deepening the connection between artists and audience by offering you an insider’s look at contemporary art. It's perfect for enthusiasts, collectors, and curators alike.
Finish with a catered reception, including drinks and snacks, where you can socialize, view other pieces, and purchase works from the artists you've met. Your guide will accompany you back to your accommodation, returning around 1:30pm (morning tours) or 6:30pm (afternoon tours).
Explore the famous attractions and treasures in London. On your tour you will visit Madam Tussauds (entry included), the Millennium Wheel, the Coca Cola London Eye (entry included). Combine London's waterfront sights with lunch during a 1.5-hour Thames River sightseeing cruise. While cruising between Tower Pier and Westminster, savor a 2-course lunch with tea or coffee and admire views of London landmarks from the water. Look out for the Shard, the London Eye, Big Ben and more. Purchase drinks from the onboard bar, if you wish.
After the lunch cruise, visit the Tower of London, the ancient fortress built on the Thames by William the Conqueror to protect London, also home to the priceless Crown Jewels, Monument to the Great Fire in City Of London, as well as Tower Bridge and the legendary HMS Belfast.
Pass through Trafalgar Square and Piccadilly Circus, see St Paul’s Cathedral, the River Thames, the Royal Parks, Princess Diana’s Memorial Fountain, Kensington Palace, Prince Albert Memorial and theRoyal Albert Hall.
Your full-day tour of London ends with drop-off at your hotel by 5pm.
Learn about the most exciting of industries and its flagship shows on a 2-hour walking tour around the West End. Hear songs performed from some of the greatest works of all time, use this rare opportunity to share your vocal talents.
You can expect your knowledgeable guide to inform you all about the renowned performers of musical theatre, both old and new. Hear more of those we know and love, from Irving Berlin to Andrew Lloyd Webber. As you walk through the West End hear about the composers and performers thoughts about the shows they wrote and performed.
This tour has been carefully tailored to give a balance of entertainment based performance and historical fact. You will gain in-depth insights into London's famous West End theatres. There will be a short break half way round at a family friendly West End pub, for a quick drink (own expense).
This product is the perfect gift for any lover of the West End and a great night out for families. Leave your Cats at home and join us for a Wicked walking tour guaranteed to make anybody Less Miserable!
Day 1, Paris:
Depart in the early morning to greet your first destination, Paris. After a good tour of all the main attractions finish in the Northern Suburbs to get the best views of Paris from the Sacré-Cœur. Arrive in the hotel in the late evening to relax and get ready for Christmas day.
Day 2, Paris:
Experience fully the festivities of Paris on Christmas day. You will have the opportunity to try ice-skating or take a coffee at a local café. In the early afternoon return to the hotel to feast on a specially prepared Christmas dinner.
Day 3, Paris to Milan:
Enjoy a free day in Paris for last minute shopping or an optional tour to Disneyland. During the late evening start your overnight travel to Milan.
Day 4, Milan:
Arrive into Milan in the early morning and start the day with a coach and walking tour of this magnificent city. Your guide will show you the best of Milan.
Day 5, Venice:
Today you will visit Venice where you can spend all day adventuring around it's medieval streets and ponder in awe of its amazing culture and architecture.
Day 6, Salzburg to Prague:
Today travel through the heart of Eastern Europe to visit Prague via Salzburg, famous for being the birthplace of Mozart and also the set for the film ‘A Sound of Music’. Arrive into Prague in the late afternoon.
Day 7, Prague:
After breakfast start the day in Prague with a walking tour of this incredible eastern-European city. You will also have the opportunity to visit the museum of Communism and learn about Prague’s fascinating history.
Day 8, Berlin:
On arrival to Berlin you will have a coach tour of all its main attractions. Enjoy New year's Eve by the Brandenburg gate with many tents and stages where you can find a huge variety of modern and traditional music.
Day 9, Berlin, Tropical Islands:
Today welcome the new year with a day at German’s number 1 water park – Tropical Islands.
In the evening depart Berlin for a leisurely drive to Amsterdam overnight to arrive early in the morning.
Day 10, Amsterdam:
On arrival to Amsterdam you will have time to freshen up before starting a walking tour of this amazing city. In the early evening check into the hotel where you have some time to freshen up before returning to Amsterdam for a nightlife tour including the Red Light District.
Day 11, Amsterdam to Brussels
Depart Amsterdam after breakfast and head to Brussels – considered to be the capital of Europe and steeped in Medieval History.
Depart Europe in the late afternoon and return to the London
Visit the best sights of the West country and the nearby town of Windsor. Including a guided tour of the city of Windsor and free time, guided tour of the city of Bath and its main attractions such as the Royal Crescent, the Circus and more. Finally, enter the 6000+ years old monument, Stonehenge, a UNESCO Heritage site (includes entrance) which also includes an audio-tour of the site. You will have free time at each place visited. You will travel on an executive, modern coach with the company of a friendly and experienced tour guide.
Depart London and start your journey to the first destination, Windsor. After a 1-hour drive to the city, start a 45-minutes walking tour. You will finish the tour right in front of the castle, then you will be able to enjoy 1-hour free time in this historical small town.
Depart towards the Georgian city of Bath, built with the magnificent 'Bath Stone' which is found nearby - giving it a romantic Champagne colour. Enjoy a 1-hour tour with your guide, who will introduce you to the rich history of this city. You will then finish the tour in the city centre and proceed to enter the Roman Baths. After the visit one of the best preserves Roman baths in the world, you will have free time to enjoy.
You will then have a drive of approximately 45 minutes to Stonehenge. You will enter the prehistoric site and enjoy a guided audio-tour (available in 12 languages - included). The new Exhibition centre is available to be visited after the stones. Excellent souvenir shopping is also available at the attraction.
Then start the journey back to London. The drop-off point will be Hammersmith Station at approximately 8pm.
Lunch available at all places (not included).
Visit the three most attractive sites in the South East of the country including Leeds castle and its gardens, the medieval town of Canterbury including entrance to its cathedral and the stunning landmark - the White Cliffs of Dover.
Depart London and start the journey towards the country of Kent - the garden of England. The first destination for the day will be Canterbury, you will receive a guided tour of the town centre, later you have free time to enjoy.
Depart Canterbury and head towards Leeds Castle which includes entrance to the building and ground. The castle has been a Norman stronghold and a private residence for six of England's queens. It has been reformed throughout the years by several of its residents and now houses and incredibly array of furniture and pieces of art. Enjoy its gardens after you have finished with the castle including a lake - home to many bird species.
Continue to the last destination of your tour- Dover, where you can will enjoy the magnificent landscapes of the cliffs. After Dover the journey back to London will begin. Your drop-off point will be Kings Cross Station at approximately 7:30pm.
Lunch available at all places (not included)
Day 1:
After being introduced to your tour guide, depart during the evening and take the Eurotunnel or ferry to Calais, France. Travel by executive coach with comfortable reclining seats, toilet and full entertainment system. At the Eurotunnel or at the ferry waiting areas, there are several shops for food and drink available. Duty Free shops for early shopping and also cash machines are available in Pounds and Euros.
Day 2:
Arrive early in the morning in the centre of Amsterdam. Your guide will take you on a walking tour, showing you the main shopping areas and main attractions.Stop by the floating flower market and then continue on to the museums, galleries, the “IAmsterdam” sign and more. You will have free time for shopping during the afternoon and in the evening, join an optional canal cruise for one hour. Afterwards, depart to the hotel to check in and freshen up to get ready for the evening.In the evening your guide will show you the famous Red Light District (included in the price) and suggest places and restaurants to go during the evening. The coach will depart at approximately midnight and take you back to the hotel. If you desire to stay for longer, your guide will explain to you how to get back to the hotel.
Day 3:
After a full continental breakfast, provided at the hotel, start an optional tour of Zaanse Schans, a traditional Dutch village outside of Amsterdam. Here you will witness how the famous “Clogs” - wooden shoes and Dutch cheeses - Edam and Gouda are made. You can also try a known drink in the Netherlands called Ambrosia - a sherry made with honey. If you decide not to go no the optional tour, you can stay at the hotel until the pick you up at midday.Later on, head towards Bruges, where you have a walking tour which includes all the main attractions followed by free time to try their delicious chocolates and variety of beers. It is also recommend to try their tasty “Frites” chips! Depart during the late afternoon, arriving back in the UK by late evening.
9.5h
Stonehenge, Bath and Windsor:
11h | from £99.00
Viator Exclusive: Early Access to Stonehenge with a Specialist Guide and Bath and Windsor Visit (11 Hours)Your exclusive tour to Stonehenge, led by a specialist guide, starts with early-morning departure from London so you can beat the crowds at the UNESCO World Heritage site. Following the 2.5-hour drive to the Salisbury Plain, an open plateau in southern England where the protected monoliths are situated, you’ll follow your guide along a perimeter path around the ancient stone circle.
Hear about the speculation of Stonehenge's astronomical significance as you contemplate the transport of the 40-ton bluestone rocks, located in the inner circle.
Following your visit to Stonehenge, continue to Windsor Castle, one of Queen Elizabeth II's official residences. Head inside with your guide and learn about the British Royal Family and the castle’s history as you explore the State Apartments and other public rooms.
Next, travel to to the beautiful Georgian city of Bath. You may choose to visit the Roman Baths — said to be Ancient Rome's best-preserved public baths (own expense). Alternatively, enjoy time at your leisure to explore the city independently. Your day trip then concludes back in central London.
Please note: There’ll be an opportunity to break for lunch (own expense) in Windsor or Bath.
Viator Exclusive: Small-Group London Sightseeing Tour Including Guided British Museum Visit, St Paul's Cathedral and Tower of London (9.5 Hours)On another day of your vacation, meet your guide at Temple Underground Station in London, then board a comfortable minivan and head to St Paul’s Cathedral. On arrival, show your pre-booked ticket or pay your entrance fee (depending on the option selected), and then explore the 17th-century cathedral on an independent, audio-guided tour.
After roughly 1.5 hours, join back up with your guide and continue to by minivan to Trafalgar Square before setting off on foot to Buckingham Palace. See Horse Guards Parade and other royal residences, and then watch the world-famous Changing of the Guard ceremony on the Mall.
Next, after a break for lunch (own expense) continue to the infamous Tower of London. Opt to join a complimentary tour by one of the Beefeater guards (time permitting), then enjoy time at your leisure to see the Crown Jewels, White Tower, Traitor's Gate and other highlights.
Make your final stop of the day at the British Museum. Your guide will help you navigate more easily around the vast museum and shed light on prestigious exhibits such as the Rosetta Stone. When you're done for the day, simply stroll to the nearest tube stop where you can find your way back to your accommodation.
Viator Exclusives combine unique experiences and great deals — from traditional tours to once-in-a-lifetime experiences — and are not available from other 3rd-party online sellers.
Special Offer - Save up to 5% when you book these popular tours together! - Book Now!
Make your own way to Parliament Square, where a bevy of London’s most famous sights, including Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, await. Then, meet your guide outside Westminster Abbey and head inside to begin your tour.
Walk along the same aisle that Prince William and Kate Middleton took their first steps on as a married couple, and get up close to the Coronation Chair, where the British Royals have been crowned for hundreds of years. Stroll through the cloisters and see College Garden, thought to be the oldest garden in England, along with the graves of Dickens, Hardy and other famous writers.
After touring the abbey, make the short stroll to the Houses of Parliament, which sits resplendent along the banks of the Thames River. Marvel at the golden spires and statues that stud the building’s grandiose facade, and learn about the much-snapped Elizabeth Tower, which houses the Big Ben bell. Then, continue inside and enjoy a roughly 1.5-hour tour. Take in highlights such as Westminster Hall, Queen’s Robing Room, the Royal Gallery and Lords Chamber, and gain a fascinating insight into Britain’s modern-day politics.
Your tour then concludes outside the Houses of Parliament, leaving you free to continue sightseeing independently or make your own way back to your accommodation.
Meet your guide at Temple Underground Station in London, then board a comfortable minivan and head to St Paul’s Cathedral. On arrival, show your pre-booked ticket or pay your entrance fee (depending on the option selected), and then explore the 17th-century cathedral on an independent, audio-guided tour. Take in the skyline from the dome and descend to the crypt to see the tombs of famous British figures like Sir Winston Churchill.
After roughly 1.5 hours, join back up with your guide and continue to the Mall for the Changing of the Guard. Along the way, pass showstopper sights like 10 Downing Street, Big Ben and Westminster Abbey, and learn more about London's history. Hop out of your minivan in Trafalgar Square and set off on foot to Buckingham Palace. See Horse Guards Parade and other royal residences, then marvel at the pageantry of the world-famous ceremony as you march alongside the guards on the Mall.
Continue by minivan to the Tower of London, a majestic castle first built in the 11th century, stopping off on route for lunch (own expense). On arrival, opt to join a complimentary tour by one of the Beefeater guards to learn more about the tower's role in British history. Then, enjoy time at your leisure to see the Crown Jewels, White Tower, Traitor's Gate and other highlights. Alternatively, if you've not upgraded to include entrance fees, make the most of free time to explore the City of London at your own pace. Perhaps stroll along the banks of the Thames River or visit nearby Tower Bridge (own expense).
Make your final stop of the day at the British Museum, which boast the largest collection of antiquities in the world, spanning two million years. Your guide helps you navigate more easily around the vast museum and sheds light on prestigious exhibits such as the Rosetta Stone. If there's any area of history you're particularly interested in, let your guide know so your visit can be tailored to suit your interests.
When the time comes, stroll to the nearest tube stop and ask for directions on how to get back to your accommodation, if required.
Viator Exclusives combine unique experiences and great deals — from traditional tours to once-in-a-lifetime experiences — and are not available from other 3rd-party online sellers.
Special Offer - Book by March 18 to save 15% off our previously offered price! - Book Now!
The tour starts at Charing Cross, in the Strand, right in the heart of London. A short walk leads you to the National Gallery in Trafalgar Square. Hear how the Charing Cross commemorates an amazing royal wife, Eleanor of Castile (died 1290), and how the place used to mark the centre of London. It stands by the site of the factory where the 10 year old Charles Dickens was forced to work when family circumstances declined. Then, heading into Trafalgar Square, you’ll see and hear about the various statues of important historical figures, the Nelson’s column, the church of St.Martin in the Fields, the South Africa House and Canada House with its rooftop beehives. This is where Londoners march, make demonstrations and celebrations (especially in New Year’s Eve) and sing Christmas carols and so much more.
Then, enter the National Gallery which, with its 2,500 paintings is one of the richest and most important art collections in the world. Our highlights tour will give us a panorama of Western European art from the 1200s to the early 1900s. Your guide will cover all the major European schools of painting with masterpieces from Italy, the Low Countries, France, Britain, Germany and Spain.
You can tick many of the greatest artists off your list: Duccio, Giotto, Pisanello, Raphael, Leonardo, Michaelangelo, Titian and Caravaggio; Van Eyck, Van Der Weyden, Vermeer, Rembrandt, Reubens and Van Dyck; Claude, Poussin and some of the Impressionists; Hogarth, Reynolds, Gainsborough, Stubbs and Turner; Holbein, Cranach and Durer; Velasquez, Murillo and Goya.
Note:If any rooms are closed or particular artworks are away on loan, the guide will make an equally wonderful alternative selection of masterpiece paintings to show you.
Make the most of your visit to London and take this private tour to the Victoria and Albert museum (V&A) with a Blue Badge certified guide. This option guarantees you a more personal attention and service from your guide.
You will be led to the most important areas of the museum with a vast and detailed explanation of the pieces and exhibitions it has to offer.
The V&A is the world’s leading museum of art and design; housing a permanent collection of over 2.3 million objects that span over 5,000 years of human creativity. The Museum holds many of the UK’s national collections and houses some of the greatest resources for the study of architecture, furniture, fashion, textiles, photography, sculpture, painting, jewellery, glass, ceramics, book arts, Asian art and design, theatre and performance.
The V&A was originally established in 1852, following the enormous success of the Great Exhibition of the previous year. Since its foundation, the Museum and its collections have continued to grow into one of the world’s greatest resources of art and design, housed in one of the finest groups of Victorian buildings in Britain.
Your Blue Badge guide is an official, professional tourist guide of the United Kingdom, recognized by local tourist bodies throughout the UK, and by Visit Britain as one of Britain’s official tourist guides.
Your visit will start meeting the guide outside of the Museum, where you will be provided a brief explanation of the museum; next, you’ll be taken to the most important expositions. After 1.5 hours of the tour you will have free time to spend it at your own leisure!
As we walk up Exhibition Road to the Albert Memorial we hear about the huge legacy of another royal consort Prince Albert, husband of Queen Victoria, who died in 1861. Then we walk into beautiful Kensington Gardens to see the Princess Diana Memorial fountain and then the beautiful landscaping done in the early 18th century for Queen Caroline, wife of King George II.Now we walk over to Kensington Palace to view its various wings and to identify the sections where three of the Queens’ cousins live and where Princess Diana lived with Prince Charles, later on her own, and also where the Queen’s sister Princess Margaret lived until her death in 2002. We’ll see the gates and the avenue where thousands of bouquets of flowers were left in Princess Diana’s memory after her untimely death in 1997. Then we’ll head to Kensington to the Church of St. Mary, where Princess Di regularly attended services. At the heart of royal London we see St. James’s Palace built in 1530 for King Henry VIII, where Princes Charles lived after he separated from Princess Di. In 1997 Princess Di’s coffin was lying in state in the Chapel Royal of St. James’s Palace before her funeral at Westminster Abbey. This is why Prince William later decided to have his first child, Prince George, baptized in the very same chapel. Today Princess Di’s nieces, the Princesses Eugenie and Beatrice live in St. James. Next door we see Clarence House, where Princess Di spent time with the late Queen Mother before she was married to Prince Charles and where he now lives with his second wife, Camilla, Duchess of Cornwall. We now follow the Diana Princess of Wales Memorial walk to Buckingham Palace where we conclude our tour.
On this tour your guide leads you through the beautiful park-lands, fountains and waterways designed by renowned landscape architects and you will explore the trail of art sculptures commissioned by local and International artists. See some of the iconic venues such as the London Aquatics Center, the Copper Box Arena, the Lee Valley Velopark and hear about the newly reopened London Olympic stadium. Our tour will take you through this beautiful space and once again bring to life the excitement of the games, the athletes, the medals and the whole Olympic story, together with the story of how one of the most impoverished and deprived areas of London was transformed into this now trendy and fashionable district and shopping center that surrounds the park. The walking tour lasts approx. 2 hrs and covers 2 miles. The tour finishes at the Arcelor Mittal Orbit, a massive structure that includes the world’s largest and longest tunnel slide!
The V&A is the world’s leading museum of art and design, housing a permanent collection of over 2.3 million objects that span over 5,000 years of human creativity. The Museum holds many of the UK's national collections and houses some of the greatest resources for the study of architecture, furniture, fashion, textiles, photography, sculpture, painting, jewellery, glass, ceramics, book arts, Asian art and design, theatre and performance.
The V&A was originally established in 1852, following the enormous success of the Great Exhibition the previous year. Its founding principle was to make works of art available to all, to educate working people and to inspire British designers and manufacturers. Since its foundation, the Museum and its collections have continued to grow into one of the world's greatest resources of art and design, housed in one of the finest groups of Victorian buildings in Britain.
Your Blue Badge guide is an official, professional tourist guides of the United Kingdom. Your guide is recognized by local tourist bodies throughout the UK, and by Visit Britain as one of Britain’s official tourist guides.
Your visit will start meeting the guide outside of the Museum where your guide will provide a brief explanation of the museum, after that you will access the museum, your guide will take you to the most important expositions. After 1.5 hours of the tour you will have free time to visit the museum by yourselves.
This tour gives you a unique insight into life in London during the two World Wars. You will learn the effect of war on London as well as the effects of air raids and bombing and how Londoners survived, often spending days living in the underground stations and how families were torn apart by war.
Life in London continued despite this with many American, Australian, Canadian, New Zealandian and other Commonwealth troops stationed here. Romance bloomed despite war and many thousands of British girls found husbands among the visiting troops.
You’ll learn about the many songs that were made popular at the time have passed into British culture and still evoking those times.
This walking tour takes in the many memorials to both wars, you will learn of the role of the Royal Family in those hard times, and of course war heroes like Sir Winston Churchill. You’ll be taken past Churchill’s War Rooms, the old War Office, Downing Street and Parliament Square among many other famous sites.
Leave London in the morning and beat the crowds to Stonehenge. Enjoy informative commentary along the way with the assistance of your knowledgeable guide. Arrive at Stonehenge and enjoy a walk around the ancient monoliths before it gets too busy. Take a mini-bus transfer to the Stone Circles. Spend 2-hours exploring this mysterious site.
Journey through the scenic English countryside to Bath. Hear about many of the interesting sites as you pass through the fields and villages. Reach Bath and take advantage of the 3 hours of free time to enjoy this ancient city. Wander the streets, admire the architecture and see the famous Pultney Bridge. Visit the Royal Crescent, the Roman Baths and Bath Abbey (own expense).
Try one of the many restaurants available for lunch. Ask your guide for a recommendation. Leave Bath to return to London, arriving at approximately 7pm.
Hop aboard your vehicle in central London in the morning, then take a seat for your onward journey into the Cotswolds. Along the way, listen as your guide shares stories from this unique corner of the English countryside.
Stop in the pretty Cotswold village of Bourton-On-The-Water — known locally as the Venice of the Cotswolds — and enjoy an hour’s free time to explore at your leisure. Afterward, continue onward to Stratford-Upon-Avon, a beautiful town famed as the birthplace of William Shakespeare.
During your stop in Stratford-Upon-Avon, discover the many buildings associated with Shakespeare during some free time. Then, enjoy a snack in one of the many great local eateries (own expense).
Head on to historic Oxford, widely considered among England’s most attractive cities. On arrival, enjoy a guided walking tour followed by free time to explore sites such as the Ashmolean Museum, the Bridge of Sighs, Christchurch College, and Radcliffe Camera at your leisure.
When your time in Oxford comes to an end, return in comfort to central London to conclude your tour.
We begin at 8am from Gloucester Road tube station, in the convenient Kensington area of Central London! We travel by luxury midi-coach, with a maximum group size of 28 for a more enjoyable tour! We make our way to the Kent coast with our guide entertaining you on the way with stories from the area! We stop at the Battle of Britain memorial on the Kent Coast! From here we enjoy amazing coastal views, and our first views of the Dover Cliffs! We continue to the White Cliffs Visitor Centre on the top of the spectacular chalk cliffs! Enjoy unrivalled views of the White Cliffs of Dover and the English Channel, and maybe even see France in the distance on a clear day! Take an optional short walk along the cliff-top paths for more spectacular views! Our next stop is Canterbury, a wonderful historic city! Our guide will take you on a walking tour, before allowing time for lunch and exploring the city! Your admission to the breathtaking Canterbury Cathedral is included!! We arrive back to London at 6.30pm approx after a fun-filled day!
A wonderful opportunity to leave the hustle and bustle of London for the day and explore the White Cliffs of Dover. This private guided tour is just for your group and lasts 4 hours giving you time to take in the sights of the area. Travel by high speed train from St. Pancras train station London (own expense) to the beautiful city of Canterbury where you will be met by your guide with a luxury vehicle with 8 leather seats & air conditioning at Canterbury West train station.
Once you’re safely on board you will head to Dover to start the tour on Dover's seafront looking up at the White Cliffs and Dover Castle. Driving around the castle to the South Foreland (the White Cliffs), you can look down at the port and across to France. A short drive along the White Cliffs past the South Foreland Lighthouse and through the pretty village of St Margarets at Cliffe to its secret Bay. From here, head for the beautiful village of Kingsdown and its beach where it's believed the Romans first invaded Britain more than 2000 years ago. Then onto the award winning seaside town of Deal via Walmer Castle, the home of the Lord Warden of the Cinque Ports. Discover Deal's history of smuggling before visiting the Medieval town of Sandwich. As this is a private tour it can be flexible to meet your needs.
Your tour finishes back in the small but beautiful city of Canterbury where you could head back to London or spend the rest of your day exploring Canterbury and its Cathedral the oldest in Britain. If your tour is booked for the afternoon then why not travel to Canterbury in the morning before your tour starts. Your guide would be happy to put an itinerary together for you to explore before your tour starts.Following a morning pickup at your centrally located London hotel at 08.00, hop aboard your private vehicle and take the 1.5-hour journey to Leeds Castle. Widely considered among England’s finest fortresses, Leeds Castle boasts a history dating back to the 12th century.
Leeds Castle
A unique opportunity to have a private guided tour of Leeds Castle before it opens to the general public. On arrival, take a 1-hour tour of the castle (own expense) which we can arrange for you and gain insight into centuries of royal history. Learn of famous names who once called the residence home and admire the stunning architecture for which the castle is known. Leeds Castle has been a Norman stronghold, the private property of six of England’s medieval queens, a palace used by Henry VIII and his first wife Catherine of Aragon, a Jacobean country house, a Georgian mansion, an elegant early 20th century retreat for the influential and famous and in the 21st century, it has become one of the most visited historic buildings in Britain. Admission and tour cost: £18.25 per person + £50.00 guide fee payable on the day to Leeds castle.
Canterbury Cathedral
After your visit to Leeds Castle you'll take a 45 minute drive to Canterbury where you'll have time to explore and have some lunch. Whilst small, Canterbury is truly a beautiful city and well worth a visit. Always busy and full of energy but with a village feel. Canterbury Cathedral is truly breathtaking with its medieval history dating back to 597AD. The Cathedral offers a private guided tour (own expense) which we can arrange for you. The Cathedral tour lasts about 90 minutes and costs £10.50 per person + £50 guide fee payable to Canterbury Cathedral on the day.
White Cliffs of Dover Tour
From Canterbury you head to Dover to start the tour on Dover's seafront looking up at the White Cliffs and Dover Castle. Driving around the castle to the South Foreland (the White Cliffs) where you can look down at the port and across to France. A short drive along the White Cliffs past the South Foreland Lighthouse and through the pretty village of St Margarets at Cliffe to its secret Bay. From here you will head for the beautiful village of Kingsdown and its beach where it's believed the Romans first invaded Britain more than 2000 years ago! Then onto the award winning seaside town of Deal via Walmer Castle the home of the Lord Warden of the Cinque Ports. Discover Deals history of Smuggling before visiting the Medieval town of Sandwich. As you are a private group the day can be flexible to meet your needs (no waiting for other people). Once you're ready to head to London sit back and your driver will take you to your hotel.
Meet your guide in the evening or late morning and stroll through the winding streets and alleyways of historic Soho. Gain some insight into the famous district’s grizzly past. With chilling tales of 18 London murderers across 21 different Soho sites, listen closely as the death toll rises.
During your tour, learn of gruesome killers including Dennis Nilsen, William Crees and the notorious Soho Strangler. Hear the strange defense of Peter Keim, unravel the mystery of the Denmark Street fire and learn about William Calcraft, Britain's notoriously competent hangman.
Listen as your guide sheds light on the deadly actions of Soho's WWII slasher, the Blackout Ripper, and of course learn the truth about Jack the Ripper, widely considered to be London’s most infamous killer.
Your 3-day Kent tour highlights the cultural heritage and natural beauty that give the region its nickname, 'Garden of England.' You can relax with provided transport, and you have your choice of hotel or guesthouse accommodation in Canterbury. Entrance fees and meals are at your own expense.
Leave the hustle and bustle of London behind for two lovely days in the picturesque English countryside. This two-day tour takes you to the Cotswolds, Bath and Oxford.
Day 1:
Your first destination is Wiltshire, a rural county of small villages and scenic landscapes, perfect for a relaxing day in the country. Visit the three stone circles of Avebury, the lesser-known sister of Stonehenge. Stop by the Marlborough White Horse, which is a hill figure, cut in the ground in 1804 by school pupils and the Abbey house, which was once home to the Talbot family. Then head to the village of Lacock, the setting for many TV and film productions, including Pride and Prejudice and the Harry Potter films.
Your guide will then take you to the city of Bath, famous for its Georgian architecture, where you will see the city’s renowned Roman Baths. You'll have enough free time there to explore the town and grab lunch. (at owns expense) Take a deep breath of the hot steam and feel a bit like the Romans felt 2000 years ago.
Your first day ends in Cirencester, a small market town in the heart of the Cotswolds, where you’ll stay the night in your choice of either a 3-star bed and breakfast or 3-star hotel. Your guide will recommend you some local restaurants, where you can enjoy your dinner (at own expense).
Day 2:
After breakfast (included), explore more of the Cotswolds. Visit Bibury, a village that typifies the region’; Stow-on-the Wold, a small market town; and Bampton, better known as Downton Village where scenes from the hit Downton Abbey TV series are filmed.
Last but not least, make your way to Oxford and discover the charming college courtyards and winding alleys. Harry Potter fans may recognize a few places used in the films!
Head back to London with a new appreciation for the English countryside.
See the Itinerary for full details.
Numbers are limited to 16 people on this small-group tour, ensuring personalized attention from a guide.
Back in the 16th century, none of the inhabitants of Stratford-upon-Avon thought that their sleepy village would one day become one of the most important tourist attractions in the UK, but William Shakespeare, who was born there, certainly changed that. This famous town is the first stop of your 5-day tour from London to the heart of England. You’ll also visit Shrewsbury, where you’ll stay for two nights and York where you will spend two further nights in a 3-star guesthouse or 3-star hotel.
On your second day, visit Wales and the beautiful castle of Conwy. Continue through Snowdonia National Park, home to the highest mountain in Wales, and then visit the small spa village of Trefriw plus Llanberis, a favorite destination for lovers of the great outdoord.
Continue through the Peak District, a region of stunning landscapes, where you'll visit the small town of Buxton, and then head to Chatsworth House. Spend your final evening in the beautiful city of York. Explore its quaint cobblestone streets and see its magnificent monastery (St Mary's Abbey), and, of course, York Minster. Finally, stop in historic Cambridge on your way back to London.
Please note: breakfast is included in your accommodation and you'll have enough free time to enjoy lunch and dinner independently at your own expense.
From London, your five-day Devon and Cornwall tour begins with a relaxing drive through Wessex on your way to the famous stone circle of Stonehenge – your first stop on the tour. On Day 1, you’ll also visit the South Devon coast, where a stunning landscape awaits you, and Exeter, where you’ll stay for two nights in your choice of a three-star bed and breakfast or three-star hotel.
On your second day, visit mystic Dartmoor, where you’ll hear spooky stories from your guide, and Tavistock, a beautiful small town. Spend the afternoon and evening in Exeter.
Day 3 offers the beauty of Cornwall. Visit the civil parish of Launceston, the Bodmin moor, Golitha Falls, St Neats church and Tintagel Castle. End the day in Falmouth, where you’ll stay for two more nights.
On your fourth day, visit the island of St Michaels Mount and beautiful Minack Theatre. Also visit the white sandy beaches of Porthcurno and Penzance. Move on to Land's End, before you head back to Falmouth.
On Day 5, visit Glastonbury with its ancient, mythical connections to King Arthur before returning to London. Return to London in the evening.
Please note: Breakfast is included in your accommodation; you'll have enough free time to enjoy lunch and dinner on your own.
See the Itinerary section below for details on each day.
Departing at 09.15am from the Greenline Coach Terminal, you head north west out of London, passing close to Pinewood Film Studios and through the Chiltern Hills Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. The picturesque countryside here is stunning and has inspired the television shows, Midsummer Murder and Vicar of Dibley.
Your first stop is Oxford, where you have time to explore the beautiful listed buildings. Explore the precincts of the many colleges, climb one of the vantage points to take in the skyline, or see the art and antiquities collections in the Ashmolean Museum. The choice is yours.
We then spend the afternoon touring the beautiful villages of the Cotswolds, with their tiny ironstone cottages that have remained unchanged for centuries.
We’ll visit Bampton, a village with a long association with traditional Morris Dancing. You can explore the magnificent parish church of St Mary, where many iconic scenes from Downton Abbey were filmed.
Our next stop is in Burford, the ‘Gateway to the Cotswolds’. It’s a small market town with enormous character and a huge history. The main street is lined with gorgeously quaint cottages and properties.
You have time to take in the local charm and hospitality; and if you’re thirsty you could have a traditional English ‘Afternoon Tea’ . Finally, you make the short journey to Bibury, described by William Morris as the prettiest village in England, and the place that Henry T Ford wished to dismantle and ship back to the USA.
Here we have time to stroll past the famous and fairytale-like Arlington Row. After a full day exploring the city of Oxford and the villages of the Cotswolds we’ll embark on the comfortable return journey to London. We aim to return at approximately 7pm.
Meet at 9am for your departure at 9:15am from the Greenline Coach Terminal, on an air-conditioned coach, you will head west out of London through the county of Wiltshire to our first stop of the day, the ancient Roman Spa town of Bath.
This city has been inhabited for around 2000 years. There’s Roman baths, Georgian architecture, and a gorgeous abbey to see. It’s a fascinating town to explore, so you'll have plenty of time to wander around at your own pace.
After lunch, you'll travel deeper into rural Wiltshire to Lacock village, famous for its picturesque streets, historic buildings, and role as a television and film location. With your local, professional guide, you'll learn about, Abbey, in the heart of the village has its own woodland grounds, and is a quirky country house of fascinating architectural styles.
Your final stop of the day is at the pretty village of Avebury. Here you can wander amidst the largest prehistoric stone circle in the world. You return to London in the early evening, approximately 7:30pm, then dropped off at your original departure point..
As you walk the very route the ripper would have taken, 'Ripper- Vision' will practically bring you back to a time of gaslight and fog, a time of poverty, disease and silent footsteps in the shadows as the ripper hunted his victims.
The gruesome tale of Jack the ripper remains the greatest mystery in the history of crime. Your guide is a dedicated "Ripperologist" and enthusiast. This is the most up to date Jack the Ripper tour anywhere in London, the most exciting, the most shocking and a must for anyone who loves a good gruesome mystery. So join in and track down the most elusive criminal in history.
Hop aboard your coach in central London in the morning, then relax on route out of the city to the UNESCO–listed site of Stonehenge. Located in the pretty English county of Wiltshire, Stonehenge is considered by many to be among the world’s most impressive prehistoric sites.
On arrival, enjoy a 1.5-hour tour with your audio guide and admire this ancient monument up-close. Gain insight into the site’s fascinating history and perhaps come to your own conclusions on the origins of the ancient rock formations.
Travel onward to the Somerset city of Bath and follow your guide on a walking tour through the UNESCO–listed Georgian streets. Along the way, take in top attractions such as Bath Abbey, Bath Circus, the Jane Austen Centre, and the beautiful Royal Crescent, and learn of Bath’s interesting history.
When your time in Bath comes to an end, return in comfort to central London to conclude your tour.
Depart London in the evening and relax on route to UNESCO–listed Edinburgh. Follow your guide on a walking tour and enjoy free time to explore top attractions such as Edinburgh Castle at your leisure. The following day, take an optional Highlands tour (own expense) and visit a local whisky distillery, or explore Edinburgh at your own pace. With executive coach travel and breakfasts at your hotel included, relax and explore with ease.
Travel overnight on the Friday to the wonderful city of Paris by coach and ferry. Depart from Dover in the early hours of the morning, on arrival in France please note that you will have to put your watches forward by one hour. From Calais the journey to Paris will take about 4 hours, there will be a breakfast stop on the outskirts of the city where you will also be able to freshen up.
On arrival in Paris begin the day at the Notre Dame, which you will have time to visit and from here take a sightseeing tour boat along the River Seine (own expense, approximately €10) – the perfect way to begin your day in Paris. To book the River Seine boat trip please pay the guide on the bus before arrival in Paris.
It is a short walk from here to the Louvre Museum, where you can take lunch and visit this historic museum ( entry at own expense), if you are lucky enough to be under 18 then the entrance is free or about €10 for adults. At the museum there is a large underground restaurant complex with foods from around the world, the cost of the food here is very reasonable compared to the more expensive places in the street close to the museum. During the afternoon you will have time to stroll along the Champs Elysees and visit the Eiffel Tower (own expense, up to €15 for ticket to the top) before meeting for hotel check in.
You can join the evening illuminations tour Saturday evening – beginning with a visit to Montmartre and Sacre Coeur in the famous artists quarter with its magnificent views over Paris and quaint streets and café’s to Pigalle and the Moulin Rouge, followed by an evening illuminations tour with a stop at the Trocadero to see the Eiffel Tower light show before returning to the hotel late evening.
After breakfast on the Sunday depart Paris to Versailles where there is a traditional French Sunday Market, shops and cafes and sights to see and you will have the opportunity to visit the famous Chateau of King Louis XIV and the magnificent Gardens (tickets to visit the Palace and Gardens can be purchased on arrival, €18 but are free to under 18’s with ID, Garden only 8 Euro). The coach will depart from Versailles for the return journey to the UK. Arrival back in London home will be late Sunday night or early Monday morning.
Please Note: The supplier will always try to get you back to London in time for the last Tube, sometimes this will not be the case and you will have to arrange other means of transport such as night buses or taxi.
Hop aboard your air-conditioned coach or train at King’s Cross station in central London in the morning, then take your seat for the onward journey through the English countryside to Cambridge. Home to one of the oldest universities in the world, Cambridge boasts a colorful history dating back over 800 years.
On arrival, follow your guide on a 1-hour walking tour and discover top attractions such as the Bridge of Sighs, Queen’s College, and Trinity College. Along the way, admire the medieval churches, museums, and parks for which Cambridge is famous and gain insight into Cambridge’s rich heritage.
When your walking tour comes to an end, enjoy four hours’ free time to explore further at your leisure. Perhaps pop in to The Eagle pub for lunch (own expense), then take a walk on Parker’s Piece — widely considered among Cambridge’s most attractive open spaces.
Alternatively, rent a punt (own expense) and travel in style along the pretty Cam River for panoramic views along the backs of the ancient university buildings. When your time in Cambridge comes to an end, return in comfort to King’s Cross station in London to conclude your tour.
The ‘City of Dreaming Spires’ is home to one of the most famous and oldest universities in the world. For over 800 years it has been a home to royalty and scholars although people are known to have lived in the area for thousands of years. Its beautiful architecture, museums and young student population make the city a wonderful place to visit at any time of year. Even though Oxford is a very cosmopolitan city, it is dominated by its ancient university, with each college having its own sense of identity. With its mix of ancient and modern, there is plenty for the visitor to do.
If you are a keen photographer, or you just like seeing things from a different angle, then why not climb the 13th century tower of St. Mary the Virgin Church opposite the Radcliffe Camera. The church is known as the university church and is the oldest building associated with the university, for a small fee you can climb the steps of the tower for wonderful views of the college buildings.
Oxford has a great collection of museums; The Museum of the History of Science contains scientific instruments from medieval times up to the modern day. The Pitt-Rivers Museum houses the university’s archaeological and anthropological collections. The University Museum is the museum of natural history; it is situated next door to the Pitt-Rivers Museum.
Saturday: Early morning departure by coach with pick ups on the way to Liverpool where you will arrive early afternoon. A refreshment/ lunch stop will be made on the journey.
On arrival in Liverpool you can join the guide for a walking tour of the city made famous by the Beatles. You will have the opportunity to stop at Penny Lane, visit the Cavern Club on Mathew Street as well as visit the award winning Beatles Story Exhibition to learn about the life, times and music of the ‘Fab Four’ (Admission £12 payable to the guide in advance).
There will also be the opportunity to visit Liverpool Cathedral and the excellent Maritime Museum (Titanic Exhibition) at the Albert Dock which is free to enter. It is recommended to get some dinner in the city before departing in the evening to make your way to the hotel on the outskirts of Manchester.
Sunday: After breakfast at the hotel the day will be spent in Manchester. As well as a visit to the city centre you can also take the opportunity to visit Old Trafford, home of Manchester United Football Club. The Stadium tour price is £18, payable to the guide on the weekend (limited spaces apply). For those who are not interested in the Stadium Tour, they can visit something else, for example the Imperial War Museum.
Departure from Manchester will be late afternoon with arrival at your original point of departure late on Sunday evening.
The hop-on hop-off service means you can explore this historical city from the comfort of a double-decker tourist bus. The upper deck is open-top to bring you even closer to the tourist attractions.
Choose a 24-hour ticket to spend a day touring London at your own leisure, or opt for the 48-hour ticket to also include one free iVenture London Attraction Pass. With the iVenture pass, you can redeem included admission to one of London's top attractions or have a complimentary lunch at select city restaurants.
Make the most of your visit to London with the two routes offered: the Tower Loop (Red Loop) and the West End Loop (Blue Loop). These two routes have been created specially for you to see all that London has to offer. See the Itinerary for a list of the bus stops as well as the attractions you can visit with the iVenture pass.
You can get on and off the buses as often as you like during your ticket’s validity period. Enjoy the flexibility your ticket offers you so that you can visit London at your own speed and can explore its streets, neighborhoods and leading monuments before returning to one of our 24 buses to continue on your journey.
There are audio guides in 10 different languages: English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Russian, Hindi, Chinese, Japanese and Portuguese. Don’t worry if you haven’t brought a headset of your own: you will be provided with a set free of charge. You will be given an information brochure when you get on one of the buses. In it you’ll find a map of London and more detailed information on the stops along the way.
Meet your expert guide in London and set off by coach to the historic city of Oxford, approximately a 1.5-hour drive away. As you travel, your guide will keep you entertained with stories about this must-visit city, home to the world-famous Oxford University.
The colleges that make up Oxford University represent the city’s architectural highlights, and you’ll explore these during a comprehensive walking tour. Wander through ornate chapels, lavish libraries and spacious halls.
Before leaving the city, you’ll have free time to discover its endearing charms independently. Perhaps visit one of its famous ‘Old English’ inns for lunch (own expense) or maybe explore Oxford’s wealth of interesting streets and independent shops.
In the early afternoon, hop back on board your luxury coach and head to the pretty village of Bampton in Oxfordshire, the setting for the exterior village scenes in the TV show 'Downton Abbey'. See Matthew Crawley's mother's house as well as the hospital from the second series. Learn about how the current villagers' homes are transformed into the Post Office and the pub for the TV show, and explore the Bampton Archive and local exhibitions to learn about the village history.
After visiting Bamtpon, head south to Highclere Castle in Hampshire. Famous as the filming location for the hit TV series Downton Abbey, the stately castle dates to the Victorian era and is set in the middle of 1,000 acres (405 hectares) of stunning parkland.
With your guide, tour this incredible castle and see rooms frequented by the likes of Lady Mary, Cousin Matthew, Lord Grantham and other characters in the popular Edwardian drama. Venture through the magnificent main hall, library and sitting rooms, and learn about the real-life family — the Carnarvons — who lived in the castle since the 17th century.
After your walking tour of Highclere Castle, enjoy some free time to explore the beautiful grounds or relax with a hot drink and cake in the castle's tea rooms (own expense). Your full-day tour finishes back in London, where you’ll arrive in the early evening.
Hop aboard a vintage red double-decker bus, and then sit back and relax on a sightseeing tour of London. On a route around the city center, watch out for iconic London monuments like Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, Trafalgar Square and Westminster Abbey — where Prince William married Kate Middleton in 2011. Listen to details of each sight’s history from your guide.
Pass St Paul's Cathedral, a much-loved Baroque cathedral that has hosted countless services for London’s dignitaries over the years, and hear details of significant occasions, such as the wedding of Lady Diana to Prince Charles, from your guide.
Amble down to the banks of the Thames River for a photo stop outside the Tower of London. Designed to terrify Londoners while deterring foreign invaders, the formidable-looking tower is now home to the Crown Jewels and the famous Beefeater guards who protect them.
Walk along the river to Tower Pier and hop aboard a sightseeing boat for a leisurely cruise to Westminster. Sit out on deck or relax in the comfy seats in the saloon, listening to audio commentary about all the sites that you pass. Cruise under London Bridge, gaze at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, and see the London Eye just across the river.
Next, head to the Queen’s famous residence — Buckingham Palace — and see the legendary Changing of the Guard ceremony from outside the palace gates. In time to drumbeats from a military band, soldiers from the Queen’s Foot Guard march to Buckingham Palace in their eye-catching red tunics and bearskin hats.
Watch this traditional ceremony, your tour will then conclude near Victoria Railway Station in central London. Upgrade to include a delicious fish and chips lunch in a central London pub.
Relax on board your open-top bus as you travel around central London and see the sights. Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and the London Eye are just a few of the landmarks you might see.
Hop off your bus near the Tower of London, and pose for photos in front of the formidable monument. Hear how the tower is now home to the world-famous Crown Jewels, and admire the smartly dressed Beefeater guards who protect them.
Walk along the river to Tower Pier and board a Thames River sightseeing boat for your 1-hour afternoon tea cruise to Westminster. Sit out on deck or relax in the comfy seats in the saloon, and listen to audio commentary about all the sites. Cruise under London Bridge, gaze at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, and take in beautiful views of the London Eye just across the river.
No visit to London is complete without sampling a cup of tea alongside quintessentially British scones with jam and clotted cream. So do just that, and enjoy the sweet treats and a glass of Champagne, too.
When your cruise ends, travel back to the start point by coach.
Board your vintage double-decker bus at London’s Victoria Coach Station to start your journey. Settle into your seat, pop on your comfortable headphones to clearly hear your onboard guide’s commentary, and brace yourself for the creepy sights ahead.
Hear about the intriguing legends buried at Westminster Abbey and see Banqueting House, where Charles I was beheaded on the orders of Oliver Cromwell in 1649. Listen spellbound as your guide explains the ‘etiquette’ of the executions of the time, including how the highly trained axe men would often dispatch their victims in front of baying crowds at Tower Hill — another spooky sight on your tour. In a barbarous act of showmanship, many would lift the severed (and occasionally twitching) head of the deceased for the gawping crowd to see. Some historical accounts suggest this was also done to show the still-conscious head to the watching crowd — a spine-chilling thought.
Next, pass the Old Bailey, the site of many public hangings, and the Royal London Hospital, once home to the famous Elephant Man. See Fleet Street, where the infamous barber Sweeney Todd and his accomplice, Mrs Lovett, allegedly made pies packed with the flesh of their victims before selling them to peckish passersby.
At London’s Smithfield Market, walk through the deserted building and surrounding cobbled lanes. See the memorial to William Wallace (depicted in the film Braveheart) who was executed here in 1305, and hear about the 19th century body snatchers who exhumed local graves in the ‘interests of science.’ As you walk, strain to hear the scratching and knocking sounds of Fanny Lines, the Cock Lane ghost, said to have haunted the street during the 18th century.
As darkness descends, visit London’s East End, a hotbed of crime and vice during the 19th century. Here, in 1888, Jack the Ripper preyed on his victims, stalking the shadowy alleyways and butchering five local women in the flickering gaslight. Leave the safety of your bus to trace the serial killer’s gory trail with your guide, and inspect the murder sites while untangling fact from fiction in what is still one of London’s greatest crime mysteries.
Afterward, retreat to the reassuring warmth of the Sherlock Holmes Pub near Trafalgar Square, a temple of memorabilia to the master detective. Your tour ends here, so stay to enjoy a drink and perhaps a traditional English fish and chip supper (own expense); it’s a fitting finale to your exploits.
Start your day with pickup at the Victoria Coach Station in central London, and then travel by air-conditioned coach to St. Paul's Cathedral. Spend the morning there, then travel to Westminster Abbey where Prince William married Kate Middleton in a lavish royal wedding ceremony in 2011. Pose for photos outside the Gothic crowd pleaser. Head to the Mall outside Buckingham Palace to watch the legendary Changing of the Guard ceremony. Accompanied by a military band, soldiers from the Queen’s Foot Guard march in time to drumbeats, performing a ceremonial ritual that dates back centuries.
Move on to the Tower of London, a former prison, fortress and UNESCO World Heritage Site. Visit sites like Traitor’s Gate, the Torture Exhibition and, of course, the glittering Crown Jewels – a collection of irreplaceable and historic items. Spend some free time here exploring and eating lunch.
Hop aboard a sightseeing boat for a short trip down the River Thames. Cruise down the river, looking out for the top London attractions such as Shakespeare’s Globe, and then step out onto dry land.
Finish your tour back at the start point or alternatively, upgrade to finish on a high note with one of two optional activities. Options include an afternoon tea on the Thames River or a must-do London Eye flight, for picture-perfect views over the capital. Both activities include transport to the attraction, but no transport back.
Please note: If your tour falls on a date when the Changing of the Guard ceremony is not taking place, you will stop at Buckingham Palace for photos
Head to Euston Station for your 2.5-hour train journey to Oxenholme. On arrival you will be met by a local guide and hop aboard a minibus.
Head to Hill Top, Beatrix Potter's 17th-century farmhouse, which retains much of its original character and is crammed with references to her life and stories. Bought in 1905 with proceeds from her first book, The Tale of Peter Rabbit, the author used the farmhouse and its surroundings as a source of inspiration for her work.
The next stop on the tour is the medieval village of Hawkshead. The area is acknowledged by many as the prettiest village in the Lake District, characterized by its cluster of whitewashed houses and alleyways, cobbled streets, squares, and courtyards of the car-free village center.
Next it's time to enjoy the majestic mountain views and beautiful countryside from Tarn Hows, before a scenic cruise on Windermere, the largest lake in England.
The afternoon finishes with a cream tea at Lindeth Howe Country Hotel, bought by Beatrix Potter for her mother in 1915. You'll be dropped off at Oxenholme Station in plenty of time to catch your 6:30 p.m return train to London.
Enjoy great views of Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and the London Eye as we meander through the streets and history of our great city, all brought to life by our expert guide.
Take your seat on our beautifully restored double-decker bus and marvel at all of London’s highlights, including Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and the London Eye, all brought to life by our expert guide.
Have your cameras at the ready as we stop for photos at Sir Christopher Wren’s masterpiece, St. Paul’s Cathedral where Admirals Nelson and Wellington are buried and where Princess Diana was married. Then join us at the Tower of London that was built nearly a thousand years ago and is now home to the Crown Jewels protected by the famous Beefeaters. The imposing former palace was once used as a fortress and a prison and your guide will take you to see Traitors Gate where prisoners entered the Tower for the last time!
Take your place for an unforgettable traditional Christmas lunch cruise for the finest festive dining experience you will find on the Thames. With a luxurious 3 course menu and an elegant, seasonal atmosphere, we promise you’ll never know another Christmas like it.
Leave central London by luxury coach and relax in comfort as you travel to Warner Bros. Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter. On arrival, after around an hour on the road, head inside to see the impressive sets that featured in the Harry Potter films.
Spend the next three hours exploring independently. Walk past many of the intricately made costumes and props — like Hagrid’s motorcycle — that helped bring J.K. Rowling’s books to life on screen. Uncover closely guarded secrets about the mind-blowing special effects and animatronics that made sets such as the Great Hall and Dumbledore’s office so magical.
Have your camera ready as you explore the famous Platform 9 ¾. Pose for photos with a luggage trolley as it disappears through the platform wall and marvel at the smoke billowing from the original Hogwarts Express steam engine.
Stroll along the famous cobblestoned pavements of Diagon Alley, and look out for familiar-looking shops like Weasleys' Wizard Wheezes, which was featured in Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince. Then, delve into Professor Umbridge’s office in the Ministry of Magic.
Other memorable sets include the Gryffindor common room, Hagrid’s hut and the unmistakable Potions classroom.
When the time comes, meet back with your coach at the prearranged time. Your tours then concludes at London Victoria Railway Station.
TM & © 2015 Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights © JKR.
Red double-decker Routemaster buses are a much-loved London icon, and the only way to tour London.
Other famous London landmarks you'll see include Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and the London Eye.
Next, you'll jump onboard a Thames River Cruise to see all of the famous London landmarks and bridges from a different perspective. The cruise passes Shakespeare’s Globe, Cleopatra’s Needle and London Bridge before you arrive at Westminster pier to rejoin the bus and head for Buckingham Palace.
Watch the world-famous Changing of the Guard Ceremony as the soldiers, dressed in their fabulous tunics and busbies, march to military music. If the guard change is not taking place, you will stop for photos of the Horseguards.
Add one of the following attractions for a comprehensive introduction to the city of London:
Top London Attractions:
Enjoy fast, hassle-free entry to the London Eye or Tower of London. Pre-booked and pre-paid tickets ensure speedy access to London’s top attractions.
Stonehenge Shuttle:
Combine the tour with an afternoon visit to Stonehenge. After the morning tour of London, you'll be dropped off at Victoria Coach Station ready to depart on the roundtrip shuttle bus (5 hours) to Stonehenge at 12:30pm. Designed to give you a fast, hassle-free independent trip to Stonehenge, collect your entrance tickets (included in the tour price!) and free audio-guide before exploring at your own pace.
After pickup from a central London meeting point, you’ll be off to Windsor Castle, where more than 900 years of royal history awaits! From William the Conqueror all the way through to the current Queen, successive monarchs have lived here and left their mark on what is now one of the largest continuously occupied castles in the world. Tour Windsor Castle independently, taking time to see St George’s Chapel and the formal State Apartments in all their lavish glory.
Windsor itself is a pretty town full of traditional shops and historic pubs. It was in one of these pubs that Shakespeare was said to have written his play The Merry Widows of Windsor.
After spending your morning in Windsor, enjoy your journey back through the English countryside on a comfortable, air-conditioned coach. Your tour ends in Knightsbridge (central London), at the cozy Tea Clipper pub, situated right next to the famous department store Harrods, where you can enjoy a traditional fish and chips lunch.
Please note: Lunch may be taken at alternative venues in Central London
From Diagon Alley to the Leaky Cauldron take a private black taxi tour of Harry Potter sites by black taxi. Nobody knows the streets of London like a cab driver, and each taxi can hold up to five wizards and/or Muggles. This is your chance to put yourself in the shoes of Harry Potter and friends as you tour the sights of London!
Hop aboard and your expert taxi driver/guide will take you to the sites made famous by the Harry Potter series. First stop is Diagon Alley, where Harry and his friends visit at the start of every school year to pick up their supplies of spell books, robes, wands and other items in preparation for their return to Hogwarts.
Walk through the wall to get to platform 9 and 3/4 at King's Cross Station where the Hogwarts Express departs. Then see the place where Harry and Ron stole Ron's father's flying car. Stand on the bridge where the Knight bus crossed from the third book, Prisoner of Azkaban, and visit the all-new Leaky Cauldron.
Exclusive to Viator - visit the locations of the Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix movie!
Follow Harry's flight to London with Dumbledore's Army and see the bridges, buildings and ships they pass along the way. Enter the telephone box that descends into the Ministry of Magic below. Stand right where Harry and Voldemort come face to face for the first time since the Triwizard tournament in Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire.
Last stop is the Headquarters of the Order of the Phoenix, which is also home to Harry's beloved Godfather Sirius Black.
This tour offers fantastic value for money, comfortably seating up to 5 passengers for one fixed price!
What could be better than a tour of London by black taxi? With your own personal driver guide, you'll see London at your own pace. You can stop whenever you like to take photos, decide how long you want to spend at each attraction, and you can even plan your own customized itinerary!
Your fully qualified and highly experienced black cab driver is the perfect guide to take you through the streets of London. London's taxi drivers have to sit the toughest taxi exam in the world, and their inside knowledge of London is unsurpassed. They know every alley, street and short cut in London, as well as all the historic sights, palaces, museums, galleries, shops and markets.
Taking a Black Taxi Tour of London offers unrivaled personalized and flexible service. Your taxi collects you from your hotel and drops you off wherever you choose in central London when the two-hour tour is finished.
Ask your driver to take you along a route specially chosen by you. Or let your driver guide you around instead, stopping off at the major sights and stopping on request to take photographs. Your driver also provides a full commentary, packed with anecdotes you won't find in any guidebook!
Design your own itinerary with your driver on the day, or see the following sights on a general tour:
- Tower of London
- Tower Bridge
- Trafalgar Square
- Buckingham Palace
- Westminster Abbey
- St. Paul's Cathedral
- Piccadilly Circus
- Leicester Square
- Soho
- Harrods
- Covent Garden
- Marble Arch
- Houses of Parliament
- Big Ben
- Whitehall
- Downing Street
This tour offers fantastic value for money, comfortably seating up to 5 passengers for one fixed price!
Your 5-day Isle of Wight and New Forest tour highlights England’s rich history and natural beauty. From royal palaces and historical houses to dockyards and forest foraging, this experience allows you to discover a side of England that many visitors don’t get to see. Relax with 3- or 4-star hotel accommodation on the Isle of Wight and near the New Forest. Some entrance fees and daily breakfasts are included, as are a few other select meals.
Visit Oxfordshire, the Cotswolds and Wiltshire on your 5-day tour from England. Just west of London, the three counties fall into an area often called the ‘Heart of England’ in reference to its green countryside, beautifully preserved architecture and quaint towns. Your small-group tour includes four nights of 3-star hotel accommodation: two nights in Chipping Campden (the Cotswolds) and two nights in the spa town of Bath.
Day 1: London – Oxford – Cotswolds
You will be collected from your London hotel in an executive Mercedes, then head out of the city. The first stop is Oxford, England’s world-famous university city. Visit the famous Christ Church, with its links to the past and Harry Potter. Afterward, be driven to the scenic Cotswolds for lunch.
Then, travel to Burford, full of history with a lovely spired church. Visit Chipping Campden, full of Cotswold stone cottages, some with thatched roofs.
See the village of Broadway and its iconic namesake tower.
Pay a visit to Hidcote and take in its beautiful gardens high on the lime stone ridge. See the birthplace of Shakespeare in Stratford-on-Avon, which features a museum alongside other homes connected to his wife’s family and his son-in-law. Be dropped off at your chosen accommodation for an overnight stay.
Day 2: Burton-on-the-Water - Bath
Be picked-up from your hotel at approximately 9:30am. The first town on the itinerary is Burton-on-the-Water, probably the most visited town of the Cotswolds region. Situated on the clear water of the River Windrush with three lovely bridges, it is home to a bird sanctuary and other tourist attractions. Certainly the most “commercial” of the towns you will visit in the Cotswolds, it is best viewed in the morning, before the arrival of the crowds on the numerous coach tours.
Moving away from the potential crowds, cruise on over to Bibury via the ancient Roman road linking South West Britain with Lincoln in the east, the Fosse Way. Hailed as the most beautiful village by William Morris, Bibury remains a very picturesque village with a trout farm on the River Colne. Travel through the Rissingtons, yet another pretty village with several lovely manor houses.
On then to the main town of the Cotswolds, Cirencester, known as Corinium in Roman times, with its Gothic church and Roman museum. As an important Roman town, it had an amphitheater, the site of which can still be seen today.
Travelling then to Tetbury you unexpectantly pass the source of the River Thames. Tetbury is an old “wool town” with many beautiful historic buildings. The Market House, built in 1667, dominates the center of the town and is where traders bought and sold their wool.
Through the most historic town of Malmesbury your next stop is Lacock. Visit the abbey, the internal courtyard of the cloisters of which were used to shoot scenes for the Harry Potter movies.
After a stop at Castle Combe, one of the prettiest villages in England, is Bath. Take a tour of this splendid Georgian city, steeped in Roman history. After a very memorable two days, you will be dropped off at your London hotel or railway station in the Cotswolds.
The tour will start at 8.45am with collection from your accommodation. Your guide will tell you all about the history and legends of each site visited, they will entertain you as you drive around the country with stories and legends of UK history, life and culture.
You will visit Windsor Castle first, normally taking 2-hours. Please note the only place that your guide wont join you is inside Windsor Castle but don't worry your guide will tell you what you need to do and be waiting for you when you come out of the exit. The guide will also give you a fully guided walk around the Royal Town of Windsor again showing many of its famous buildings and landmarks and waterways. Then onto the prefect lunch stop normally with one hour to eat (own expense).
Then visit the wonderful Stonehenge and spend one and half hours at the site. The guide will fully walk you around the full site of Stonehenge including the visitor centre and the stone circle itself as well as the secret stop which is close by
With the final stop being the City of Bath which should take around two hours.The guide will then also fully walk you around the great City of Bath showing many of its amazing buildings and landmarks and waterways. Then of course travel back to London taking around two hours depending on the local traffic.
Your expert guide will take you to the actual sites used in the filming of many of the Harry Potter movies. This is the best tour for any Harry Potter fan as you will be able to walk in the footprints of the stars themselves. You will enjoy free 4G WIFI to use all day inside the vehicle, as well as free drinks and snacks. You will even get to stop at a secret place along the way to ensure you really get that WOW factor! Your guide will know all the best places to stop and get that perfect photo and will even take them for you to make sure all of your group is in the photo together.
The tour will start at 8.45am with collection from your accommodation. Your guide will tell you all about the history and legends of each site visited, and will entertain you as you drive around the country with stories and legends of UK history, life and culture.
You will visit the city of Oxford and head to Christchurch College first, normally taking one hour. This college, the most famous site in all the Harry Potter movies, has the real great hall used in the movies, and the staircase used at Hogwarts. From there it’s onto the Bodleian Library to visit the Hogwarts Infirmary and Hogwarts Library. Along the way you can spend some time shopping in some of the cities famous stores should you wish to get any Oxford University items or Harry Potter memorabilia. The guide will stay with you all the time and guide you around all the sites and point out many other facts and points of interest the city and colleges have to offer.
From here we’ll stop at the prefect lunch stop, the same pub frequented by the famous authors, normally with one hour to eat (own expense).
The final stop on our tour is the stunning ancient English Village of Lacock which should take around two hours. This village has the amazing Lacock Abbey within it and this contains the real corridors used for the school of Hogwarts and the classrooms used for the films. This cannot get any better for any Harry Potter fan but yet it does. Also within the village sits the tiny cottage used by Harry's father and mother where they battled the evil Voldermort and where Harry got that famous scar. Again the guide will stay with you all the time and tell you all you need to know about the old and famous village.
After this exciting day of wizardry, we’ll then travel back to London taking about two hours depending on the local traffic with the tour ending at approximately 730pm.
You will be contacted by the supplier within 24 hours, you will be asked question s bout your preferences and interests, so they can match you with the right profile and assign a like-minded local Londoner. He or she who will become your host. Keeping in mind your personal answers, a bespoke itinerary will be put together, just for you.
A meeting point will be arranged with your guide in the most convenient place for you. If during the tour you feel like changing direction, or your guide believes that you'd enjoy a sight or different experience, he/she will suggest and discuss with you changes to the itinerary.
Enjoy discovering amazing spots in London that you don't know about and are difficult to find in any guidebook or on the Internet, because they are lesser known to the crowd but beloved by Locals! The day revolves around your wishes so enjoy your private tour and let your Local show you the London you will love.
Get up to speed on one of London's hottest areas, East London, on this 4-hour walking tour with private, local guide. You'll see how Shoreditch and Hoxton have transformed from working class areas to creative hubs, explore Brick Lane and Spitalfields Market, and much, much more. Your guide will tailor the precise details of the tour to suit your personal interests, whether that's art, fashion, design, or food, and include any particular sights you want to see.
As this is a personalized tour, you can start any time between 9am and 3pm. You'll meet your guide at Spitalfields Market – arrive an hour or so early to give yourself time to explore the maze of funky stores and eateries at your own pace. Over coffee at a cafe that locals know for the best java in town, plan out your tour – or choose to follow this recommended itinerary.
After meeting your guide and getting to know them, head to Brick Lane, one of East London's most diverse destinations, at 1:30pm. Explore vintage stores, vinyl shops, event spaces, bakeries, and more, all the while inhaling the delicious scent of the East End's national dish: curry.
At 3pm, your guide will recommend a great local restaurant for an Indian lunch (own expense). Next, stroll down the road to Shoreditch to explore a pop-up mall in shipping containers, where artists and creative designers exhibit and sell their work in bespoke spaces. The two-storey container set-up is also home to restaurants, bars, and terraces, where you can eat, drink, and look out over the East End.
Finally, walk to Old Street and explore the Old Street and Hoxton areas, known for their vibrant nightlife. Wander down side streets to view some great street art and uncover hidden gems such as a motorcycle café nestled within the fabric of the community. This version of the tour would end at Old Street tube station around 5pm.
Join a local guide to discover London's chic Islington area on this fully personalized, private, 4-hour walking tour. Regularly featured in London's top newspapers and magazines, Islington is home to dozens of charming coffee shops, vintage stores, antique shops, gastropubs, and bookstores – as well as a pretty stretch of the Grand Union Canal. This is a custom tour, so you can tailor the itinerary to suit your personal interests.
You'll meet your guide at 1pm in a cool cafe to discuss your itinerary for the afternoon: just let them know your needs and interests, and they'll customize the tour to suit you. Alternatively, you can follow the sample itinerary below.
Once you're done in the cafe, stroll down a quiet, cobbled alleyway, where you'll find many coffee shops, leading down to a picturesque canal lined with brightly colored barges. Stroll along the canal for a while, stopping in a classic Islington pub around 2:30pm. Take your pick from cask ales, craft beers, and fine wines (own expense), and enjoy them at your leisure.
Next, you'll duck into Islington's pretty residential streets, some of them complete with 18th-century Georgian houses. Discover cute courtyards, handmade furniture shops, and indie boutiques. At 4pm, you'll break for a late lunch: your guide will recommend some of Islington's best eateries, and you can take your pick (own expense).
After lunch, visit London's only gallery dedicated to modern Italian art, from futurist to figurative styles. Your tour will finish around 5pm, when your guide offers tips about how to spend the evening: will you end up at one of Islington's legendary rock “n” roll venues, a gastro-pub, a cocktail bar, or a comedy club?
Meet your private guide in central Brixton in the afternoon, then head through into the Victorian-era market to begin your tour. Here, browse vintage stores, independent boutiques, and characterful cafes, and soak up the atmosphere in this colorful corner of London.
Explore Brixton’s quirky backstreets with your private guide and get a feel for the community’s unique character. As you explore, admire stylish street art — widely considered among the best in London — and discover some of the pioneering galleries and businesses for which Brixton is becoming famous.
Afterward, perhaps stop for a drink in one of Brixton’s stylish bars, cocktail clubs, microbreweries, or speakeasies (own expense) to conclude your tour in style.
When people imagine London this is the part of central that usually comes to mind - Big Ben, the Houses of parliament, Westminster Abbey, Trafalgar Square with Nelson's column looking out over it all, and the renowned stone market of Covent Garden. On this tour you will not only get to experience this part of iconic London, but with the perspective of a local host you will also get to enjoy all the lesser known buildings, secluded squares, idyllic less traveled walks, and charming, narrow cobbled streets that hide behind one of the word's most glorious city spaces.
Book this 4 hour meet-up with a local host and the CityUnscripted team will contact you within 24 hours and ask you questions about your preferences and interests. Based on your answers we will create a personalised itinerary for you and assign a like-minded Londoner. He or she will become your local host. You will wander from Big Ben to Covent Garden, all of the bits in between will be built by the CityUnscripted and your local host, based on your preferences.
Below is an example of a sample itinerary:
You’ll begin your tour near the Westminster tube stop, taking in the well-known sights of Big Ben and Parliament. Your local host will lead you past Westminster Abbey and through two of the areas most charming parks.
Witness Her Majesty’s swans idyllically gliding through the ponds and protected bird sanctuaries of the secluded shrubberies and woodlands. Then your local guide will lead you around the palace stopping to observe if the state flag is flying overhead—an indication that the Queen is in residence, before cutting up to Westminster’s best street for shopping!
Stop for a quick bite or a coffee at an unknown gem of a cafe that is situated above one of the areas largest bookshops, take in the panoramic views of Big Ben and the abbey as you enjoy a cream tea. After your refreshment, you can wander past the upmarket grocers used by the Queen (actually used by her staff), and the most expensive restaurant in London, which fortunately has slightly more affordable lunch options! Your guide will lead you through the seemingly chaotic Piccadilly Circus, which is often compared to New York's Time Square before navigating you down the numerous squares and backstreets that lead to Covent Garden, with its glorious covered market.
In Covent Garden make your way to the two floors of market shops and stalls which are fabulous for discovering unique handmade or designer treasures to take home. From mid-day until the late afternoon the market is surrounded by musicians and street-performers that have to apply to the council to busk at this prestigious and historic venue.
Meet your local guide at Camden Town tube station before heading to explore the sprawling market and former stables; here you can sample some of the best international cuisine from innumerable food stalls that set up shop every morning, or you can explore shops that cater to very niche subcultures. There are also shops dedicated to selling authentic Persian rugs, handmade fairy lights, pop culture goods from Tokyo, and so much more in the expansive Camden market, that it can be hard to know which way to turn.
After you have had your fill of the market your local guide will lead you further along the canal, pointing out the street art dedicated to Amy Winehouse who lived in the neighborhood on the way to the charming community of Primrose Hill. This was the home of Sylvia Plath and Ted Hughes when they lived in London and also Frederick Engels; today the attractive hidden away street exclusively has independent shops, cafes and restaurants, including a local grocer, butcher, florist, bookshop, French delicatessen and fine wines shop. This is an excellent place to stock up on a selection of cheese and wine before heading up to the top of Primrose Hill, which as the highest hill in London offers some pretty spectacular views of the city.
If you happen to be in London on New Years Eve or any other major holiday, this is an excellent vantage point to beat the crowds that line the Southbank to see the fireworks. Once you’ve properly relaxed and taken in the sites of the city your local guide will lead you back towards Camden Town via Chalk Farm, pointing out where the best places to see live music are in the many music venues and clubs of the area.
Experience London like a Londoner and unlock the secrets of the River Thames' south bank on this 4-hour private walking tour with local guide that takes you from Big Ben to Tower Bridge. Itineraries are fully customizable, but typically visit the London Eye, Shakespeare's Globe, and Tower Bridge, as well as food markets, cute boutiques, cool restaurants, and a myriad hidden gems.
Greet your local guide at Westminster tube station at a time of your choosing. As this is a private tour, you can customize your itinerary to suit your interests: just request a private consultation when you book to create a tailor-made tour.
A typical itinerary begins with a stroll across Westminster Bridge, stopping to capture views of Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, and, of course, the London Eye. As you explore the south bank of the Thames, you'll see attractions from the recreated Shakespeare's Globe theater to the Golden Hinde, a replica of a 16th-century pirate ship that circumnavigated the globe.
Yet this tour isn't really about the big ticket attractions. Following the curve of the Thames, your guide will take you deep below the city's surface, showing you secret locations that locals love and tourists often miss out on, and spots that never make it into the conventional guidebooks.
You'll duck down back streets to explore atmospheric lanes, cool restaurants, and indie stores, and discover up-and-coming neighborhoods, as well as Londoners' favorite food destination, Borough Market. Along the way, your guide will share their local knowledge, enabling you to discover this great city like a native.
A typical tour concludes at Tower Bridge, where you're free to explore the iconic structure (own expense), or catch a tube from Tower Hill.
As you walk around the stylish cultural melting-pot of Shoreditch, active street artist Karim will draw your attention to specific pieces of notable artwork. He is extremely knowledgeable about his craft, and will give you a general overview of the history and culture of street art in London, as well as answering any questions you may have. A hot topic for discussion on this tour will be how artists tread the line between commercial success and ‘keeping it real’, as more and more underground work is absorbed into the mainstream.
As you walk around the stylish cultural melting-pot of Shoreditch, active street artist Karim will draw your attention to specific pieces of notable artwork. He is extremely knowledgeable about his craft, and will give you a general overview of the history and culture of street art in London, as well as answering any questions you may have. A hot topic for discussion on this tour will be how artists tread the line between commercial success and ‘keeping it real’, as more and more underground work is absorbed into the mainstream.
From the moment your guide (Karim) landed in London from Zimbabwe, Karim was drawn to the city’s graffiti and street art scene. Studying the people and styles that define it, he found himself powerless to resist, and his art can now be seen adorning walls across the capital. His expertise on the subject is also much in demand, and he has conducted highly regarded workshops and tours for clients that include the BBC.
Karim’s enthusiasm is infectious, and it springs from a background in architecture – something that is evident in the “insane knowledge” that he imparts during your time with him. He has certainly inspired us to look closer at the amazing array of urban interventions across the capital. “Street art in London is always in flux,” he says, “and it is a wonderful cacophony of colour and characters.” Join on this tour and fine-tune your eye on the street.
A focal point for graffiti writers and street artists, east London gives a snapshot of a movement that’s evolving day by day. Given its proximity to the City, rich cultural history and status as the UK’s tech hub, it’s easy to see why it’s such a fertile setting.
On a walk round the neighbourhood, active street artist Karim will uncover the many layers of urban art that have appeared on the district’s walls – some obvious, some hidden – and introduce the key players and notable pieces. A hot topic for discussion on this SideStory Experience will be how artists tread the line between commercial success and ‘keeping it real’, as more and more underground work is absorbed into the mainstream.
Since Russell Norman opened the no-bookings Polpo in 2009, Soho has become the place to launch a trend-driven restaurant. In the past year alone, Duck and Rice (a Cantonese pub), Bao (Taiwanese) and Blacklock (‘skinny chops’), to name but a few, have opened their doors to great fanfare.
As you get stuck into selected tasting sessions, Louis will give his view of Soho’s fast-changing fortunes and introduce you to some of its best-known establishments. This experience will also take in the views of long-established Sohoites, passionate about their patch.
When your booking is confirmed, you will receive comprehensive details about your experience, including Louis's contact details and the meeting location. The supplier will send you a pre-experience questionnaire, which is essential for Louis to be able to tailor your tour to your interests.
You will meet Louis at the prior-arranged meeting location in Soho, centrally located for convenience. On foot, you will explore the area and its unique culinary offerings. You will visit three or four locations where you will sample some of London's most exciting dishes. Louis will also introduce you to the people responsible for some of London's newest and hottest kitchens, as well as some life-long Sohoites who will share their opinions on the development of the area.
As you discover Soho in depth, Louis will share stories about the history of the area, as well as regale you with insights into life in the food industry. A truly unique experience to tour a familiar area with an experienced, knowledgeable, and friendly guide.
Formerly one of London’s most deprived areas, the East End has become a breeding ground for city slickers, start-ups and independent shops and cafes. Always a cultural melting pot, the area has seen a rapid gentrification, leaving much of it’s traditional cockney chirp, and inevitably some of its soul, far behind.
From the edge of Brick Lane to the hipster trails of Hoxton, this London photography tour will reveal what once was, and what is still to come for London’s East End. Charge up your camera and capture the neighbourhood’s cultural evolution while learning the tricks of the trade from a renowned photographer.
When your booking is confirmed, you will receive comprehensive details about your experience, including Stuart's contact details and the meeting location. You will also receive a pre-experience questionnaire from the supplier, which is essential for Stuart to be able to tailor your tour to your interests.
Stuart will meet the guests in Whitechapel, from where they will wander East London's streets armed with their cameras. Stuart will help the guests with composing interesting photographs of iconic East End scenes.
Stuart, a local, will inform guests about the history of the area and provide insights into attitudes towards gentrification in the area. You will finish up with a warming cuppa in a traditional pie'n'mash shop, an East London institution.
An acclaimed photojournalist, Stuart's work has been featured in global publications such as Life, Geo, Time, Der Spiegel, Newsweek and The Sunday Times Magazine. His career spans over 25 years, and he has covered the world, with notable assignments in Afghanistan and Haiti. Listen to his stories and learn what makes a great composition in London's East End.
Even better, why not upgrade and include transport with your London Pass? Choose from a 1-, 2-, 3- or 6- day sightseeing pass with Oyster Travelcard included and see the highlights of England’s cosmopolitan capital with ease.
With the London Pass, save both time and money as you skip admission lines with fast-track entrance and enjoy free entry to more than 60 top London attractions. There is no need to use cash – simply show your London Pass for fast and easy entry to London’s most popular sites.
Choose from a 1-, 2-, 3-,6- day pass, plus enjoy discounts on your shopping and dining. Keen to explore the city in the most hassle-free way? Upgrade your London Pass to include a Oyster Travelcard. Competitively priced, the upgrade option allows journeys made on the London Underground, London Overground, buses and Dockland Light Railway.
London Pass includes:
- A 120-page London guidebook
- Public transport in travel zones 1-6 for the validity of your pass (if Oyster upgrade option selected)
- Free entry to 60 attractions (see Itinerary)
- Discounts and benefits at selected London restaurants, theaters and shops
- Fast-track entrance to many top London-area attractions, like Westminster Abbey and the Tower of London
Special Offer - Buy one 3-Day Pass (excluding travelcard) to save up to 54% on London admissions, compared to booking attractions separately.
There are similar savings to be made on the 1-Day, 2-Day and 6-Day Passes (excluding travelcards)! - Book Now!
This tour is a great chance to see street art before it goes, when the council remove it or a building is knocked down. On this tour you can also be among the first to see a piece of street art with new street artists popping up all the time. This really is a once in a lifetime opportunity to capture some amazing images from the best artists in London today.
This tour makes for an unforgettable London experience and is a must for anyone who loves art or adventure. Your guides live and work in the East End, so when you walk, you walk with the best.
This walking tour uncovers the real story of their rise to power, the numerous police attempts to bring them to justice, the turf wars with the infamous Richardson gang and their eventual downfall. Ronnie and Reggie Kray spent much of their childhood and teenage years in London’s East End in areas such as Whitechapel and Bethnal Green.
They achieved their first taste of fame as boxers but they are now more famous for their gangland activities. The tour starts at 1.30pm every Friday, Saturday and Sunday at Whitechapel tube station in the very heart of the East End the Kray twins once ruled. You will weave your way through the old Kray stomping ground, visiting the sites made famous in this fascinating gangster story. The tour lasts around 2 hours, you'll stop off for a break along the way.
Taste your way around Borough Market and it's surroundings, like a local.
Passionate producers, wine warehouses and cosmopolitan street food stalls, Borough Market is the place to discover London’s buzzing culinary scene. But with over 90 traders it’s hard to know where to start.
On our 3-hour tour, an expert foodie guide takes you on a carefully-planned and timed roaming 6-course meal that involves wine, chocolate, cheese, oysters, charcuterie, scotch eggs, Italian desserts and more. Hear talks delivered by local vendors, taste fine selections and discover this fascinating area’s secrets through it’s world-renowned food. We have to keep some things secret, so they’ll be a few edible and historical surprises on the way. We’ll also give you a blueprint of where to go and what to avoid in London when it comes to food, for the rest of your trip.
Pick up from your hotel by your specially selected guide, you will make your way to the heart of Royal London. See Big Ben and marvel at the houses of Parliament and check if the Prime Minister is in before taking in Westminster Abbey (the church where William and Kate were married).
Pass the Churchill War Rooms and stroll through the beautiful St James Park and catch a guard change. March with the guides from the best position, most miss. Have photos at Buckingham palace and hear it's surprising stories before being taken to restaurant selected for your tastes and requirements where your guide will leave you for lunch. Your guide takes pride in tailoring you a list of suggestions for your afternoon and rest of your trip.
A boat trip down the Thames links the two Tates and provides a wonderful panorama of London from the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben to St. Paul's and the City of London. You alight on the South Bank for the Tate Modern, the famous conversion of the Bankside Power Station (1957-60) which took place during the 1990's to house the 20 C. collection of Modern and Contemporary Art. Apart from the exciting modern collection of paintings, sculptures, and objects, it enjoys from the top floor splendid views over the Thames towards St. Paul's, to which it has been linked by the Millennium pedestrian bridge by Norman Foster. It also contains an imposing collection of modern European masterpieces from the beginning of the 20 C with great works by the Italian futurists like Boccioni or metaphysical painters like De Chirico, French masterpieces in sculpture and paintings like Degas' Dancers, Matisse, Picasso and an impressive collection of American Abstract Expressionists.
This in-depth private tour is hosted by a professional guide specializing in art history. Please list any special interests you have (art, architecture, history, culture) at time of booking to alert our guide, so that he or she can better prepare for your private tour.
Christopher Wren built 53 churches following the fire of London in 1666 and 23 remain. Among these we will visit St. Stephen Walbrook and St. Mary Abchurch. The former has a beautifully designed dome which undoubtedly served as a model for St. Paul's. St. Mary Abchurch contains a wealth of objects including a massive reredos by Grinling Gibbons.
This in-depth private tour is hosted by a professional guide specializing in art history. Please list any special interests you have (art, architecture, history, culture) at time of booking to alert our guide, so that he or she can better prepare for your private tour.
The Tower of London is Europe's best preserved medieval fortress, and one of London's oldest buildings. It was established by William the Conqueror in 1067, and over the centuries many members of royalty and the aristocracy have lost their lives here.
Accompanied by your private guide, you'll visit the Jewel House containing the Crown Jewels, the White Tower and Chapel of St. John, one of the purest expressions of Norman architecture. You'll gain incredible insights into the Tower's architecture and history on this private walking tour, with ceremony and tradition provided by the Yeomen Warden who parade daily at 11am in the Inner Ward.
Just down river from the Tower is Tower Bridge, a famous London landmark built between 1886 and 1894. The view from the towers provides a wonderful panorama of London, all the way down river to Greenwich and Canary Wharf.
This in-depth private walking tour of the Tower of London and Tower Bridge is hosted by an expert guide specializing in art history. Please list any special interests you have (art, architecture, history, culture) at the time of booking to alert your guide, so they can prepare for your private tour.
Walking along Knightsbridge, London's famous shopping center where Harrods is located, you will reach No.1 London, the name given to Apsley house. Built by Adams in 1775 for Baron Apsley and acquired by the Duke of Wellington in 1817, he aggrandized the house with the help of architect Wyatt who gave it the Corinthian temple front and faced it in gold bath stone. It became the grand mansion of the Duke of Wellington, the victor of Napoleon. You will find the treasures regaled to the Duke by the European Monarchs returned to their thrones after the defeat of Napoleon. As you enter the house in the inner hall is the nude marble statue by Canova of Napoleon in the guise of Apollo. See silver and porcelain sets, jewels and snuff boxes surrounded by the Duke's furniture. Upstairs are the paintings which he collected and the old masters from the Royal Spanish collection found in Giuseppe Bonaparte's coach as he was abandoning Madrid. These were given to Wellington by the King of Spain. Among them are paintings by Velazquez, Rubens, Murillo, Ribera and Goya.(On Mondays and Tuesdays when Apsley House is closed more time will be spent in the V&A Museum.)
This private tour is hosted by a professional guide specializing in art history. Please list any special interests you have (art, architecture, history) at time of booking to alert our guide so that he or she can better prepare for your private tour.
Please note: Apsley House will be closed until March 31, 2015, more time will be spent at the Victoria and Albert Museum.
Visit the wonderful British Museum on this 3-hour private tour with your own art historian guide. The British Museum, one of the world’s greatest historical treasure troves, is the largest ethnographic Museum in the world- culture is its theme. It represents not only British culture but it is a collection of World cultures such as the Egyptian, Assyrian, Mesopotamian, Greek, Roman, Pacific Ocean and Eastern Cultures.
This British Museum tour is ideal for a personalised perspective on the collections. Among the main objects are some of the most important Egyptian statues, the Egyptian Mummies, the famous Assyrian Lion Hunt, the Standard of Ur, the Parthenon Marbles, Roman sculpture with the famous Portland Cameo Vase and many more.
See the best of London’s National Gallery, one of the world’s most visited art museums, on this private 3.5-hour tour. With a specialist art historian guide, tick off the gallery’s most impressive paintings and learn more about the artists behind them. Get up close to works by the Italian greats, including da Vinci and Michelangelo, and Flemish masterpieces from the likes of Rubens and Campin. You’ll also take in timeless paintings by French Impressionists and Post-Impressionists such as Monet, Renoir, Picasso and Cezanne.
Choose from a morning or afternoon tour, and then make your own way to the National Gallery, a striking Pantheon-style art museum raised on a terrace overlooking Nelson’s Column and the iconic lion statues in London’s Trafalgar Square.
Meet your guide, an art history specialist, and then head inside to trace European art across the centuries. The National Gallery boasts one of Europe’s greatest collections of paintings by the Old Masters (European artists whose notable works were produced between the Renaissance and 18th century), and houses more than 2,300 artworks dating from the Middle Ages through the 20th century.
Stroll from room to room, taking in the mosaic floors, marble pillars and floor-to-ceiling art, and listen as your specialist guide talks you through the gallery’s key masterpieces as well as the artists behind them.
Throughout your private tour, pay special attention to the Italian greats — from the 13th-century Masters to the High Renaissance of Piero della Francesca, Botticelli, Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo — and the Flemish school of art, including works by Rubens, van Eyck, Rogier van der Weyden and Campin, considered by many to be the first great master of Flemish and Early Netherlandish painting.
See, too, masterpieces from Rembrandt, as well as the gallery’s French Impressionists and Post-Impressionists collection, one of the finest of its kind in the world — crammed with timeless works by Renoir, Monet, Pisarro, Cezanne, van Gogh, Matisse and Picasso.
After roughly 3.5 hours, your tour concludes inside the National Gallery, leaving you free to continue exploring independently, should you wish.
Make your own way to the Tower of London on the banks of the Thames River. With your entrance ticket, Bypass the long lines at the main ticket office, and head through the group entrance and security into this imposing palace-fortress.
Built by William the Conqueror in 1066, the Tower has a dark 1,000-year history as a royal palace, prison and execution place, as well as a royal mint and armoury. Today, it still stores the British monarch’s Crown Jewels, just as it has done since 1303.
Once inside, explore independently or choose to take an optional audio-guided tour (own expense) or complimentary tour led by a Yeoman Warder or ‘Beefeater’, one of the ceremonial guards. The 1-hour Yeoman-led tours leave from inside the entrance every 30 minutes until the mid-afternoon, and offer a compelling insight into the tower’s history and sites.
See the brooding ravens as you walk around and be swept up by the grim but fascinating stories of the turrets, chambers and buildings around you. Visit the main, White Tower, to see its Royal Armouries exhibits, and enter the Bloody Tower, reputed to be where the ‘Princes in the Tower’ were murdered by an unknown hand in around 1483.
See Traitors’ Gate, through which the arrested Anne Boleyn was brought by boat from the Thames River. Then, walk to Tower Green where she was beheaded in 1536 on the orders of Henry VII, and where a string of monarchs and traitors also met a grisly end.
Step back to Tudor times at the Medieval Palace, where recreated medieval interiors detail comfortable lifestyles of Tudor monarchs such as Henry VIII, and stretch your legs with a Wall Walk, strolling along the massive encircling walls to discover more sites.
Lastly, don’t miss the Crown Jewels, the royal regalia and gems that symbolize the British monarchy. Join the separate queue to gaze at these sparkling exhibits, including St Edward’s Crown, used at coronations since 1661, and the legendary Koh-i-Noor diamond, the 105.6-carat diamond given to Queen Victoria in 1849.
Having explored as much as you wish, take your leave and make your own way back home or to your hotel.
Royal Palaces Pass Upgrade
Want to uncover more of London’s fascinating royal history? Then, upgrade to a Royal Palaces Pass that gives you a priority entrance ticket to the Tower of London together with admission to London’s Hampton Court Palace and gardens, and Kensington Palace, the former royal home of Queen Victoria and Princess Diana.
Your Royal Palaces Pass entitles you to one visit to each of the three attractions and is valid for two years, so you’ll have plenty of freedom to experience each site and discover its enthralling past at your leisure.
Special Offer - Upgrade and buy the Royal Palaces Pass to save up to 12% on London admissions, compared to booking attractions separately. - Book Now!
Board an iconic red double decker bus to experience the famous sights and sounds of London, with live guides and multilingual audio commentaries. A free river cruise pass and 3 free walking tours are also included. Board the world famous London Eye and enjoy sipping your bubbles whilst the panoramic views of the capital slowly pass you by. A free 360° mini guide is also included.
Redeem your voucher, if you wish to hop-on the bus immediately, you’ll be issued with a 24-hour bus tour ticket and a Champagne London Eye voucher (to use anytime within 30 days). If you wish to experience the London Eye first, you’ll be issued with your Champagne Eye Experience voucher and a bus tour voucher that can then be exchanged when you board the bus anytime within 7 days. When you exchange your voucher, you will also have the opportunity to upgrade from a 24-hour bus tour to 48-hours (additional charge).
Your hop-on hop-off bus tour and London Eye tickets can also be used on separate days.
Make your way to Greenwich Pier, the London Eye Pier, Tower Pier, or Westminster Pier, then jump aboard your sightseeing boat to begin your tour. With cruises departing every 30 minutes from 10am throughout the year, enjoy the freedom to take to the water at your leisure.
During your Thames River sightseeing cruise, admire top London attractions such as Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge, the Tower of London, and Westminster Bridge from your vantage point on the river. All boats have toilets, bars to buy refreshment (own expense), confectionery, and snacks, and an upper viewing deck for photo opportunities.
Afterward, alight from your sightseeing boat in central London and visit the Shakespeare's Globe Theatre — the world’s largest and most comprehensive exhibition devoted to poet and playwright William Shakespeare.
During your visit, discover the secrets of Elizabethan special effects — from blood and gore to magic tricks — and enjoy live demonstrations including sword-fighting and costume dressings. Explore the theater — a faithful reconstruction of the open-air playhouse first built in 1599 — and learn of the many Shakespearean plays performed here.
On this tour you will see the following:
Famous photo locations including: The Beatles Abbey Road crossing, David Bowie Ziggy Stardust album cover [back and front], The Oasis album cover [back and front], The Beatles in Rupert Court, The Rolling Stones in Denmark Street, and The Kinks in Soho.
Pubs and clubs: The world famous Marquee Club, the pub where Brian Jones held the first Rolling Stones audition, the pub where The Rolling Stones were discovered, the adult club where David Bowie did his very first paid show, the club where Paul met Linda and The Mod club that inspired The Kinks’ You Really Got Me.
Recording Studios: The Beatles’ and Pink Floyd’s Abbey Road Studios, the studio where The Rolling Stones recorded their debut LP, the Soho studio where David Bowie, Genesis, Carly Simon, Queen, Elton John, Lou Reed, and The Beatles all recorded their biggest hits.
You will also get to see the record shop that Elton John worked in, the coffee bar that started British Rock n Roll, the court that Mick Jagger, Keith Richard and Johnny Rotten ‘visited’, where David Bowie parked his converted Second Word War ambulance, The Beatles’ Rooftop Concert building, Where David Bowie and Mick Jagger bought their dresses, the 60s coffee shop that sparked David Bowie’s Ziggy Stardust persona and the luxury top floor apartment where The Sex Pistols played their very first show.
You will be taught how to control your camera's settings to achieve top shots that professionals take during this 2- hour fun packed workshop. If you already know how to work your camera your guide will help you to achieve more. Or, if you have never used your camera before, your guide you assist you step by step; and by the end of the workshop you will feel confidence to try night photography by yourselves.
During the Westminster/Southbank/Piccadilly/Chelsea Bridge tour you will visits a minimum of four locations during the 2- hour workshop.
Please note workshops times change throughout the year in keeping with the UK Sunset times; normally starting 1.5 hours after sunset.
You will be paired with a professional photographer that will capture your travels in a contemporary and candid stye of photography. Your photographer will ensure you return home with beautiful photos that will last a life time and make your friends jealous.
A custom route will be organized through the chosen destination based on your unique needs, whether it be a romantic getaway, a family trip or a livelier one with friends. Invest in memories that can be shared for years to come. Your photographer will be a local expert and will share their knowledge of the city like an old friend. The photos will be made available within 5 working days of the photo tour, available to download via an online gallery with no hidden charges.
Get to know the other side of London by exploring the secret street art of Camden Town on this small-group, 2-hour walking tour. Wander down back alleys, secret lanes, and canal-side walkways, and hear the stories of the artists whose work lines the streets of this historic district from a guide who's an expert on London's street art scene.
Your guide will be either a photographer, a blogger, a 'wall organizer' who sources legal spaces for street artists, or some combination of these roles: they'll meet you at Camden Town tube at 10:55am.
Under their guidance, escape the main streets and the busy markets to get off the beaten tourist track and learn why half a million people visit Camden every week. One of London's most vibrant, interesting, and happening boroughs, this bohemian area is as alive with street art as it's full of music.
Discover great murals by some of London's leading street artists, as well as individual piece by international artists. You'll see over 100 pieces of street art that have transformed Camden into a dynamic canvas where artists leave their creative marks. Learn how an art form that was once considered vandalism now represents the personalities of cities all around the world.
Your guide will explain graffiti terms and the unwritten codes that govern this underground world, as well as how 'wall organizers' enable artists from all over the world to paint in London. You'll end your tour in central Camden at 2pm, just a short walk from the tube.
Come hang out like an A-lister in London’s Soho and Mayfair neighbourhoods — the playground of the rich and famous! We’re going to stuff ourselves with delectable desserts and chocolates and experience traditional English tea and scones, while uncovering the funny and shocking tales of the people who have made central London one of the most entertaining places in the world.
Starting in Piccadilly Circus (London’s beating heart), this stylish London food tour will take you through some of the city’s best spots for chocolates, desserts, and British tea and scones!
You’ll begin with a visit to the Queen’s own grocer and see some of the foods available within Buckingham Palace. You’ll also get to discover some of the greatest luxury brands at the world’s first glass-enclosed arcade, which just happens to be frequented by Hollywood A-listers, European aristocrats, and other rich and famous folks when they’re in town.
You’ll then dip a toe into London’s iconic Soho district as we explore Carnaby Street’s food and vibrant culture, and learn the funny — and sometimes scandalous — stories of the writers, musicians, and actors who have all called this corner of London their home.
Visit one of the most lavish, outlandish chocolate and cake stores you’ve ever seen, where even the statues can be eaten.
And for the grand finale finish at luxury store, created from the wood of former wooden warships from the British Navy, now converted into one of the most opulent department stores in central London, where you’ll relax with English tea and scones.
Explore one of the world's most iconic entertainment districts, where the rich and famous have rubbed shoulders with the down-and-out for over 300 years, on this 2.5-hour small-group walking tour of London's Soho. Along the way you'll stop at four iconic pubs (own expense), and walk in the footsteps of some of the world's most famous actors, musicians, and writers as you visit locations from Soho Square to Chinatown to London's red light district.
Meet your local guide and friendly small group at Piccadilly Circus at 2pm, for this deep dive into the alleyways, courtyards, and byways of London's Soho neighborhood. Besides landmarks like St. Anne's Church, the French House, Chinatown, and Soho Square, you'll find out where the famous and infamous lived, worked, and played.
Stop at the club where Marilyn Monroe used a double to escape the paparazzi. Step into London’s red light district and learn about the 'English Hugh Hefner', who brought the sex industry to town. Discover which world leader established his World War II headquarters at the French House, and why there are statues of noses found all over the capital.
Find out where Karl Marx lived and wrote sections of Das Kapital, visit pubs frequented by George Orwell, and admire the former home of the legendary lover Casanova.
A trip through Soho is a trip through musical history. See the house where Mozart lived as a child prodigy. Visit a venue where legends like Jimi Hendrix played, and see Paul McCartney's business premises on Soho Square. Your last stop will be a bar made famous by John Lennon and Eric Clapton – Keith Moon from The Who was banned from here for life.
The tour finishes at 4:30pm. Feel free to accompany your guide back to Piccadilly Circus or continue exploring Soho's pubs and nightlife at your own pace.
Explore the residential areas of London beyond the classic tourist sites and immerse yourself in London’s rich culture as you experience how real Londoners live, eat and shop! From the bustling markets of Whitechapel to the green borders of Essex, see the diversity that London has to offer from the luxury of your own private driven vehicle. Be a real Londoner for the day!
Enjoy a complimentary pick up directly from your hotel in an air-conditioned luxury private car and take plenty of photos as you drive through the city centre and into some of London’s leafier havens.
Drive through London’s financial hub into neighbouring Shoreditch - London’s popular and fashionable “hip” scene – before making your way through to Whitechapel, once home to the infamous “Jack the Ripper” and now soaked in rich South East Asian culture with cafes, restaurants, places of worship and local street markets.
See the home of the London 2012 Olympic Games in Stratford and discover the vibrant local communities that surround it. Enjoy a taste of Stratford life in the Westfield shopping centre, bustling with fashion, beauty, lifestyle and food stores.
Continue your drive into the leafier areas of London through the open grasslands of Wanstead Flats into the hilly streets of affluent Buckhurst Hill, which sits on the borders of London and Essex and view some of the spectacularly large houses nestled amongst the rich nature of Epping Forest.
Finally, enjoy a complimentary drive back directly to your hotel in your air-conditioned luxury private car.Sit back and relax as you soak in the evening beauty of London’s iconic sites in the heart of the East End. In your luxury Mercedes private car, see the illuminated landmarks of Canary Wharf, Stratford, the O2, St Katherine Docks and much more. This magical evening tour is a breathtaking way to see London’s hidden gems!
Enjoy a complimentary pick up directly from your hotel in an air-conditioned luxury Mercedes private car as you embark on a magical evening drive through London’s East End and discover its iconic landmarks under the night sky.
See the breathtaking views of the River Thames as you drive along the Embankment and witness the beauty of the Tower of London at night as you head towards London’s East End.
Admire the grandeur of London’s Olympic Stadium lit up at night along with Britain’s largest sculpture – the ArcelorMittal Orbit – made with 35,000 bolts and enough steel to build 265 double-decker buses!
Immerse yourself in the spectacular skyline of Canary Wharf and get up close and personal to some of Europe’s tallest buildings. Witness to awe-inspiring transformation of this East London gem, historically one of Britain’s busiest docks and now one of the most important financial districts in the world.
Be dazzled by the O2, London’s state-of-the-art arena, before stopping for a stroll in the tranquil and picturesque St Katherine Docks - the only marina in Central London - with the option of dinner in one of the many restaurants overlooking the peaceful waters.
Finally, enjoy a complimentary drive back directly to your hotel in your air-conditioned luxury Mercedes private car.
Your morning tour of London begins with a panoramic drive up to Kensington Palace, once home to Princess Diana. Pop in your state-of-the-art Vox headphones as your tour starts and listen to your guide talking clearly about each site. Nearby you will see the stunning Royal Albert Hall - where famous London concerts are hosted, and the historic Albert Memorial.
Continue through London to Trafalgar Square, passing Whitehall and the Prime Minister’s residence on Downing Street. On arrival at Parliament Square you’ll see more top London attractions including the Big Ben clock, the Houses of Parliament and the magnificent Westminster Abbey, where Prince William and Kate Middleton were married by the Archbishop of Canterbury.
Your morning tour will then head to St. James’ Park and Buckingham Palace to see the famous Changing of the Guard ceremony. Accompanied by a military band, soldiers from the Queen’s Foot Guard march to Buckingham Palace in their familiar red tunics and bearskin hats. This the oldest ceremony linked to Buckingham Palace, and it is truly representative of the colorful pomp and ceremony that make the British Royal Family so fascinating.
Your tour finishes in Trafalgar Square, conveniently located in the heart of central London so you can continue your afternoon sightseeing independently. Upgrade your experience to include an open-date ticket for the London Eye.
London City Sightseeing Tour Including Tower of London and City of London (4.5 Hours)Meet your guide in Trafalgar Square, and then settle into your comfortable seat aboard an air-conditioned coach. Pop in your state-of-the-art Vox headphones as your tour starts so you can hear your guide talking clearly about each site.
Your first stop is a guided tour of St Paul's Cathedral. Crowned by the magnificent dome that continues to dominate the London skyline, the cathedral was rebuilt after the Great Fire of London in 1666. In recent years it has seen the wedding of Charles, Prince of Wales, to Lady Diana Spencer and the services for both the Golden Jubilee and 80th birthday of Her Majesty the Queen.
Next it's on to the Tower of London, the ancient fortress steeped in centuries of murder and treason. The splendidly dressed Beefeaters will tell you about the Tower's history, including tragic tales of royals and nobles who met their end within its walls. You'll also see the Crown Jewels, including the 6,000-year-old Koh-I-Noor diamond and impressive coronation regalia.
Then continue to the City of London, that famous square mile where new architecture towers above buildings dating back to medieval times.
Your tour concludes in Trafalgar Square around an hour before you need to meet for your next tour.
Jack the Ripper Tour and London Ghost Walk (3 Hours)Join up with your coach in Trafalgar Square or along the nearby Strand. Then, as you travel to your first stop, listen to your guide set the scene for your evening tour. The year is 1888. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle has just published his first Sherlock Holmes story; meanwhile, in the Whitechapel district of London's East End, five women are brutally murdered by the world's first recognized serial killer, Jack the Ripper.
Gaze out of the window and see sights such as the Theatre Royal Drury Lane, which is said to be the most haunted theater in London, and the Old Bailey — a site of numerous public hangings. You’ll also visit Fleet Street, home of the demonic barber Sweeny Todd and his accomplice Mrs Lovett, who allegedly baked pies from the flesh of his victims and sold them to unsuspecting customers.
In Whitechapel, jump out of your coach to inspect some of Jack the Ripper's murder sites, decipher the evidence and discuss the suspects. You'll even see Ten Bells Pub, established in 1752, where many of the merciless killer's victims came to drink.
The tour finishes at a traditional pub near Trafalgar Square, where you can calm your nerves with a drink (own expense).
Special Offer -
- Book this tour and save 26% compared to booking each tour separately!
Pop in your state-of-the-art Vox headphones as your tour starts and listen to your guide talking clearly about each site. If you want to wander aside and take photos of attractions, you won’t miss any of the commentary!
First stop is a guided tour of Sir Christopher Wren's masterpiece, St. Paul's Cathedral. Crowned by the magnificent dome that continues to dominate the London skyline, the cathedral was rebuilt after the Great Fire of London in 1666. In recent years it has seen the wedding of Charles, Prince of Wales, to Lady Diana Spencer and, most recently, the thanksgiving services for both the Golden Jubilee and 80th Birthday of Her Majesty the Queen.
Then it's on to the Tower of London, the ancient fortress steeped in centuries of murder and treason, guarded by jet-black ravens. The splendidly dressed Beefeaters will tell you about the Tower's history, including tragic tales of royals and nobles who met their end within its walls. You'll also see the fabulous Crown Jewels, including the 6,000-year-old Koh-I-Noor diamond and impressive coronation regalia. Before you leave the tower, your guide will hand you a ticket for sightseeing cruise to Westminster Pier. The ticket can be used after your tour, or any other day of your choice (up until March 31, 2016).
You'll then continue by coach to the City of London, that famous square mile where brash new architecture towers above buildings dating back to medieval times. The Romans founded Londinium here 2,000 years ago, and the city's square mile of narrow streets follows the cramped medieval street plan.
You'll see the glorious dome of St. Paul's Cathedral, the elegant Mansion House, home to the Lord Mayor of London, and the nearby Bank of England, known as the Old Lady of Threadneedle Street, at the heart of the City.
St Paul’s Cathedral is closed to the public on Sundays and following dates: December 23 2014, February 4, 18, March 19, April 3 and May 12 2015. On these dates, there will be a photo stop outside the Cathedral and the tour will visit Tower Bridge Exhibition or Banqueting House instead.
See London on a full-day sightseeing tour of the city, led by a guide. Hear the history of top London attractions like Westminster Abbey and Big Ben, and receive fast-track entry and a guided tour of St Paul’s Cathedral. After the sightseeing tour, watch the Changing of the Guard Ceremony at Buckingham Palace and tour the Tower of London. As a bonus, this experience also includes a one-way River Thames sightseeing cruise, which can be used on the day or another time. Upgrade to include a flexible London Eye ticket to be used on any day you wish.
Meet your guide on board your air-conditioned coach, and then relax as you travel around central London to see the sights. Pass through Parliament Square, seeing the Houses of Parliament and the Big Ben clock, and then travel past Westminster Abbey where Prince William married Kate Middleton in a lavish royal wedding ceremony. Admire prestigious government buildings at Whitehall and Downing Street, and then see the hustle and bustle that surrounds Nelson’s Column at Trafalgar Square.
Travel to Buckingham Palace, the official London residence of the Queen, and walk around in front of the gates to see the famous Changing of the Guard ceremony. Have your camera ready to capture the pomp and pageantry of the Queen’s Foot Guard as they march in their eye-catching red tunics and bearskin hats, and then travel by coach to a traditional London pub in Trafalgar Square.
Rest and refuel with a hearty lunch (own expense), and then continue your day of sightseeing with a visit to the City of London, an area just east of the city center where many of London’s banks can be found. Look out for the sights as your guide explains their history and hop out for fast-track entry and a guided tour of St Paul's Cathedral.
Continue to the Tower of London, and head inside to explore at your leisure. The former prison and fortress, which looks out over the River Thames, was built to terrify potential invaders and Londoners alike. Steeped in centuries of murder and treason, the tower is fascinating to explore with its famous jet-black ravens and Beefeater guides. Should you wish, opt to join one of the complimentary Beefeater tours that run every 30 minutes and hear tragic tales of the royals and nobles who met their end within the tower’s walls.
Before your tour finishes, receive a ticket for a sightseeing cruise along the River Thames, from the Tower of London to Westminster Pier. Upgrade to include an flexible ticket for the London Eye, to used any time you wish.
The year is 1888. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle has just published his first Sherlock Holmes story; meanwhile, in the Whitechapel district of London's East End, five women are brutally murdered by the world's first recognized serial killer, Jack the Ripper.
See where Jack the Ripper preyed on his victims while your guide runs through some of the suspects in this unsolved case. Scotland Yard even considered Queen Victoria's grandson, the Duke of Clarence, to be a suspect at one point! It's one of several stops along a ghost walk of London's most notorious haunts.
Your tour commences at your selected departure point with a drive on the darker side of London. Pop in your state-of-the-art Vox whisper headphones and listen to your guide describe each site. You will see Drury Lane, which is said to be the most haunted theater in London, and your guide will explain why! Next, visit the Old Bailey—a site of numerous public hangings—and Fleet Street, home of the demonic barber Sweeny Todd and his accomplice Mrs Lovett, who allegedly baked pies from the flesh of his victims and sold them to unsuspecting customers.
Once in Whitechapel, disembark your motor coach and walk this death trail to inspect some of Jack the Ripper's murder sites, decipher the evidence and discuss the suspects. You'll even see the Ten Bells pub, established in 1752, where many of the merciless killer's victims came to drink.
The tour finishes at a traditional pub near Trafalgar Square—you might need a drink (own expense) to calm your nerves after this enthralling ghost walk.
Day 1: Royal London Sightseeing Tour with Changing of the Guard Ceremony (3.5 Hours)
Following pickup from Victoria Coach Station, your morning tour begins with a panoramic drive to Kensington Palace, once home to Princess Diana. Pop in your state-of-the-art Vox headphones as your tour starts and listen to your guide talking clearly about each site. On route, see the Royal Albert Hall, where many famous concerts are hosted, and the Albert Memorial.
Continue to Trafalgar Square, passing Whitehall and the Prime Minister’s residence on Downing Street. On arrival at Parliament Square, view more top London attractions including Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey, where Prince William and Kate Middleton were married.
Next, head to St James’s Park and Buckingham Palace to watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony. Accompanied by a military band, soldiers from the Queen’s Foot Guard march to Buckingham Palace in their cherry-red tunics and bearskin hats. This is Buckingham Palace’s oldest ceremony, and it is truly representative of the pomp and ceremony that make the British Royal Family so fascinating.
Your tour then finishes in Trafalgar Square.
Day 2: London to Stonehenge Independent Afternoon Trip with Audio Tour (5.5 to 6 Hours)
Head out of London on an air-conditioned coach to the UNESCO-listed Stonehenge. This fascinating stone circle has sat in the same spot on the Salisbury plain for more than 5,000 years, yet nobody knows why it is there or how it was constructed.
Plug into your included audio-guide to hear the different theories surrounding its purpose, and enjoy about an hour to wander around the stones independently. See the beautiful Bluestone rocks on the inside of the circle, and wonder at how these 40-ton stones could have been transported and who could have carved them in such a distinctive way.
When the time comes, return to your coach and travel back to your original departure point, where your tour concludes.
Special Offer -
- Book this tour and save 22% compared to booking each tour separately!
Board a coach in central London in the morning, pop in your state-of-the-art Vox headphones and relax on the drive out of the busy city and into the scenic English countryside. Enjoy clear, crisp commentary about the sights from your guide, piping straight into your personal earbuds, adjusting the volume to your preferences. On the way, you’ll drive through Greenwich, home of the Royal Observatory and the Prime Meridian, where the world’s time is set.
Arrive at Leeds Castle before the crowds arrive for a tour of the 12th-century castle and grounds. Leeds Castle is picture-perfect, set in a shimmering lake and surrounded by idyllic greenery that spans 500 acres (202 hectares). Inside, admire a superb collection of medieval furniture and tapestries and Impressionist art, and learn how the castle has traded hands over the centuries. Stop by the bird aviary and try your hand at the castle's popular maze formed by towering hedges.
Next, head to Canterbury Cathedral, a stunning UNESCO World Heritage–listed Gothic church built in the 11th century. Canterbury Cathedral is considered the birthplace of English Christianity, so it comes with some fascinating history. With your Vox headphones, your guide has the unique privilege of leading your large group into the quiet cathedral for a tour of the treasures that lie inside.
Re-board the coach for a drive through the Kent countryside, known as the Garden of England, with its quaint villages and pretty landscapes. Reach the coast to admire the White Cliffs of Dover — towering chalk-white cliffs overlooking the historic English Channel. Look up to see England's largest castle, Dover Castle, looming on the hilltop.
After a day full of sightseeing, arrive back in London in the evening.
Want to spend a day exploring Paris at your own pace, seeing what you want to see and making all the decisions yourself? Forget the tour buses - jump onboard the Eurostar from St. Pancras Station and three hours later you'll be sipping Champagne at a café on the Champs-Élysées!
Start your day by making your own way to Victoria Coach Station to meet your guide. Settle into your seat aboard a luxury coach, then relax on the journey to Oxfordshire, a picturesque county roughly 1.5 hours away.
Make your first stop at the UNESCO-listed Blenheim Palace (entry not included), the birthplace of Sir William Churchill. With your headset switched on to ensure you can hear your guide’s commentary clearly, set off on a tour of the lavish State Rooms. Delve into the history of the 18th-century manor house, and get up close to priceless works of art and tapestries. Then, enjoy a stroll through the landscaped gardens.
Next, hop back inside your coach and gaze out of the window as you journey through the Cotswolds, a region of outstanding natural beauty characterized by charming parishes and thatched villages. Stop in Bilbury, and walk with your guide to Arlington Row, a set of pretty cottages that date back to the 14th century.
Continue on to the ‘Little Venice’ of the Cotswolds, Bourton-on-the-Water. Have your camera ready as you wander down the high street, lined with shaded greens. Then, feel the tranquility wash over you as you head across arched stone bridges for views of River Windrush. You'll also have the opportunity to stop in at a local restaurant or cafe for lunch (own expense).
After, head to Bampton, a quintessentially English village that featured as Downton village in the hit TV show Downton Abbey. See the church where Lady Mary and Matthew Crawley married, and the house that was once the Crawley family home. Pass Downton hospital and take in other sites such as the fictional Grantham Arms pub.
When the time comes, return to your coach for the journey back to London, where your day trip concludes at Victoria Station.
Start with a pickup from Victoria Coach Station, and then kick off your morning tour with a panoramic drive to Kensington Palace, once home to Princess Diana. Pop in your state-of-the-art Vox headphones and listen to your guide’s commentary about each site. On route, see the Royal Albert Hall, where many famous concerts are held, and the Albert Memorial.
Continue to Trafalgar Square, passing Whitehall and the Prime Minister’s residence on Downing Street. On arrival at Parliament Square, take in more top London sights including Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey.
Next, head to St James’s Park and Buckingham Palace to watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony. Look on in delight as the Queen’s Foot Guards — clothed in crimson tunics and bearskin hats — march in time to drumbeats from a military band.
Your coach tour then finishes in Trafalgar Square, leaving you only a short walk from the Thames River. Make your own way to either Westminster Pier or Tower Pier to catch your Thames River cruise boat. Show your one-way ticket and then find yourself a seat on the open-air upper deck, or settle into a window-side seat in the heated lower saloon area.
With your camera in hand, gaze out over the water as you pass iconic London attractions such as London Eye, St Paul’s Cathedral, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the Tower of London, Tower Bridge and the Shard. Learn the history behind each sight from the live commentary and help yourself to refreshments (own expense) from the onboard bar.
After roughly 45 minutes on the water, your cruise concludes at Tower Pier, if you boarded at Westminster Pier, or Westminster Pier, if you boarded at Tower Pier.
Hop on board your double decker at Green Park in central London, and set off on your 1.5-hour night tour. Taking in all of London’s iconic attractions, you’ll see how just magical the capital is at nightfall, with beautifully lit buildings lining its bustling streets.
Pass along London’s Piccadilly, the street that’s home to elegant stores like Fortnum & Mason alongside brash neon billboards, and weave through the borough of Westminster to see Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey and illuminated boats cruising down the River Thames. Learn about St Paul’s Cathedral from your guide as you pass by, and marvel at its size – the second largest church in the country.
Across the river, watch out for the London Eye, which lights up the city’s Southbank with its colorful nighttime illuminations. Then check out Tower Bridge, one the most photographed nighttime London landmarks; you’ll understand why as you drive past, admiring its golden lights shining out over the river.
Your tour continues to Knightsbridge, the classy neighborhood that’s home to Harrods – London’s best-loved department store. Your guide will point out famous concert halls and museums like the Royal Albert Hall and the Natural History Museum, before returning to Green Park, near the swanky Ritz hotel.
Meet your guide at Stamford Bridge stadium, just a short bus or tube ride from central London. During a 60-minute informative tour of the Bridge, you'll see where the iconic Chelsea FC has played its home games since 1905.
Explore the renovated stadium with your guide, who shares unbridled excitement about the team. As you make your way into the changing room, step into the imaginary shoes of players, such as midfielder Eden Hazard and team captain John Terry, sporting their blues before a game. Sit behind the desk in the Press Room and soak up the atmosphere, then anticipate the roar of more than 40,000 cheering fans while walking down the tunnel toward the pitch.
Entry to the Chelsea Museum is also included. The interactive exhibits provide visitors the opportunity to learn how the team has evolved, on and off the pitch, to become one the most prestigious soccer clubs in the world. Don’t miss having your photo taken with the Champions League and Europa League trophies before making your own way back to central London.
Your 5-day tour introduces you to some of the top cities in England, Scotland and Wales. See the sights on walking tours, and enjoy overnight stays in York, Edinburgh, Liverpool and Cardiff. As a bonus, if you travel on August 3, 10 or 17, a standard-seat ticket to the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo is included. Taking place annually, the evening event draws people from all over the world and features ceremonial marches, traditional music and dancing at the esplanade of Edinburgh Castle.
Breakfasts are included daily (with the exception of Day 1) and ample free time is allocated for any other meals that are not included. All of your 4-star hotels are located centrally, so you can explore each city with ease in between traveling and excursions.
Your overnight experience in Liverpool includes accommodation in the 4-star Hard Days Night Hotel, a Beatles-themed hotel, perfectly located in Liverpool’s so-called 'Beatles quarter' where many landmarks linked to the rock band are found.
Rest overnight in a luxurious single or twin room, and enjoy breakfast in Blake’s, the hotel restaurant that’s named after the designer of the iconic Sgt Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band album cover. The Hard Days Night Hotel also boasts a chic cocktail bar that’s perfect for a spot of relaxation after a day sightseeing around Liverpool.
With the exception of your independent train trip, Magical Mystery tour and admission to the Beatles Story museum and Cavern Club, all other activities and entrance fees are at your own expense.
The Harry Potter books and film series have enthralled and captivated the world - now you can follow in the footsteps of the world’s most famous wizard and take a magical journey throughout London with this Harry Potter themed walking tour.
Your expert guide will take you on a spellbinding tour of the city to show you the exact locations where Harry filmed key scenes of this epic tale. Starting at Westminster, you’ll make your way to the Ministry of Magic; find the entrance to the ‘Leaky Cauldron’ before taking a walk down the real ‘Diagon Alley’, then stand in the very spot where the Death Eaters destroyed the famous Millennium Bridge.
You’ll not only see the locations where the films were shot, you’ll discover the magic behind locations such as Cecil and Goodwin Courts, and how these enchanting locations provided the inspiration for this wizarding adventure to unfold.
Your tour will conclude at Platform 9 ¾ - where you can try and make your own way to Hogwarts!
Enjoy a quintessentially English experience on this 3-hour walking tour of London’s finest historic pubs. Visit some of the city’s oldest and most famous pubs, and learn about the brewing process while sampling two craft beers. Hear tales about legendary patrons while soaking in the authentic atmosphere of three distinct establishments.
Meet your guide and fellow tour participants on the steps of St. Paul’s Cathedral. Then, enjoy a brief walk to your first stop, The Centre Page, one of London’s oldest surviving alehouses.
The Centre Page has gone by the past names of “The Horn Tavern,” “The Horn Coffee House,” and “The Bugell,” and is referenced in the 1663 diary of Samuel Pepys and the Charles Dickens literary classic, The Pickwick Papers. British-born Guy Fawkes was also known to frequent the pub, and was said to have conducted a meeting within its cellar walls.
Next, cross the Millennium Bridge and pass by the Tate Modern and Shakespeare's Globe Theatre as you walk to Anchor Bankside, a 17th-century pub situated on the banks of the Thames River. Shakespeare himself supposedly enjoyed a pint of ale or two within the walls of the Anchor, a place that has been used as a tavern, brewery, and ship’s chandler. It’s also played host to a wealth of other notable patrons including Dr. Samuel Johnson, another of England’s best-known literary figures.
The pub contains a room dedicated to The Clink Prison, a prison located nearby along the aptly named Clink Street. Pass it en route to your next stop, the Old Thameside Inn. You will also see the remains of the Palace of Winchester, one of the largest and most important buildings in medieval London.
History oozes from the great beams and ancient brickwork of the Old Thameside Inn, formerly an old spice warehouse. Once inside, enjoy three samples of local beer while learning about the brewing process and sitting in the midst of a a life-size replica of Sir Francis Drake’s famous ship, The Golden Hind. At the end of your tour feel free to stay on in the Old Thameside Inn and enjoy a wide selection of ales or quality pub food, all served with a generous measure of British hospitality.
If you’re heading back toward St Paul’s Cathedral by way of the London Bridge underground stop, don’t miss the views of Southwark Cathedral along with the wide-ranging stalls of Borough Market.
Your tour begins with a visit to one of London’s most iconic attractions, The Tower of London. Be one of the first groups admitted on the day before proceeding to the most historic part, The White Tower. Here you will be welcomed by a White Tower warden for a talk on its unique history. Explore all four floors, including the Royal Armouries Collection, and see the Crown Jewels, which are part of the Royal Collection and still used regularly by the Queen.
Then head into the City of London, where you'll see St. Paul's Cathedral and the Bank of England, among many of London’s other famous landmarks, hearing more about the history of this fascinating city. Cross over iconic Tower Bridge before you visit Borough Market.
Borough Market is London’s most renowned food and drink market and dates back to 1014. Both a source of British and international produce, it consists of more than 100 stalls and strands. Producers from all over the country bring a range of fresh produce to the market including fish, meats, vegetables, ciders, breads, cheeses, coffees, and cakes. You'll have time to explore the many stalls and enjoy some of the local delicacies before heading to Westminster Abbey.
Steeped in more than a thousand years of history, the Abbey has been the coronation church since 1066 and is the final resting place of 17 monarchs. The present church, begun by Henry III in 1245, is one of the most important gothic buildings in the country. Take a comprehensive tour as your guide brings the story of the Abbey to life. Top off the day with a sumptuous afternoon tea at the Cellarium Café located inside the Abbey complete with sandwiches, scones, cakes and your choice of tea. Your tour will end here so you can enjoy your afternoon tea at your own pace.
Please note: A state of the art audio-guide system is used during the walking sections of this tour. You'll receive a personal headset to ensure you never miss a word of the guide's commentary.
Day 1: Liverpool
Liverpool is the city that inspired some of the Beatles' most famous songs and set them on the road to stardom.
Meet your representative at Euston Station and enjoy a relaxing train journey to Liverpool, on arrival you are on your own to enjoy this historic city. Enjoy an included visit to the Beatles Story where you can enjoy the most sensational story the pop world has ever known. In the afternoon enjoy a 'Magical Mystery Tour' see where the Beatles grew up and the landmarks of their lives, Penny Lane, Strawberry Fields and much more. The tour ends at the famous Cavern Club.
Finally make you way back to Lime Street Station for the train back to London, arriving at approximately 9.15pm. (Please note the Liverpool tour is unescorted).
Take a 50 minute river cruise with the world famous Ferry 'cross The Mersey – a must do for every visitor going to Liverpool! Discover the well-loved legacy of Liverpool and the river Mersey, with its musical and maritime past. Just sit back and enjoy the fascinating commentary, wonder at the wildlife and absorb the history. There is simply no better way to enjoy Liverpool than from the deck of a legendary Mersey Ferry. Please note: 'Ferry 'cross the Mersey' (optional).
Day 2: London
London is the city that The Beatles based themselves in from 1963 – the place to go for any aspiring group that wished to become a nationwide success. The Beatles developed their craft at the iconic Abbey Road recording studio as well as making TV, radio and live performances and socialising at the many swinging hotspots where exclusive clubs and 'happenings' were the places to be seen.
The city provides the backdrop for all the LP covers from the first to the last; the locations for 'Hard Day's Night', 'Help' and 'Magical Mystery Tour'; even the 'Penny Lane' promotional film was largely shot in London locations.
Depending on your age, this is either a chance to wallow in glorious nostalgia, or grab an 'education' in Rock history, its legends and myths, and of course walk over that famed Abbey Road crossroads. Your specialist, insider guide will take you on a magical, musical journey putting the Beatles into their London context showing how they grew from just another four lads in a band from Merseyside to global domination.
From The Cavern to Abbey Road – it's all here, and waiting to take you away…
Your journey starts at Gabriel’s Wharf, conveniently located a stone’s throw away from Waterloo station.
Equipped with a bike, your guide will lead you across Blackfriars Bridge and onto Victoria Embankment along the East-West Cycle Superhighway, London’s latest exciting initiative to improve cycle safety.
Stop first at the boundary of the City of London and the Metropolitan capital, and hear why the river became slimmer in the 1800s.
Then head to Cleopatra’s Needle for spectacular riverside views of the Southbank with its iconic London Eye. Cycle right under Elizabeth Tower, with Big Ben towering over you.
Stop next in Parliament Square for views of Westminster Abbey and the Palace of Westminster right under the gaze of Winston Churchill, before heading off to Buckingham Palace — via St. James’s Park — in time to catch the Changing of the Guard. If you're lucky, the royal standard flag will be raised and you may catch a glimpse of the Queen as she takes up residence in her office.
From here, it’s straight to Trafalgar Square to see Lord Nelson on his pedestal, guarded by bronze lions not far from elegant fountains, before continuing to the cobbled streets of Covent Garden, an area renowned for its high-quality restaurants and street performers.
Then pedal towards London's oldest quarter, as you enter the heart of the legal district, making your way past Lincoln's Inn Fields. Follow the old cattle routes to Smithfield Market to learn more about its turbulent past and gruesome medieval tales.
Afterward, take a moment to admire St. Paul’s Cathedral before crossing over Blackfriars Bridge and heading back to the wharf.
Capture the magic of one of the world's great cities by night on this 3-hour bicycle tour of London. Pedal along the River Thames, passing Tower Bridge, the London Eye, the Houses of Parliament, and more. See Big Ben, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Westminster Abbey, and Trafalgar Square lit up in lights, before cruising through the vibrant nightlife of Covent Garden and Chinatown.
You'll meet your guide at 3:30pm during the winter months or 7pm during spring and summer at Gabriel's Wharf on the South Bank of the Thames, near Waterloo station. Don your helmet, lights, and high-visibility jacket, and hop aboard your trusty steed, then follow your guide into a journey across London by night.
First, you'll pedal east to the iconic Tower Bridge, and into London's historic docklands, and the refurbished St. Katherine's Dock. Then it's time to head into the City of London: you'll pass the mighty dome of St. Paul's Cathedral, the pedestrian-only Millennium Bridge, and the vast Tate Modern art gallery.
Stop for a quick drink at the Founders Arms pub, right on the river, and marvel at the City of London's towering skyline reflected in the still waters of the Thames. This is also a great opportunity to capture photos.
Cruise along the river to the London Eye, then pedal across Westminster Bridge to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, all dressed up in lights for the evening. After the Houses of Parliament, see the imposing Gothic towers of Westminster Abbey, the venue for many a royal wedding over the years.
Leaving the river behind, cut into town. Admire the grand government buildings on Horse Guards Parade and the landmark Admiralty Arch, before cutting up to Trafalgar Square to see Nelson's Column, the fountains, and a piece of modern art. Finally, it's into Covent Garden and Chinatown, where you'll make your way past rickshaws and taxis as you absorb the evening's street theater.
From here, it's a quick 2.3-mile (3.7-kilometer) cycle back to Gabriel's Wharf, where you'll return your bikes and protective gear.
Your tour focuses its attention on the east of the city, heading out towards the old docklands and back through London town. This carefully chosen route gives you a local's knowledge of London’s power house. Your journey starts with a ride to the old Bankside power station, now home to Tate Modern Art Gallery. A few doors down from there is the New Globe Theatre, a beautiful, curvaceous replica of an Elizabethan theatre made famous by William Shakespeare.
Next you’ll be taken to Borough Market, one of London’s largest and oldest food markets, offering a selection of the city's best street food and fresh local produce.Then, provided there are no ships passing through, you’ll be off to cross the picture-postcard Tower Bridge, all the while taking in the spectacular London skyline with its newly iconic skyscrapers (the Gherkin, the Walkie Talkie and the Cheesegrater among them).
From there, it's a ride along the river to the old Dockyards, an atmospheric maze of warehouses and alleyways, including a quick stop at Captain Kidd, a waterside pub.
Starting to head back west to what used to be less affluent industrial land, you'll see how the area has been transformed into a destination for young designers and their businesses.Then it's to the Square Mile, London’s financial district. Passing through a bedrock of institutions such as Lloyd’s of London, the Royal Exchange and Mansion House - each of them a delight for architecture enthusiasts.
Last stop is Sir Christopher Wren's unrivalled masterpiece, St Paul's Cathedral. Your guide will then lead you back to the Wharf along Carter Lane one of the cities beautiful hidden secrets.
London pulses with a creativity like no other. Boasting a rich and diverse history of statesmen, artists with spectacular and influential imaginations, there’s no better way to whet your appetite, for what’s on offer than to take a relaxing tour through the West End. Discover some of the city’s theatrical and culturally significant sights and let pure poetry stir in your heart beneath the boughs of handsome tree-lined cycle paths.
This tour is a relaxed tour through the West End exploring some of the city’s most theatrical, artistic and culturally significant sights. On the way you'll pass along handsome tree-lined streets and through some of the city's most charming parks.
The journey begins at Gabriel's Wharf and throws you straight into the quaint 1830s red-brick lined streets of Waterloo as you make your way towards The Cut. First stop is the Old Vic Theatre, one of London’s oldest and most loved theatres. Across the road – Lower Marsh, a market street that’s a favourite of filmmakers and full of listed buildings housing lunchtime cheap eats and hip cafés. Turning right, you’ll explore a hidden underground tunnel, (sometimes known as Banksy Tunnel) a unique area filled with ever-changing street art.
Next stop is Archbishop's Park, a secluded green area of tranquility that backs onto Lambeth Palace, the home of the Archbishop of Canterbury. Crossing the river, you are transported back in time as you arrive at the courtyard of Westminster Abbey School, which offers a privileged view of Westminster Abbey and some of its hidden quarters.
From there it’s a short ride to Horse Guard’s Parade, a historic sporting ground where Henry VIII once hosted jousting tournaments, followed by a pedal through Hyde Park, Henry’s private hunting ground, before Buckingham Palace was built.
Up next is Mayfair, an area associated with luxury shops, galleries and exclusive clubs. Passing along Carnaby Street, still known today as the centre of 60s Swinging London, it’s then onto Soho, a favourite haunt of the mods and hippies of the same era, and the stomping ground of British bands like The Rolling Stones.
As the tour draws to a close, you’ll cycle to Covent Garden – London’s Theatreland. Finally, it’s back across Waterloo Bridge, before returning to where it all began, hungry for your next London adventure.
For being one of London’s most famous regions, Greenwich, in London’s southeast, is surprisingly undiscovered by many. With a distinctly ‘English’ feel, the neighborhood is conservative and traditional due to its royal roots, yet also has an edgier side with exciting attractions, quirky independent shops, street markets and a thriving pub scene – all crying out to be explored!
Your private driver will pick up from your central London hotel, and after a quick chat about suggested attractions, you’ll be on your way. Your exact itinerary is flexible, so you can customize your morning based on your preferences – just let your driver know what you want to see and then sit back and enjoy the ride taking in panoramic views of London!
Most itineraries involve a route that takes in the top sights around Maritime Greenwich – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed area that contains a collection of world-class attractions. Take a stroll and soak up the atmosphere, or perhaps visit some of the top sites (entry fees at your own expense).
Well-known sites inside Maritime Greenwich include the Royal Observatory in Greenwich Park, home of Greenwich Mean Time, and the majestic Old Royal Naval College that was designed by Sir Christopher Wren in the late 1600s. The famous Cutty Sark ship can be found in dry dock here, and is definitely worth a visit. The last surviving tea-clipper boat is said to have been the fastest and greatest of her time.
Your friendly private driver will give you plenty of insider tips for the best places to see or have lunch or a snack, should you wish. Greenwich has an array of independent shops that are worth visiting, or if you’re traveling on a weekend, a trip to Greenwich Market is a must. Alternatively you might wish to see the O2 Arena (named the North Greenwich Arena for the Olympic Games) where many athletic events during the London 2012 Olympics and Paralympics were held.
You tour finishes back at your hotel, or you can arrange with your driver to be dropped off at the central London location of your choice.
(Allow at least 8h between flights–take this tour) | from £49.22
If you have 8 hours to spare between flight, leave London Gatwick or Heathrow Airport, and travel west with your private driver to the royal town of Windsor, just under an hour’s drive away. Your exact itinerary of your layover tour is flexible, so you can customize your plans based on your preferences – just let your driver know what you want to see in Windsor and then sit back and enjoy the drive! You'll have roughly four hours in Windsor.
The affluent town is best known as the site of Windsor Castle – the official residence of the Queen and a place well worth visiting (entry at your own expense). Covering an area of roughly 13 acres (5 hectares), Windsor Castle’s grounds include an impressive list of things to see, like the State Apartments and St George’s Chapel. Your guide will give you plenty of insider tips about the best areas of the castle to visit, should you wish to.
Windsor’s Changing of the Guard ceremony takes place daily, so you can try to catch it while exploring the town. Usually accompanied by a military band, soldiers march up the high street to Windsor Castle in colorful red tunics and bearskin hats, representing the pomp and ceremony of the British Royal Family that so intrigues visitors to England.
Near the town center is Windsor Great Park -- perfect for a walk or summer’s day picnic! Take a stroll along the famous Long Walk, a 2-mile (3-km) path bordered by symmetrical rows of beautiful trees and neat lawns.
Most itineraries include a drive to Eton, the historic little town just on the other side of the River Thames from Windsor. See Eton College, where Princes William and Harry studied, and browse the town’s endearing collection of independent shops. Alternatively, visit the nearby town of Runnymede, where the Magna Carta was sealed by King John in 1215.
Your independent Windsor tour finishes back at London Gatwick or Heathrow Airport, in time for your ongoing flight.
London’s vibrant markets originated in the Middle Ages, when street sellers pedaled no-nonsense food to London’s city workers. Proving ever popular, the markets you’ll find today are scattered all over the capital and sell everything from artsy antiques to vintage clothing to cutting-edge fashion accessories.
With so much to choose from, scouting out the best markets can be difficult and take up too much of your valuable time. Luckily, you’ll have a knowledgeable private driver to give you the best insider tips and drive you to the markets that you simply can’t miss!
After picking you up from your hotel, your driver will chat with you about suggested markets, and then you’ll be on your way. Your exact itinerary is flexible, so you can customize your day of bargain hunting based on your preferences – just let your driver know where you want to go.
Check out the foodie hotspot of Borough Market, where nearly 100 stalls sell gourmet delights and cheap eats. Producers from around the country showcase their wares here, and you’ll be encouraged to try samples galore while walking around. Shop for tongue-tantalizing olive oils and taste exquisite cheeses, cured meats, artisan breads and more!
Portobello Market is another must-visit market that should definitely top your list. Selling a wide range of clothes, antiques, food and general knick-knacks, the market stretches the length of Portobello Road in west London, right through the trendy Notting Hill neighborhood.
East London boasts several of the capital’s best markets; choose to visit iconic ones like Brick Lane, with its retro furniture and bric-a-brac stalls, or Spitalfields Market, where vintage clothes and homemade gifts are sold in a covered Victorian hall.
After eight hours of browsing London’s best markets, your private driver will drop back at your hotel.
Picking you up from your central London hotel, your private driver will provide you with a few suggestions for places that you might want to see or explore. Your exact itinerary is flexible, so you can customize your evening based on your preferences – just let your driver know what central London attractions you’d like to see, and then sit back, relax and enjoy the ride!
Most itineraries involve a route that takes in the top London sights, so you can get out of the car to walk around, perhaps entering some attractions at your own expense, before venturing on to the next site on your list.
Visit Piccadilly, the busy street that boasts several big-name London shops and hotels like Fortnum & Mason (open till late!) and the Ritz, and see Trafalgar Square when its daytime crowds and pigeons are replaced by party goers and lit-up monuments.
Be sure to take a walk around Soho, London’s proudly bohemian neighborhood, where you’re guaranteed to see a diverse bunch of Londoners enjoying a night out. The epicenter of London’s vibrant gay community, Soho also boasts an eclectic mix of businesses, from bustling Chinatown restaurants to seedy shops to trendy bars crammed full of media darlings from offices nearby.
Neighboring Soho is London’s ‘theatreland’ – the West End. This frenzied and fast-paced area is home to London’s finest theaters, such as the Adelphi and Theatre Royal, and is most definitely worth checking out.
Whatever route you decide to take, consider fitting in the Thames Embankment. Your driver can recommend a famous riverside London pub here, or point you in the right direction for a stroll along the Embankment’s south side. Following the Thames path, pass beautifully illuminated attractions like the London Eye, Festival Hall or the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben on the other side of the river.
After three hours of independent sightseeing around London at night, your private driver will drop you off back at your hotel.
As one of the world’s leading fashion capitals, London has an exciting shopping scene that’s particularly well known for its uber-chic department stores. Dotted around London, the stores can be tricky to find and working out the logistics from one to another can be even trickier still. Luckily, with this private tour, you’ll have a knowledgeable private driver to give you insider tips and drive you to the shops that you simply can’t miss!
After picking you up from your hotel, your driver will chat with you about suggested shops, and then you’ll be on your way. Your exact itinerary is flexible, so you can customize your day of shopping based on your preferences – let your driver know where you want to go and then sit back and enjoy the ride.
Perhaps head to Harrods in upmarket Knightsbridge. Retailing in the same location since 1849, the palatial store remains unrivaled as the must-visit shop in London. It offers both first-rate service and an extensive product range -- selling everything from haute couture to ice cream.
Fortnum & Mason is probably the best-known British food store, having operated for centuries on London’s Piccadilly. Besides being the largest quality food retailer in London, the shop has a gorgeous interior; gaze up at its glittering chandeliers as you walk along its luxuriously carpeted aisles, shopping for quintessentially English teas and picnic hampers.
Be sure to check out the shopping mecca that is Oxford Street, home to the flagship Topshop store, all the best British-brand chain shops and, of course, Selfridges – another of the world’s finest department stores, symbolized by its iconic yellow shopping bag. Nearby is Liberty, the Tudor-style building with its tantalizing window displays to tempt you inside.
After eight hours of shopping in London’s finest shops, your private driver will drop you and your shopping bags back at your hotel – the perfect ending to your perfect shopping day!
Your private London tour experience begins even before you arrive. Once you have made your reservation you will be contacted with a 2-minute checklist to fill out - this will indicate which areas of the city you would like to visit and what style of tour you would like.
The day of the tour arrives and your guide will meet you at your location of choice - whether you want to be picked up from a hotel, apartment or other location. Pickup times are flexible; whether you want an early start to beat the crowds or a lie-in, this can be accommodated.
Your guide will explore London with you for seven hours. You will see the major landmarks, hidden areas, discover incredible ceremonies and have London's fascinating stories brought to life with your guide. If you want shopping and dining recommendations, your guide is more than happy to provide some that suit your tastes as well. Transportation using London's efficient and safe public transport system is included in the price of your tour.
If you are unsure what you want to see an itinerary can be recommended - why not stroll through Mayfair and see the Changing the Guard from a secret location away from the hordes of tourists? Then, see Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus, Downing Street, Westminster Abbey and Big Ben - get great photos and hear fascinating stories.
Next, have lunch at one of London's great markets, at a historic pub or at any other location, all the while enjoying the view of the Tower of London. After lunch, marvel at The Shard, Tower Bridge, London Bridge, St. Paul's Cathedral, Shakespeare's Globe Theatre and all the hidden gems in between. This is just one example, of course. Your tour is a fully tailored service that is uniquely designed for you. You can spend more time in a certain location if you want, or change the tour half way through.
At the end of the tour you can be dropped off at your location of choosing. Back at your hotel, a nice bar or pub, at a theatre for the evening or any other location of your choosing.
Your private London tour experience begins even before you arrive. Once you have completed your booking, you'll receive a 2-minute checklist by email to fill out which will let the guide know which areas of the city you would like to visit, as well as any special interests you have.
At a confirmed time (based on your request), your guide will meet you at your accommodation or chosen location in London. Next, explore London with your experienced, private guide for 3.5 hours. See major landmarks and discover hidden gems while you listen to your guide share fascinating stories from London's past and present. You can even explore the city's shopping and dining scene. If you are unsure what you want to see, let the planning team help. Your guide is an expert Londoner who will make your visit hassle free. Public transportation passes for your entire group are included for the duration of the tour - our safe and efficient public transport system allows you to skip the traffic.
Sample Itinerary:
At 10am, be welcomed to London by your guide who will meet you in your hotel lobby. Head to the West End and explore Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus and Covent Garden. Listen to your guide explain about the Theater District and London's battles as you explore the area. Next, see the Changing the Guard at Buckingham Palace - an unforgettable ceremony. View from a secret location, away from the crowds, which will allow you to get close to the guards for great photos and even better memories. March alongside the guards towards Buckingham Palace as the marching band plays.
Later, stroll through St. James's Park, an oasis in the city. Make your way to Horse Guards Parade for photos and see Downing Street - home to the prime minister. In the early afternoon, discover the secrets of WWII hidden under Whitehall, see the Cenotaph (the nation's war memorial) and reach Parliament Square. Now, get your camera out for amazing photos of Big Ben, Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey. Discover the area's history which spans over 1,000 years and marvel at the wonders of the River Thames and the London Eye.
Finally, before your London experience concludes at a location of your choice, get a unique view of London's skyline from a special area handpicked by your guide. Get tips about great local places to eat nearby, must-visit attractions and where to shop to get a bargain.
Meet your friendly, local and knowledgeable guide in late morning at Trafalgar Square. You will get an overview of the tour as the excitement begins. Group sizes are kept to a maximum of 8 guests to ensure a personal experience.
Start off the day in style by exploring the Westminster area and marvel at Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye, Churchill's War Rooms, Westminster Abbey and much more. Hear fascinating stories about the construction and development of this iconic area.
Next, explore Royal London with a look at St. James' Palace and Buckingham Palace. Plus, experience the best of the Changing of the Guard ceremony from a secret vantage point that is perfect for photographers and be right in the heart of the action.
After a short journey on an iconic red London double-decker bus or the London Underground (your fare is included in your tour price), make a stop for lunch at Bankside and choose from a traditional London pub, the world-renowned Borough Market, or one of the many other local eateries (at own expense).
After a delicious lunch, the tour continues its excitement as you enter the historic 'City of London' district, an area founded by the Romans dating back almost 2000 years! Gaze at St. Paul's Cathedral as you cross the impressive Millennium Bridge and happening upon the Globe Theater.
Explore the world's most unique financial district and discover the secrets that lie round every corner as you hear about the Great Fire of London and the Great Plague. Plus, have your cameras ready for the stunning reveal of the Tower of London, London Bridge and Tower Bridge.
At the end of your unforgettable tour, you will conclude by Tower Hill underground station. From here you can choose to get the London underground to another location...or why not stick around after the tour and explore the local area further - the Tower of London, Tower Bridge and the River Thames cruise pier are right here too!
Please note you do not enter inside any attractions during the tour. Use this as an orientation and overview of London, helping familiarize yourself with the city. It is the perfect way to see London in a day and decide on which attractions to experience on subsequent days of your visit. On days the Changing of the Guard ceremony does not take place, you will use this time to see more of Royal London.
Your guide and driver will join you at your departure location of choice, such as your hotel or apartment. Once seated in the comfortable vehicles, relax with air conditioning, and enjoy the sights as your private guide gives you an unforgettable tour of the city.
Your day is completely flexible allowing your to choose what you want to see - if you are unsure, let your guide amaze you! With a separate guide and driver, you can leave the vehicle at any point to explore London's most quaint areas on foot.
A sample itinerary could include:
Journey through the West End of London, enjoying London's theatre and cinema scene at Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square. Enter the Westminster area and take in the wonders of Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben and the London Eye. Enjoy the breathtaking Changing of the Guard Ceremony with your guide who knows the best secret locations away from the crowds.
Next, stop for a bit of luxury shopping at Bond Street or Harrods, followed by lunch made fresh at a 1000-year-old market or at a 500-year-old authentic London pub. Journey back to the beginning of London and hear about The City and its fascinating stories including the Great Fire and the Plague. All the while, a stopover at St Paul's Cathedral will be sure to amaze you. Cross the Millennium Bridge and see Shakespeare's Globe Theatre.
Finally, conclude the day as you encounter the stunning Tower of London, London Bridge and Tower Bridge, followed by drop-off at your location of choice - a restaurant, museum, your hotel or shopping. Get tips and recommendations for the rest of your stay such as the best places to eat, how long you should spend at the British Museum or what to see and do in Camden.
Instead of browsing the National Gallery aimlessly, immerse yourself in the techniques and history behind some of the world’s most famous artists with a professional guide. You’ve heard of Van Gogh and da Vinci, but what do you really know about them? Learn about the painters behind the paintings. Browse your favorite works by other masters like Botticelli, Monet, Rembrandt, and Vermeer. If none of those names mean anything to you, that will change by the end of the tour.
The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. Learn essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2,300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
Begin your half day experience by exploring the cultures and civilizations through the monumental collection at the British Museum spanning 6000 years of human history. It features items from all over the world like Samurai armor and rare Assyrian lion hunt reliefs. Your guide will take a serious but enjoyable approach towards the museum’s galleries, discussing primitive tribes and fallen empires through a carefully chosen selection of items. You’ll learn about the Mummy of Katebet, the Lewis Chessmen, and the Rosetta Stone – the actual rock, not the language learning program. Walk away with an understanding of what we humans have achieved during our short history and hopefully you’ll be proud to call yourself a part of this incredible species.
After a break for lunch, learn about the master painters whose names fill the halls of the National Gallery. You’ve heard of Seurat and da Vinci, but what do you really know about them? Learn about the painters behind the paintings as we browse our favorite works by other masters like Botticelli, Monet, Rembrandt, and Vermeer. If none of those names mean anything to you, your guide will make sure that changes by the end of the tour. The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. During your tour, you'll be arm with the essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
Start off your walking tour to London with an introduction to culture and civilizations at the monumental collection of the British Museum, spanning 6,000 years of human history. It features items from all over the world like Samurai armor and rare Assyrian lion hunt reliefs. Our guides will take a serious but enjoyable approach towards the museum’s galleries, discussing primitive tribes and fallen empires through a carefully chosen selection of items. You will learn about the Mummy of Katebet, the Lewis Chessmen and the original Rosetta Stone. Walk away with an understanding of what humans have achieved during our short history and hopefully you will be proud to call yourself a part of this incredible species.
After a break for lunch, continue with your guide to understand London through its history as you walk through its urban landscape. Our expert guides will peel back the layers as you walk past some of the most iconic places in central London like Trafalgar Square and the House of Parliament. Learn about Chaucer at Westminster Abbey or maybe bump into the Prime Minister at 10 Downing Street. The tour will pass through the sweeping green parks, bustling crowds, and quaint squares that define London. Learn about the monarchs and leaders, like Queen Elizabeth II and Winston Churchill, while also taking advantage of your local guide, who will be more than willing to share a few of the city’s best kept secrets as you explore together.
Begin our half day experience by learning about the master painters whose names fill the halls of the National Gallery. It’s a hodgepodge of eras and styles, and we’ll make sense of it for you so that you can appreciate and moreover enjoy this iconic collection. Discover the history and anecdotes behind the works of artists like Da Vinci, Velázquez, and Botticelli. The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. During your tour, we’ll arm you with the essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
After a break for lunch, you will then go on to explore the diverse neighborhood that is the East End. Notorious as the hunting ground of 19th century serial killer Jack the Ripper, it’s now home to London's best street art including Shepard Fairey and Banksy. The East End is a melting pot, alive with contradictions and colorful characters, and we’ll introduce you to our favorite shops and vendors at Spitalfields Market. By the end of the day you’ll understand why London attracts so many upcoming artists.
To understand London, you first need to understand its long, complex history. Our expert guides will peel back the layers as you walk past some of the most iconic places in central London like Trafalgar Square and the House of Parliament. Learn about Chaucer at Westminster Abbey or maybe bump into the Prime Minister at 10 Downing Street.
The tour will pass through the sweeping green parks, bustling crowds, and quaint squares that make up this fascinating urban landscape. Learn about the monarchs and leaders, like Queen Elizabeth II and Winston Churchill, while also taking advantage of your local guide, who will be more than willing to share a few of the city’s best kept secrets as you explore together.
From the origins of Cockney rhyming slang to the hipsters of Shoreditch via the curry houses of Brick Lane, this neighborhood is a proud representation of the vast melting-pot that is London. Notorious as the hunting ground of 19th century serial killer Jack the Ripper, it’s now home to London's best street art including Shepard Fairey and Banksy. The East End is alive with contradictions and colorful characters, and we’ll introduce you to our favorites, like the many vendors at Spitalfields Market. We’ll explore the streets and neighborhoods that will leave you wanting to stick around and mingle with the hipsters all afternoon.
Explore a world-class art collection with our energetic guides in the National Gallery. You’ve heard of Seurat and da Vinci, but what do you really know about them? Learn about the painters behind the paintings as we browse our favorite works by other masters like Botticelli, Monet, Rembrandt, and Vermeer. If none of those names mean anything to you, we’ll make sure that changes by the end of the tour.
The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. During your tour, we’ll arm you with the essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
After a break for lunch, we will go back to the very beginning of London’s two millennia history in the City, the site of a Roman settlement that became the epicenter of one of the world’s most bustling cities and financial centers. Wander through this tangle of hidden sights to stumble upon the 12th century Temple Church, home to the Knights Templar. Fast-forward through history to discover the medieval Tower of London, home to the beefeaters. Learn about the great fire of 1666 that decimated the city at the Monument before marveling at the domed masterpiece, St. Paul’s Cathedral, rebuilt after the tragedy. You’ll score picturesque views along the Thames, the river spanned by the iconic 19th century Tower Bridge and more modern Millennium Bridge. Your energetic guide will bring London’s long history to life as you weave through the skyscrapers that hide some of its best kept stories.
Explore a world-class art collection with our energetic guides in the National Gallery. You’ve heard of Seurat and da Vinci, but what do you really know about them? Learn about the painters behind the paintings as we browse our favorite works by other masters like Botticelli, Monet, Rembrandt, and Vermeer. If none of those names mean anything to you, we’ll make sure that changes by the end of the tour.
The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. During your private tour, we’ll arm you with the essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
After a break for lunch, we will go back to the very beginning of London’s two millennia history in the City, the site of a Roman settlement that became the epicenter of one of the world’s most bustling cities and financial centers. Wander through this tangle of hidden sights to stumble upon the 12th century Temple Church, home to the Knights Templar. Fast-forward through history to discover the medieval Tower of London, home to the beefeaters. Learn about the great fire of 1666 that decimated the city at the Monument before marveling at the domed masterpiece, St. Paul’s Cathedral, rebuilt after the tragedy. You’ll score picturesque views along the Thames, the river spanned by the iconic 19th century Tower Bridge and more modern Millennium Bridge. Your energetic guide will bring London’s long history to life as you weave through the skyscrapers that hide some of its best kept stories.
On this tour, you will follow in the footsteps of the Romans, who built the nearly 2000 year old wall still visible today. Wander through this tangle of hidden sights to stumble upon the 12th century Temple Church, home to the Knights Templar.
Fast-forward through history to discover the medieval Tower of London, home to the beefeaters. Learn about the great fire of 1666 that decimated the city at the Monument before marveling at the domed masterpiece, St. Paul’s Cathedral, rebuilt after the tragedy.
You’ll see picturesque views along the Thames, the river spanned by the iconic 19th century Tower Bridge and more modern Millennium Bridge. Your energetic guide will bring London’s long history to life as you weave through the skyscrapers that hide some of its best kept stories.
Trade in paintings for mummies and historical artifacts on a tour of the British Museum. The enormous collection spans 6000 years of human history, featuring items from all over the world including Samurai armor and rare Assyrian lion hunt reliefs. Our guides will take a serious but enjoyable approach towards the museum’s galleries, discussing primitive tribes and fallen empires through a carefully chosen selection of items. You’ll learn about the Mummy of Katebet, the Lewis Chessmen, and the Rosetta Stone – the actual rock, not the language learning program. Walk away with an understanding of what we humans have achieved during our short history and hopefully you’ll be proud to call yourself a part of this incredible species.
On this tour, you will follow in the footsteps of the Romans, who built the nearly 2000 year old wall still visible today. Wander through this tangle of hidden sights to stumble upon the 12th century Temple Church, home to the Knights Templar.
Fast-forward through history to discover the medieval Tower of London, home to the beefeaters. Learn about the great fire of 1666 that decimated the city at the Monument before marveling at the domed masterpiece, St. Paul’s Cathedral, rebuilt after the tragedy.
You’ll see picturesque views along the Thames, the river spanned by the iconic 19th century Tower Bridge and more modern Millennium Bridge. Your energetic guide will bring London’s long history to life as you weave through the skyscrapers that hide some of its best kept stories.
Meet your private guide outside the British Museum at 10am, then step inside to begin your 5-hour tour.
At The British Museum discover valuable treasures such as the Mummy of Katebet, the Oxus Treasure, the Parthenon sculptures, and the Rosetta Stone. During your tour, explore 6,000 years of human history and learn of primitive tribes and mighty empires through the ages.
After lunch (own expense), head onward to the National Gallery Admire works such as Johannes Vermeer’s A Young Woman Standing at a Virginal, Jan van Eyck’s Arnolfini Portrait, or Van Gogh’s Sunflowers, and hear essential details on the meanings behind the works. Explore the galleries and hallways — home to masterpieces by Botticelli, Monet, Rembrandt, and Vermeer — and gain insight into art history dating back to the 14th century.
When your guided visit comes to an end, continue exploring at your leisure or step outside to conclude your tour.
To understand London, you first need to understand its long, complex history. Our expert guides will peel back the layers as you walk past some of the most iconic places in central London like Trafalgar Square and the House of Parliament. Learn about Chaucer at Westminster Abbey or maybe bump into the Prime Minister at 10 Downing Street. The tour will pass through the sweeping green parks, bustling crowds, and quaint squares that make up this fascinating urban landscape. Learn about the monarchs and leaders, like Queen Elizabeth II and Winston Churchill, while also taking advantage of your local guide, who will be more than willing to share a few of the city’s best kept secrets as you explore together.
Meet your private guide at 10am or 2pm in east London, then head through the vibrant streets to begin your walking tour. Home to some of the capital’s most talented street artists, east London is alive with etchings, stencils and artwork in all styles and colors.
Explore areas such as Brick Lane, Shoreditch, and Spitalfields Market, and gain insight into their transformation from working-class neighborhoods to trendy centers of fashion and art. Along the way, enjoy a cultural overview of London’s East End — from its troubled years under the control of the Kray Twins to today — and admire diverse street art by the likes of Shepard Fairey and Banksy.
Learn of the origins of Cockney rhyming slang and the rise of hipsters in Shoreditch, stroll past bustling curry houses and stylish galleries, and soak up the atmosphere in this colorful corner of London. When your walking tour comes to an end, wave goodbye to your guide at Shoreditch High Street Station.
Start off your private trip to London with an introduction to culture and civilizations at the monumental collection of the British Museum, spanning 6000 years of human history. It features items from all over the world like Samurai armor and rare Assyrian lion hunt reliefs. Our guides will take a serious but enjoyable approach towards the museum’s galleries, discussing primitive tribes and fallen empires through a carefully chosen selection of items. You’ll learn about the Mummy of Katebet, the Lewis Chessmen, and the Rosetta Stone – the actual rock, not the language learning program. Walk away with an understanding of what we humans have achieved during our short history and hopefully you’ll be proud to call yourself a part of this incredible species.
After a break for lunch, continue with your guide to understand London through its history as you walk through its urban landscape. Our expert guides will peel back the layers as you walk past some of the most iconic places in central London like Trafalgar Square and the House of Parliament. Learn about Chaucer at Westminster Abbey or maybe bump into the Prime Minister at 10 Downing Street. The tour will pass through the sweeping green parks, bustling crowds, and quaint squares that define London. Learn about the monarchs and leaders, like Queen Elizabeth II and Winston Churchill, while also taking advantage of your local guide, who will be more than willing to share a few of the city’s best kept secrets as you explore together.
Begin our half day experience by learning about the master painters whose names fill the halls of the National Gallery. It’s a hodgepodge of eras and styles, and we’ll make sense of it for you so that you can appreciate and moreover enjoy this iconic collection. Discover the history and anecdotes behind the works of artists like Da Vinci, Velázquez, and Botticelli. The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. During your private tour, your charming young guide will arm you with the essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
After a break for lunch, you will then go on to explore the diverse neighborhood that is the East End. Notorious as the hunting ground of 19th century serial killer Jack the Ripper, it’s now home to London's best street art including Shepard Fairey and Banksy. The East End is a melting pot, alive with contradictions and colorful characters, and we’ll introduce you to our favorite shops and vendors at Spitalfields Market. By the end of the day you’ll understand why London attracts so many upcoming artists.
Trade in paintings for mummies and historical artifacts on a tour of the British Museum. The enormous collection spans 6000 years of human history, featuring items from all over the world like Samurai armor and rare Assyrian lion hunt reliefs. Your guide will take a serious but enjoyable approach towards the museum’s galleries, discussing primitive tribes and fallen empires through a carefully chosen selection of items.
You’ll learn about the Mummy of Katebet, the Lewis Chessmen, and the Rosetta Stone – the actual rock, not the language learning program. Walk away with an understanding of what we humans have achieved during our short history and hopefully you’ll be proud to call yourself a part of this incredible species.
Instead of browsing the National Galley aimlessly, let your guide immerse you in the techniques and history behind some of the world’s most famous artists. You’ve heard of Seurat and da Vinci, but what do you really know about them? Learn about the painters behind the paintings as we browse our favorite works by other masters like Botticelli, Monet, Rembrandt, and Vermeer. If none of those names mean anything to you, we’ll make sure that changes by the end of the tour.
The National Gallery houses paintings dating back to the 1300s all the way up through the 1900s, so there is no shortage of choice. Visit Jan van Eyck’s “The Arnolfini Portrait” or something more familiar like Van Gogh’s “Sunflowers” to understand the full scope of work on display. During your tour, you'll be armed with the essential information and history needed to appreciate the more than 2300 paintings on display at one of the world’s most visited museums.
On this tour, you will treat your taste buds to the gastronomic culinary cuisine of central London during a 3.5-hour walking food tour of this beautiful and vibrant London district.
Explore the eclectic neighborhoods of the City and Southwark, with an expert gastronomic guide and enjoy 10+ tastings of traditional English cuisine.
On this gourmet walking tour, you get to taste your way through local specialties. Visiting the finest markets (including the famous Borough Market), the oldest pubs, some of the most iconic London landmarks and meet the local artisans that make our food so delicious and unique.
You will not only get a feel for the flavor of English cuisine, but also the unique history and culture of London. Tour size is limited to 10 people for a personalized small-group experience. Come hungry because you will be fed and indulged on this tour.
The cuisine of London boasts a unique fusion of flavors, blending the rich complexity of English food with spices from the east and flavors from the commonwealth. With countless eateries and shops, London is bursting with this authentic flavor, if you know where to look!
Greet your local foodie guide near London Bridge and embark on your epicurean exploration of Central London. On this city walking tour, you will not only get a feel for the flavor of traditional London cuisine, but also the unique history, culture and heritage of London.
This tour shows you the best side of true, pure London cuisine.
Along the way, stop in some of London's most famous markets and specialty food shops hand-picked for their variety and authenticity. Sample traditional English cuisine such as a fish and chips, Ale drank in London for over 200 years, freshly made scones, scotch eggs, locally made cider.Taste locally produced cheeses, wine, plus sweet candy first produced in London 150 years ago and at the end of the tour experience cream tea like the royals. In all, you can expect to indulge in over 12+ food and drink tastings.
You will be taken to iconic London sites and famous markets, the food you will taste are local dishes that will change your idea of what British food truly is. The tour is for small groups and is led by entertaining expert local foodie guides, that will not only make sure you are well fed but will also educate you with stories that give you insights into London’s traditions and culture.
You’ll wander the streets to discover hidden away Shakespearean pubs, 1000-year-old markets, cobbled streets home to the original tea warehouses and see some of London’s most iconic landmarks. After approximately 3.5 hours of walking, talking, eating and drinking, say farewell to your guide near London Underground and the buzzing heart of the City. Whether you are a real foodie or not, this food walking tour will give you an out of the ordinary culinary experience!
Meet your guide at 25 Brook Street in central London, make your way up the wonky, 250 year old grade staircase and step back in time into George Frideric Handel's music rooms where he composed, rehearsed, performed and conversed with the leading musical luminaries of the Baroque age. This is where he wrote Messiah, and these are the windows from which he threatened to throw soprano opera stars when they refused to sing his arias.
Musicians are often found practicing on one of the harpsichords throughout the day, offering a beautiful atmospheric accompaniment as you make your way around Handel House.
Making your way up to the second floor, you will find yourself in Handel's dressing room and the beautiful bedroom in which he eventually died of old age after 35 years at the heart of English music.
Then you will be led up to the third floor of the museum, where you will find yourself transported to 60s London and the height of its swinging heyday. The city which embraced one of the greatest guitarists the world has ever seen and made him famous, London, held a special place in Jimi Hendrix's heart and he described the flat he lived in with his girlfriend Kathy at 23 Brook Street as the first place he'd ever truly called home. Find out how Hendrix's 1969 bedroom has been painstakingly recreated from intensive research and with the help of those who knew Jimi best. This is the room where Hendrix lived, loved and played guitar in and there are hundreds of stories to find out about.
For 2.5 hours, your tour guides will whisk you away on a magical adventure to explore the Harry Potter movie locations in London. Uncover places that inspired J. K. Rowling and your guide will share weird and wonderful behind-the-scenes stories.
You will be led in small groups of a maximum 15 people as you cover some London landmarks passed on the tour as a little bonus. Some of the tour highlights are the entrances to the Leaky Cauldron and the Ministry of Magic, the inspirations for Diagon Alley and Knockturn Alley and lots more. Choose from one of four departure times when you book.
Meet your tour guide at a central location in London at your selected time. Take the most entertaining tour of the movie sights and locations that inspired the Harry Potter series. Even the most ardent fans will learn something new and if you aren't the biggest fan of the series, you will learn surely learn something interesting about London and what turned this story into a phenomenon.
See sites such as the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron, the Clink prison, The Wobbly Bridge and St. Paul's Cathedral from afar, The Golden Hinde, Westminster Station, (a few iconic London Landmarks), the Ministry of Magic and you will finish off by Charing Cross Road, where you will see the inspiration for Diagon and Knocturn Alley!
Your tour will start at your designated pick up point within central London. Once the tour has finished you can either be dropped back to the same location or to one of your choosing within Central London.
The 3 hour tour would take in: Trafalgar Square, Buckingham Palace, Covent Garden, Wellington Arch and Horse Guards.
The 4 hour tour would take in: St Paul's Cathedral, Trafalgar Square, Buckingham Palace, Houses of Parliament (inc. Big Ben) and Westminster Abbey.
The 6 hour tour would take in: The Tower of London, St Paul's Cathedral, Trafalgar Square, Buckingham Palace, Houses of Parliament (inc. Big Ben) and Westminster Abbey. This tour option includes a 45 minute break.
Please note: all tours are traffic permitting
Relive the glory of London 2012 with a multimedia tour of London Stadium. You’ll be thrown right back in time to Super Saturday as you stand in the very space where Britain’s winning athletes brought home the gold! You will both have your own handheld device which will show you interactive content as you make your way around the venue. You’ll get insights into the history of the Stadium, get to know the new occupants – West Ham United and learn secrets from UK Athletics.
After arriving at the brand new West Ham United stadium Store, you'll be directed around to the stadium tour entrance where you'll be greeted by one of our Tour Experience Makers.They'll provide you a brief introduction to the tour and hand you your own personal multimedia handset to accompany you throughout the tour. Your tour will begin with a panoramic view of the stadium from one of our brand new hospitality lounges, where you can also watch highlights and relive the greatest moments from the London 2012 games.
Shortly afterwards you’ll begin your journey through the iconic stadium to the home dressing room where the West Ham United players prepare on a match-day. This room extends to the indoor warm up track previously used by the likes of Usain Bolt, Mo Farah and Jessica Ennis before they won gold in 2012, and now you'll have the chance to race on track and create your winning moment with a unique photo opportunity on our podium leading you out to the pitch side whilst your handset replicates the spine tingling atmosphere of walking out to 60,000 supporters.
Lasting approximately 1 hour and 15 minutes, the tour is jam packed with photo opportunities, historic moments from London 2012 and with access to all the areas used by the West Ham United players the tour suits adults and children whether you are a local, Londoner, national or international visitor, West Ham United supporter or London 2012 enthusiast this tour is not to be missed.
Enjoy a full-day tour west of London to the Georgian city of Bath and the prehistoric stone circle at Stonehenge on Salisbury Plain.
On route to Stonehenge, your guide will talk about the mysteries surrounding the prehistoric site, built in the Neolithic period by Stone Age farmers. Upon arrival, go to the new visitor’s center to enjoy the state-of-the-art facilities. Travel by shuttle bus to the stones to experience their mystical ambiance first-hand. You will have approximately 90 minutes at Stonehenge, leaving plenty of time for refreshments before you depart for Bath.
Drive through some of England’s most beautiful countryside as you make you way to Bath, passing the traditional villages and lush countryside of Wiltshire and Somerset and Avon. Upon arrival in Bath, go to the Roman Baths, once the most famous hot springs in Europe. Discover the handsome Georgian architecture of the city on a short driving tour, including the famous Royal Crescent. Then, your guide will recommend the best places to see, shop and eat for your free time at leisure.
Oxford is famous for being home to the oldest university in the English-speaking world – countless bright young things have wandered the town’s cobbled streets over the years! During your guided walking tour you will see the stunning Bodleian Library and furtively discover unspoilt narrow alleyways, ancient squares and towering spires.
Enjoy views of the breathtaking countryside, sleepy villages, and bustling market towns as you drive through the charming scenery of one of England's most beautiful regions- The Cotswolds.
A unique market town, Stratford–upon–Avon is the famous home of William Shakespeare, arguably the world's greatest writer. Visit the picturesque half–timber house where the legendary bard was born, and gain fascinating insights into his childhood.
Be part of Britain’s greatest medieval experience! Deep in the heart of Warwick Castle, the Great Hall is a hive of activity! Immerse yourself in battle preparations and feel the weight of a medieval sword. Become a soldier – try on a battle helmet for size! Visit the spectacular State Rooms and feast your eyes on Victorian party preparations.
Take a scenic 3-hour bike ride around the beautiful grounds of Hampton Court Palace* with this fun guided tour along a gentle eight mile (13 km) route. Start exploring the stunning Royal Bushy Park, see where Eisenhower had his WWII base and look for deer that are direct descendants from ones bred by Henry VIII.
Stop by a local pub for some refreshments (not included) before cycling to the end of the Long Water, taking in the iconic view of Sir Christopher Wren's baroque masterpiece. Travelling alongside the River Thames, arrive at the Palace's grand riverside entrance and learn about the colourful history that dates back over 500 years.
The cycle ends close to the entrance for ease of access to the Palace or train station - a blissful trip out of the city.
*Please note: Entrance fee to the Palace is not included.
This English-language tour is intended for skeptical non-believers, or people of any or no religion. Wheelchairs and portable canvas stools are freely available if needed. The content is mostly in the Assyrian, Egyptian and Mesopotamia rooms of the British Museum, including an analysis of the Amarna Letters, Amenhotep III and Akhenaten, the origin of writing and the alphabet, the link between the Chinese language and Genesis, seeing God's actual name in the Lachish Letters, evidence for some events recorded in Genesis including the global Flood and the saving of Jerusalem, and the amazing significance of the (Persian) Cyrus Cylinder.
Meet your local tour guide at the 'boy on horse' statue (next to the Information Desk) at an agreed time. No meals or drinks are included, but are available easily within the museum and in nearby cafes. You need to arrive at the front entrance of the British Museum and allow time to get through the security procedure where bags and bulges are searched. You may bring a notepad, pen and a bible if you wish. No recording of the tour is allowed to be published in any format for others to see or hear.
Step back in time to the London of William Shakespeare and follow in the footsteps of the world's most famous playwright on a two hour walking tour through the capital. Explore historic buildings that are connected to a writer who changed the world of literature and theatre.
Join us on this two hour walking tour through London, a city that was his home for the greatest part of his life.
Even though London has changed a lot over 450 years, especially after the Great Fire and the Blitz, you will still be able to explore the history and the city life of the world's most famous playwright, who is considered as the greatest English language author who ever lived.
Starting off at The Old Vic, a theatre associated with the world's most famous Shakespeare production, you will be guided along the South Bank area of London, where you will learn more about the life of theatre during the life of the author.
Along the way you will experience readings and learn about the 16th and 17h century London, that inspired Shakespeare and helped shape some of his well-known plays. Your knowledgable guide and actor will lead you alongside the River Tames, beautiful theatres and historic sites Shakespeare would have known been familiar with in his literature.
While you enjoy this beautiful side of London, you can listen to your guide illuminate the tour with speeches from Hamlet, As You Like It, Antony and Cleoprata, Henry V as well as visiting film locations from the film of Richard III, in which Ian McKellen starred in.
Enjoy a 3-hour mini coach tour of Beatles locations in central London including Abbey Road and Trident Studios. This guided, small-group tour (of no more than 15) will show you their hangouts, gig locations and much more. In total, you will see over 30 Beatles related sites on this magical mystery tour around London.
Meet your guide at Sloane Square Tube Station at 2pm and start your journey into the Beatles world. You will experience the most comprehensive tour of Beatles sites in London on this bus adventure into the world of John, Paul, George and Ringo.
Trace the rise of the world’s first supergroup and learn all about Beatles history. You’ll have the chance to get off the bus on several occasions, take pictures and see the sites up close.
See over 30 Beatles related sites including the home of John, Paul and Ringo, the studios where they recorded many of their famous tracks, some of the famous locations where they played live gigs including the famous rooftop concert. You will also visit sites featured in album covers, photo-shoots, and even film locations from Help! and A Hard Days Night.
During the tour you will hear Beatles tracks as you travel through the London of the Fab Four and to a time when the boys from Liverpool ruled the world of music. Your Beatles tour ends at 5pm back at Sloane Square Tube Station.
Travel back in time to the older London, that Charles Dickens used to know and follow in the footsteps of one of the most famous writers in the history of literature. Get to explore locations, the writer knew and loved and learn about sites that inspired his beautiful stories.
Step back into a bygone era and get ready to learn about the wondrous life of Charles Dickens, beginning with his troubled childhood and ending with his breakthrough as an world renowned author. Visit some fragments of London that Charles Dickens not only knew but which he wrote about in his beautiful stories and gain an insight into the years that helped him into becoming a grand personality.
Your guide will lead you through twisted alleyways and show you buildings and places including remains of the prison his father was incarcerated in. Listen to fascinating facts and beautiful quotes, while walking through ancient corners of London and enjoying breathtaking view’s of London’s skyline along the river Thames.
During the walking tour you will journey back to the 19th century and be amazed by some of the remarkable sites Dickens once knew, visited and wrote about.
Explore the spine-chilling history of Jack the Ripper’s murder spree, as we follow in his bloody footsteps through the dark alleyways of London’s Whitechapel and journey back to the Autumn of Terror in 1888.
On this 2 hour journey back to the Autumn of Terror in 1888, you will get the chance to trace the bloody trail of one of the world’s most infamous serial killers.
Get introduced to the history of Jack the Ripper, whose murders still haunt the people of London to this day and whose crimes can send a shiver down your spine.
Regarded as one of London’s darkest and biggest mysteries started with the discovery of a body on the 31st of August in 1888, and sparked one of the greatest manhunts in British history. The identity has never been discovered and will most likely stay a mystery for ever.
You will journey back into time and lean about the gruesome details of the murders and the blind investigations of the police forces, that never uncovered the mystery of who the killer was. You will hear about theories, fictions and facts, whilst walking through the dark streets, that once were stalked by Jack the Ripper.
Marvel at two of the most impressive stone circles in Europe and discover the history and mystery behind these UNESCO World Heritage sites. In addition to visiting Stonehenge and Avebury’s Neolithic Stone Circle, wander the historic city of Bath and absorb its Georgian architecture, or enjoy an optional visit to the famous Roman-built baths. Afterwards, take in the medieval atmosphere of Lacock village, which has been made famous by multiple TV shows and films. Your driver/guide will transport you between sites via a luxury, air-conditioned, 32 seat, USB and WIFI enabled minivan on this full-day tour from London.
Meet outside of Caffe Nero and depart at 9am to experience England through its spectacular scenery, culture, and history. With your driver/guide, head to Stonehenge (additional fee) and enjoy the incredible visitor center before getting a closer look at the stones. An optional walking tour of Stonehenge will also be available.
Next, you will visit the stunning city of Bath, another UNESCO World Heritage site famous for its Georgian architecture and Roman-built baths. During this stop you will have free time for lunch and the opportunity to take part in an optional walking tour of the city. Moving forward, the tour will head over to Lacock; a pretty, rural village which has been the film set of many award-winning productions such as Harry Potter, Pride and Prejudice, and Downton Abbey.
Your final stop of the day will take place at Avebury, Europe’s largest neolithic stone circle. The stones here surround the village and there are no restrictions, therefor you can wander freely amongst the magical stones. Return to the original departure point at approximately 8pm.
Escape the hustle and bustle of London and explore the highlights of South West England. Step back in time with your guide as you wander historic Canterbury. With your small group (no larger than 16 people), you'll see parts of the famous cathedral dating back to the 6th century. Over lunchtime you can enjoy stunning views from the White Cliffs of Dover or enjoy one of other attractions Dover has to offer. Your day concludes at the enchanting Leeds Castle; perched on two islands in a lake.
This is the perfect day away from London to Canterbury, Dover and Leeds Castle. Your incredible driver-guides will make history come alive through the day whilst on our luxury mini-bus and as you tour Canterbury by foot on an optional complimentary walking tour!
The day begins as you leave London and journey towards Canterbury, home of Geoffrey Chaucer's Canterbury Tales. Enjoy your guide's storytelling as you make your way to the world-famous cathedral city. The cathedral dates back to 597AD, and you can’t help but be taken back in time in this city steeped in history, with Roman and Norman ruins and streets dotted with pretty timber-framed 16th and 17th-century houses.
The route continues to the closest point to France on mainland Britain, Dover. Here you can walk along the iconic White Cliffs. With spectacular coastal views, this is a must-do to truly experience the incredible English landscape.
The final stop is Leeds Castle and Gardens, where you’ll be able to step straight off the bus and start exploring! A castle has stood on this breathtaking spot, built upon two islands in a lake, since 1119. Your guide will share the castle's incredible history, it has notably been a Norman stronghold, the private property of six of England’s medieval queens and a palace used by Henry VIII. Now it is one of the most visited properties in Britain.
This incredible day tour offers the perfect mix of history and scenery for a day away from London, and you'll arrive back around 6:30pm.
Marvel at two of the most impressive stone circles in Europe and discover the history and mystery behind these UNESCO World Heritage sites. In addition to visiting Stonehenge (entrance fee included) and Avebury’s Neolithic Stone Circle, wander the historic city of Bath and absorb its Georgian architecture, or enjoy an optional visit to the famous Roman-built baths. Afterwards, take in the medieval atmosphere of Lacock village, which has been made famous by multiple TV shows and films. Your driver/guide will transport you between sites via a luxury, air-conditioned, 32 seat, USB and WIFI enabled minivan on this full-day tour from London.
Meet outside of Caffe Nero and depart at 9am to experience England through its spectacular scenery, culture, and history. With your driver/guide, head to Stonehenge (additional fee) and enjoy the incredible visitor center before getting a closer look at the stones. An optional walking tour of Stonehenge will also be available.
Next, you will visit the stunning city of Bath, another UNESCO World Heritage site famous for its Georgian architecture and Roman-built baths. During this stop you will have free time for lunch and the opportunity to take part in an optional walking tour of the city. Moving forward, the tour will head over to Lacock; a pretty, rural village which has been the film set of many award-winning productions such as Harry Potter, Pride and Prejudice, and Downton Abbey.
Your final stop of the day will take place at Avebury, Europe’s largest neolithic stone circle. The stones here surround the village and there are no restrictions, therefor you can wander freely amongst the magical stones. Return to the original departure point at approximately 8pm.
This walking tour is a must for all Harry Potter fans. Meet your guide outside the Palace Theatre, and begin explore the exquisitely magical world that Harry and his friends found themselves in, on this amazing 2 hour walk. Your maximum group size of 35 will be sorted out into their 4 houses by the sorting hat. Then you will visit many of the famous landmarks from the films, and compete to outwit your guide with your knowledge of the story!
Visit all the inspirational areas of London that led JK Rowling to create the wizarding world we all know and love. See where all the films were shot in some of London's finest and most historical areas. Learn a thing or too about our amazing city too.
You'll be sorted by a sorting hat into your destined Hogwarts House, with a gift to mark the occasion. Your guide will be quizzing you and keeping score for each house too, so get studying your Harry Potter trivia. Not only is there an animated scoreboard, there are video clips to see to remind you of the scene you're looking at. Grab one of the available costume pieces and reenact famous scenes too - may the best house win.
Use your knowledge of spells to outwit the guide and seek out inspirations and film locations around the stunning city of London.
Marvel at locations, such as the entrance to the fictional Diagon Alley, invisible to the Muggle world, the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron, soak in the views from the bridge, which was destroyed in the Half Blood Prince.
You will start at the theatre that's currently showing "the Cursed Child", set 19 years after the battle of Hogwarts. From there, head down Charing Cross road following the route of the Deatheaters flight to Diagon Alley. Then visit the inspiration for Knocturn Alley and then a short walk down to Trafalgar Square to the Ministry of Magic. This 2-hour walk will take you from Leicester Square, to Trafalgar Square to the Thames, then over to St. Pauls Cathedral, to Millenium Bridge, then Borough Market and London Bridge. Finish your tour at Platform 9 3/4 of course, to check your house score.
Comfortable shoes and appropriate clothing for the weather are advised.
Special Offer - Book by July 25 to save 30% off our previously offered price! - Book Now!
Begin your Abbey adventure in London and take a luxury coach to the beautiful and quaint Oxfordshire Cotswolds, to see key filming sites of Downton Abbey.
You'll of course be visiting the Grantham Family home, Highclere Castle. You'll have ample time to venture around the grounds and the castle too and enjoy free time for those that wish to experience the Egyptology exhibit too:
- Pick up at 9am by the thames in a luxury 24 seater coach
- Short trip to Highclere castle, with quizzes as you go, and Downton Abbey Bloopers on the coach TV
- Explore the grounds and castle of Highclere at 10:30am
- 12:30pm pick up from Highclere castles and short trip to Bampton
- 1:15pm tour through Bampton village, the home of "Downton Village"
- 1:45pm lunch at a stunning old world British pub, hot meal included in the price
- 2:15pm you're given time to explore the village and get some great photo opportunities
- 3:45pm Pick up from Bampton village for a further quiz and games on the coach
- 5:30pm arrive back at Victoria Embankment.
After meeting your guide in Green Park, you will head out on a walking tour of London to discover its dark and haunted history.
Your tour will lead you through the Royal Parks and past haunted houses. You will also hop aboard a boat for a cruise down the Thames. Enjoy amazing views of the city and an onboard bar, all while learning even more about London’s ghosts.
See London’s most haunted house and conclude your tour at the phenomenal Tower of London.
Special Offer - Book by July 25 to save 30% off our previously offered price! - Book Now!
Venture into Soho and Covent Garden with your friendly guide to explore 10 years of booming coffee shops in London. Each establishment has a wonderful atmosphere, exceptional service and exquisite coffee, which will leave a memorizing taste within your mouth. Try a range of different caffeine treats that range from original and authentic espressos for the traditionalists at heart, to the V60 innovations for those who are more contemporary.
Enjoy 4 drinks, which will be accompanied by delicious baked goods. Take home a voucher so you can come back and enjoy delicious coffee at your own pace. Soho and Covent Garden are filled with new, hip hangouts that are focusing on the art and science of coffee. From sourcing and roasting their own beans, to experimenting with different brewing processes, to training baristas who like to think their art degree hasn’t gone to waste by adorning your beverage with hearts, ferns and swans.
Special Offer - Book by July 25 to save 30% off our previously offered price! - Book Now!
After meeting your guide, you will walk through the East End of London, including Brick Lane and Shoreditch. See amazing street art and learn all about its history.
You will visit famous creations from some of the biggest names in underground street art, such as BANKSY, Ben Eine, and Invader. If you’re lucky, you may see an artist working with your very own eyes.
A light lunch from the famous Beigel Bake is also included with your tour.
Special Offer - Book by July 25 to save 30% off our previously offered price! - Book Now!
Visit the exciting and often dangerous world of Elizabethan London where in 1599, Bankside was the entertainment center of the capital packed with gambling dens, brothels, bear-baiting pits and theaters. Ordinary people flocked to see Shakespeare's plays and they laughed, cried, shouted abuse at the actors, ate and drank during the performances.
As a visitor to the Exhibition you'll discover how shows were produced in the theaters of Shakespeare's time, from writing and rehearsals to music, dance and performance. Learn about the traditional crafts and techniques used during the process of rebuilding the Globe and find out how special effects were produced in Shakespeare's time — from thunder and lightning to flying on stage and realistic blood and gore.
Listen to recordings from some of the most Shakespearean performances ever or join the cast and add your own voice to a scene recorded by Globe actors. Create your own Shakespearean phrases in the word jungle, watch a sword-fighting display and browse the costume collection, where you can find out about the extraordinary methods used in creating clothes 400 years ago.
A visit to the Exhibition includes a guided tour of Shakespeare's Globe Theatre where storytellers take you on a fascinating half-hour tour of the auditorium. Journey through time to Elizabethan London with their colourful tales of the 1599 theater experience as well as the reconstruction process of the 1990s and how the wooden 'o' works today as an imaginative and experimental theatrical space.
Afternoon Tea Upgrade Option
After visiting the Globe, you can upgrade to enjoy a quintessentially British afternoon tea — with a twist. Served at the Globe’s Swan restaurant, the tea is inspired by scenes from Shakespeare’s A Midsummer Night’s Dream. Sip prosecco and your choice of tea, and indulge in a delectable selection of finger sandwiches, scones and cakes — many of which can be traced back to characters and food featured in the play. See the Itinerary for a sample menu.
Please note: If you’ve opted for the upgrade, please arrive by 11:45am (Monday to Saturday) or 10:45am (Sunday) to ensure you have enough time for the exhibition and tour before the afternoon tea.
This entertaining and fun tour through central London is dedicated exclusively to Beatles-related sites – a must for Beatles fans! Enjoy a London summer evening reliving the years of Beatlemania, and see the locations that influenced the Beatles’ career as John, Paul, Ringo and George became one of the greatest bands in history.
During the tour, you will see many of their early gig and show locations, as well as the only apartment where the Beatles lived together. Visit photo locations used for album covers, including the famous Abbey Road crossing, where you can walk in the Fab Four’s footsteps. See sites where some of the band members lived, including John Lennon and Yoko Ono’s apartment, Paul McCartney’s house and Soho office, and Ringo Starr’s flat. And visit film locations for A Hard Day’s Night, Help! and Magical Mystery Tour.
With more than 35 sites associated with this legendary Liverpool group, this is the most comprehensive central London tour of historic Beatles attractions, including the site of their final live performance – the roof-top concert.
This evening tour features live commentary from your specialist Beatles guide, who will recreate the magical Beatles years with music and film footage.
You'll see Macca's Golden Disc covered office and the flat where he wrote "Yesterday", Ringo's Hampstead house, and the only flat shared by all Fab Four. Then there's Madness' Camden Town and Chalk Farm, the famed "Tin Pan Alley", the Kinks' Muswell Hill "shrine", and Rod Stewart's family home and school.
See where the Floyd's cut "The Wall" and pass Boy George, George Michael and Sting's homes. See where Jimmy Page cut his first disc, where Joe Meek killed his landlady and where The Clash recorded "London Calling". Gig sites and clubs you will see include the legendary Klooks Kleek, the Rainbow, Marquee, 100 Club, Roxy, Ronnie Scotts, Roundhouse and Hope and Anchor.
Other sites covered on this fantabulous tour relate to the Bonzo Dog Doh Dah Band, Graham Bond, Elton John, The Clash, Fairport Convention, Alexis Corner, Ginger Baker, Fairport Convention, Bob Dylan, Eurythmics, Libertines and Iron Maiden.
Tour route is subject to change without notice due to weather or traffic conditions.
This small-group tour is limited to 16 people, ensuring you’ll enjoy a personalized experience.
Meet your expert guide and set off to the historic city of Cambridge, just over an hour away from London and the hometown of Pink Floyd. From the comfort of your luxury minivan, see the early homes of band members David Gilmour, Roger Waters and Syd Barrett before they ‘made it big’ in London. Pass numerous gig sites while your guide gives you the lowdown on the cutting-edge band’s early days.
On a walking tour of Cambridge, stroll along the city’s cobbled streets, admiring the elegantly traditional architecture around the city center. Your guide will talk about the character of this quintessentially British city, renowned for its prestigious university and river punting.
Stop outside Cambridge University, and explore inside at your own expense if you wish. Alternatively, explore more of the city on your own, perhaps grabbing lunch at one of the local restaurants (own expense).
Travel back to London for the afternoon to see some more Pink Floyd sites, as well as a few other pop culture locations. Head straight to colorful Notting Hill , a lively corner of west London that epitomizes everything cool about the capital, with bohemian shops, expensive homes and fashionable markets. See the Tabernacle building where Pink Floyd played gigs in the 1990s, and see sights from Notting Hill, the hit movie starring Hugh Grant.
Venture northeast to Islington, one of London’s trendiest neighborhoods, to see Pink Floyd’s Britannia Row studios, and then head west to Abbey Rad to stop outside the Beatles’ former recording studios. Have a go at re-creating their famous Abbey Road album cover by walking across the street's zebra crossing.
The last site of your day is 18th-century Alexandra Palace, another gig site of Pink Floyd, affectionately known to locals as ‘Ally Pally.’ Built on top of a hill in Alexandra Park, the palace boasts the some of the best city views that only an insider would know! Walk around the park and enjoy the spectacular views before returning to central London.
You'll see the house where Jimi Hendrix lived and died, where Freddie Mercury and Queen hung out, and Led Zeppelin's London HQ plus many more. The real fun of this tour is hearing inside stories from your informed and knowledgeable rock guide.
You will also see sites connected with the Rolling Stones, Eric Clapton and Cream, Pink Floyd, Bob Marley, the Clash, Coldplay, Oasis, Mama Cass, Georgie Fame, Elton John, Jimmy Page and the Yardbirds, Cliff Richards, the Sex Pistols, Bowie, the Faces, Bee Gees, the Who and many, many more! Plus, there's a visit to Sticky Fingers restaurant, owned by Bill Wyman, former Stones bass player.
The rock legends tour also focuses on the most important Beatles sites, including homes belonging to Paul and Ringo, Apple HQ, EMI Studios and Abbey Road, where you can have your photograph taken on the famed zebra crossing.
This tour takes you where other walking tours don't venture! It's a great way to see parts of London you wouldn't normally visit, including Chelsea, Kensington, Notting Hill, St. John's Wood and Soho!
Tour route is subject to change without notice due to weather or traffic conditions.See the Itinerary for more information about each tour option.
Numbers are limited to 17 on this small-group tour, ensuring you'll see the best of London with personalized attention from your guide.
Meet your guide in Southwark, central London, and after listening to a quick safety briefing, put on your helmet, hop on your bike and set off on your way. Following your guide, pedal toward the River Thames, getting a feel for the mystery and romance of London’s riverside as the sun goes down.
Pass the iconic London Eye – a monument that was built to celebrate the Millennium but proved so popular that it had to stay – and then work your way east in the direction of the City of London, stopping every so often to soak up the evening sights and relax. Continue toward London Bridge, the city’s best-known river crossing, discovering the origins of the nursery rhyme London Bridge is Falling Down. Cross beautiful Tower Bridge – a testament to both the Victorian’s grandeur and ingenuity – and explore the north side of the River Thames
About half-way through your tour, stop for a well-earned break in one of the city’s historical pubs for a drink, and then continue your tour on the north side of the river. Cruise past the Monument to the Great Fire of London (known to Londoners as simply, the Monument) and cycle around the Tower of London, hearing tales of Beefeaters, ravens and glistening Crown Jewels. Pedal to Leadenhall Market – one of London’s hidden 14th-century gems – and hear how it featured in Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone.
Cross the river again and see Shakespeare’s Globe -- a beautiful reconstruction of the Elizabethan playhouse where Shakespeare’s plays were originally performed – before returning to Southwark under the shade of the moonlight. Your bike tour ends here, after four hours of cycling London’s city streets.
This private evening walking tour of classic London attractions starts in the heart of London; follow the Thames River from east to west, taking in the great sights of the British capital before ending your tour with a fish and chips dinner.
London's impact on world history and culture is second to no other city on Earth. London has seen Celts, Romans, Anglo-Saxons and Normans, and now people from across the world come and leave their mark on the capital, creating a uniquely varied city of amazing contrasts. Roman walls sit next to Norman castles, Victorian Bridges next to towering glass skyscrapers, and through it all runs the great River Thames.
The city’s 2,000 years of history will come to life as you pass the remains of Roman London and the 1,000-year-old Tower of London, and cross one of the most recognizable bridges in the world, Tower Bridge.
As you walk, your expert guide will recount stories that put in context such London sights as London Bridge, Borough Market, Shakespeare's Globe Theatre, the Tate Modern, St Paul's Cathedral, the London Eye, the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben.
While the guided walk is in no way strenuous, you’ll work up an appetite for a classic London dinner of fish and chips; a firm British favorite for more than 150 years, consisting of a piece of cod, deep-fried in a beer batter so that it’s soft and succulent in the middle with a crisp shell, served with thick, perfectly cooked chips and tartar sauce. You will enjoy your dinner in one of London’s best fish and chip shops, an authentic, off-the-beaten-path place that stays true to the dish's working-class origins.
Enjoy cycling around London's Hyde Park and see the famous sights of the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben,Trafalgar Square, and Westminster Abbey as well as the royal landmarks of Buckingham Palace, Kensington Palace and the Princess Diana Memorial.
Tours are taken on state of the art California 'beach cruiser' bicycles that are named after famous British personalities. Will you choose Winston Churchill, William Wallace or even David Beckham?!
The motto is: see more, less effort and more fun! It takes less time to ride leisurely between the sights than walk and you will spend more time exploring the city's world-famous landmarks and discover its hidden gems.
Watch London life go by as you cycle to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben, the most recognized symbol of the city. Discover the infamous Cabinet War Rooms and explore London's fairy tale cathedral Westminster Abbey. Just around the corner you will find Trafalgar Square with its picturesque National Portrait Gallery and Nelson's Column, and enjoy a well-earned lunch stop.
You will ride effortlessly through the lushing beauty of all central Royal Parks including Hyde Park, Kensington Gardens, Green Park and St James Park. See the Royal residencies Buckingham Palace in Hyde Park and Kensington Palace with the Princess Diana Memorial set in the wonderful gardens.
The expert guide will lead you through today's London and its past centuries with the right mix of history, anecdotes, and humor.Numbers are limited to 14 people on this small-group tour, ensuring you'll receive personalized attention from your expert guide.
Hop on a bicycle and take a guided small-group bike tour along the River Thames, right through the heart of central London. During its 2,000 years of existence, London has faced plagues, great fires, wars and more that have continuously shaped its cityscape -- your local expert guide will actively lead you through this history as you sightsee, making your trip an educational and enjoyable experience.
During this bike tour, cycle on both banks of the Thames, admiring London's top attractions and stopping along the way for photo opportunities. Part of your itinerary will be determined by your guide on the day, depending on the group's overall preferences.
Your sightseeing will include Big Ben, the London Eye, St Paul's Cathedral, Borough Market, Shakespeare's Globe Theatre, the Tower of London and the Tower Bridge.
Stop for a lunch break at Borough Market, one of London's largest food markets, famous for its wide range of food from all over the world. Fortified, you will continue your tour, crossing one of London's most popular bridges, the Tower Bridge.
From Tower Bridge you will pedal on to the area known as the City of London - the city’s financial center - where you’ll see some of the modern glass skyscrapers that have appeared more recently on the famous London skyline.
You’ll then head on past the Monument to the Great Fire and Leadenhall Market - one of London’s hidden 14th-century gems – and hear how it featured in Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone. Make your way past an old medieval church that was bombed during the World War II blitz before cycling over London Bridge and back to Southwark - where your tour ends.
The Changing of The Guard is one of the most famous ceremonies in the world and a must-see London attraction, but what is the best way to experience it? There is more to it than can possibly be seen if you just join the melee pushing up against the gates of Buckingham Palace trying to catch a glimpse.
Over 2 hours we will offer you some of the best timed views of the different sites of the ceremony, and unlike any other London tour we will also explain to you why it is happening and trace the fascinating origins of the tempestuous history of guarding The Monarchy, allowing you to thoroughly appreciate what it is that you are witnessing.
Meet your guide outside of St. James's underground station and head over to Westminster Abbey and The Houses of Parliament to learn about the history and importance of our Monarchy, as well as finding out just why the Changing of The Guard Ceremony takes place.
After this it's a short walk to Horseguards parade to witness the oldest section of the ceremony, the Changing of the Horseguards. Then we will make our way to see the start of the Footguards' ceremony outside of Saint James's Palace. Your guide will place you at the best vantage point to see the inspection, old guard, new guard, and bands play. They will explain the meaning behind all of the maneuvers and significance of the carefully orchestrated movement.
Then follow along with the guards and band as they head to Buckingham Palace, avoiding the melee of people pushing up against the gates of the Palace trying to catch a glimpse. Your guide will keep you out of the crowds while discussing the fascinating history behind guarding the famous monarchy.
Finish the tour at the Green Park underground station (Jubilee Line, Victoria Line, Piccadilly Line), however if you would like to remain in the area and explore, your guide will be happy to give you directions to other attractions.
Numbers are limited to 15 on this small-group tour, ensuring you’ll enjoy personalized attention from your guide.
Meet your guide near Trafalgar Square in London, and then set off on your 3-hour pub tour of London’s West End. Popular for centuries as the cultural heart of London, the West End is thronged with theaters, restaurants and galleries; no surprise then, that a thriving pub scene generated within it, and its historic pubs from bygone days are still every bit as popular today.
Start with a visit to a traditional 'boozer' near Trafalgar Square and soak up the ambiance of an authentic London ale house, serving beers, ales and ciders on tap. As you relax inside, your guide will regale you with insider secrets about some of the monuments nearby, like Nelsons Column – the impressive structure in the center of Trafalgar Square.
After sampling some of the pubs hearty ales, continue your tour with a stroll to Covent Garden – one of London’s most beautiful squares, with a bustling marketplace in the center. Many visitors head straight for the tourist pubs here, but your guide will introduce you to two of the best local pubs, just hidden down side streets, away from the hustle and bustle. Enjoy a traditional snack inside one of them, and hear about the history and culture of beer drinking in the UK and Europe, as well as the ingredients used in different beers like hops and wheat.
Continue to the heart of London’s ‘theatreland’ in Soho, passing iconic London venues like the Adelphi and the Shaftsbury Theatre, and then head inside a pub that’s popular for pre-show drinks. Hear about the city's impressive performing arts and music scene in this world-famous theater district while sitting back and sipping on another ale.
Your tour finishes at a pub in Seven Dials – the center point of London’s vibrant West End. Savor your last tipple of the tour and get recommendations about other great London pubs to visit independently!
Arrange your private pub tour and let the charismatic pub tour leader take care of the rest! The tour normally starts around 3pm. Your guide is an expert on the London pub scene, beer and alcohol history as well as local architecture and British customs (having written books on all five subjects). The guide is a former Beer Sommeliers of the Year and makes regular appearances on British television and radio to discuss the subject.
Visit four delightful pubs within the historic City of London at Holborn, Black Friars, and Fleet Street - each one unique and full of history. Visit a Victorian gin palace; an art nouveau public house that resembles a medieval hall and is the only one of its kind in the world; plus a Restoration ale-house – rebuilt in 1667 after it burned down in the Great Fire of London.
Your group will sit down for a complimentary half-pint in each London pub to soak up the atmosphere, and listen to fascinating anecdotes relating to the pubs and surrounding areas. A half-pint of beer or cider per person in each pub is included in the tour price, and your expert guide is happy to recommend which beer or cider to choose. A mini-tutored tasting will be given, advising on the aroma, flavor and body of your chosen ale.
If you're looking for a private tour which includes history, fun and character to go with your pint, then this is the perfect tour for you.
Meet your guide at London’s Southbank, and set off at a leisurely pace to discover the sights and stories of London’s dark underworld. One of the most prosperous cities for centuries, London has also been home to some of the world’s greatest crimes, misdemeanors and political conspiracies — committed by the higher echelons of society as well as common criminals.
Learn about Guy Fawkes and his 1605 Gunpowder Plot to blow up the Houses of Parliament — an event marked by the British on Bonfire Night — and hear about the Great Fire of London of 1666 when ferocious flames swept through the City of London. Stand by the Monument to the Great Fire of London (known simply to Londoners as ‘the Monument’) and ponder the theories that still surround the event today: was it started after a bakery accident or was it an act of arson as conspiracy theorists like to believe?
Look out for city sights and attractions linked to several of the stories as you walk, passing Blackfriars Bridge, associated with mafia assassinations, as well as the OXO Tower, London Bridge, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, Millennium Bridge, Southwark Cathedral and more.
Hear about London’s most notorious art thefts as you pass the prestigious Tate Modern museum, listen to anecdotes about the hit man that mistakenly shot a dog, and prepare to be amazed by some of the more outlandish tales on the London streets. Is Paul McCartney the Paul McCartney of The Beatles fame or an imposter? Is the British government helping or controlling the lives of Londoners by Big Brother–style monitoring?
Besides the mysteries and speculation surrounding Princess Diana’s death in 1997, discover little-known facts behind some of London's well-documented bank raids, jewelry heists and more. Then, after 2.5 hours exploring the Southbank and surrounding area, make your way back to Monument Tube Station where your tour finishes.
Take a journey through the dark side of London on this ghostly nighttime walking tour, and listen as your guide tells you stories of the city’s haunted past of murder, execution and mystery.
After meeting your group, make your way to London’s most haunted park — a forgotten plague pit. Then, move on the St James's Palace where a royal murder took place and murky mystery behind the haunting. Continue on to the most haunted house in London which has spine tingling tales, and the Royal Academy where nuns can be heard screaming and doors slamming!
Scared? Don't worry, your guide will protect you from the spooky ghosts while providing lots of interesting historical insight. Continue to Eaton Place in Belgravia and learn the legend of the Unknown Warrior, an unidentified soldier buried in Westminster Abbey in 1920. When night falls and the church goes quiet, he can still be seen standing beside his grave.
Next, head to the riverfront for a walk along the Thames River where you will hear myths about the Lady in Black (who haunts All Hallows church), the ghosts of Downing Street and, of course, the mysterious Jack the Ripper, one of London’s most legendary murderers.
As you approach the Tower of London with its towering, ominous grey stone walls, learn about the many ghosts of people who were executed and murdered there, including wives of Henry VIII. You may even see Queen Anne Boleyn, the Tower’s most sighted ghost who was beheaded there in 1536 and can still be seen wandering the corridors at night — without a head, of course.
You will use public transportation on this tour, so be prepared with a charged Oyster card or a valid ticket. But don’t worry, you can also purchase one at the start of the tour.
Marvel in recognition at the sites of the Harry Potter movies’ famous scenes on your Harry Potter walking tour. Take a walk down the fictional Diagon Alley, hidden from the Muggle world that lurks nearby; see the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron, featured in the first movie; and stand on the bridge that was destroyed in the Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince.
Meet your guide in Leicester Square, then after a short tube ride (make sure you have a valid Travelcard for Zone 1) to King's Cross, there's a great photo opportunity before your tour ends on the mythical Platform 9¾, where Harry caught the Hogwarts Express to school. Make sure you bring a camera. Packed with Harry Potter trivia and anecdotes throughout, you’ll see all these sights and more on your 2.5 hour walking tour.
View the city sights from the Thames River bank, walk from Embankment to the famous Tate Modern Museum. Along the way, let your guide give you the inside scoop on the London attractions that inspired J.K. Rowling’s vision, and see how real-life London sneaks into the magical world she invented.
Meet your guide in Aldgate (east London), and then set off on your walking tour of Whitechapel. Now a cosmopolitan area full of curry houses and markets, the neighborhood was once the stomping ground of London’s most fearsome serial killer – Jack the Ripper.
Never identified, the 19th-century killer struck at least five different times in the eerie streets of Whitechapel, selecting local prostitutes as his victims. Hear stories about the prime suspects and the theories surrounding their involvement, as you explore the darkened streets and East End pubs that are linked to them.
As well as hearing about the suspects, learn about the victims like Mary Jane Kelly and Elizabeth Strides, who suffered a brutal end under the hands of the ripper. Gruesome, yet clinically precise, the murders sparked huge media interest and an enduring international notoriety. Between seeing the sites, your guide will show original photographs of the crime scenes, plus newspaper cuttings from the period.
Finish your tour in a historical East End pub – the Ten Bells – a supposed watering hole of the killer. Enjoy a drink (own expense) while chatting with your guide and the rest of your group about the investigation, the East End and, of course, Jack the Ripper himself.
Start your private tour with a pickup at your centrally located London hotel between 9am and 9pm. Alternatively, simply meet your private guide in the center of the city London. Then, hop into your restored Mini Cooper and set off through the streets.
Zoom along London’s famous thoroughfares in your classic Mini Cooper and take in top sites of interest such as the Houses of Parliament, The Shard, or St. Paul's Cathedral. Along the way, find out what really makes London swing!
With your private guide at the wheel, spin off the tourist route to corners of the capital only the locals know. Perhaps explore London’s street art scene in Leake Street, wind around the historic backstreets of Covent Garden, or soak up the atmosphere in local markets like the Borough Farmers’ Market.
After two hours exploring the streets and sites of London, conclude your tour back in the city center or at your hotel.
Choose between a half-day or full-day private tour, and then relax as your expert guide drives you around the city for an in-depth look at the British monarchy. Sites visited on the half-day tour are only seen from the outside, so if you’re eager to see more and really follow in the footsteps of the British Royal Family then book the full-day tour instead! Entry to each attraction will be at your own expense, but your expert guide will show you around and explain the history once inside.
See where Britain’s current monarch, Queen Elizabeth II, was born, and then visit her residence at Buckingham Palace before seeing Westminster Abbey – the site of her coronation. Look out for the shops and stores that hold prestigious Royal Warrants, like Fortnum & Mason, as your driver heads through the city center streets.
Around the city are various statues of famous royals, and your expert guide will point these out as you pass them. See statues of Henry VIII, Alfred the Great and George V – the king whose famous speech impediment was documented in the hit British film, The King’s Speech (featuring Colin Firth). Visit top London attractions like the Tower of London and the Houses of Parliament hear how the royals have influenced them over the ages.
Learn about the Changing of the Guard ceremony, and find out who actually lives in each of London’s royal palaces. Hear how royal etiquette dictates how one should greet the Queen, and about the monarchy’s protocols and famously ‘stiff upper lip.’
During your tour your expert guide will be there to answer any questions you may have about the royals and the Queen’s 60 years of sovereignty: Why does the Changing of the Guard ceremony take place? Why does the Queen have two birthdays? What is her correct title? All these questions and more will be answered as Royal London unveils on this private black taxi tour.
Choose between a 3-hour, 4-hour or full-day tour and explore London’s Downton Abbey filming locations with a private guide. Start your tour with a central hotel pickup by London black cab, and meet your professional driver-guide. Settle into your comfortable vehicle and listen to interesting insider facts and insights into the making of the Downton Abbey series and plans for future seasons. Designed to be fun and entertaining rather than a serious historical exploration, this family-friendly tour is a fantastic way to see London through the eyes of the Granthams. Be sure to book early, though — the tour is hugely popular!
Travel deep into the historical heart of London, delving into the prestigious districts of Westminster, Belgravia, Mayfair and the City — all regular haunts of English gentry in the early 1900s. Pause outside the house that served as the Granthams’ family home and see where Harold, the maverick American brother of Cora Crawley, had a picnic with love interest, Madeline, and his mother Martha in the Christmas Special of Season 4.
Pass by the restaurants and gentlemen’s clubs, such as Boodle’s and White’s, Lord Grantham might have frequented. Also, step daintily out of your cab to visit some of the shops where the aristocratic Lord and Lady Grantham might have bought their clothes and hunting regalia. And, discover from your guide how London’s poor lived at the time, often in cramped districts just a few steps from the genteel areas known to families such as the Granthams.
If you have opted to enjoy a 4-hour tour, spend an additional hour exploring more buildings and shops featured in Downton Abbey. Alternatively, select the full-day tour option to include a visit to the grounds of the Granthams’ London home (entry to the house not included) and lunch (own expense) in a 500-year-old Tudor hall that has been frequented by the capital’s elites for centuries.
Your tour finishes when your driver drops you at a convenient central London location.
Please note: all tour options include coffee breaks (own expense), restroom stops, and complimentary water. Depending on availability and group size, you might end up in an old-style black cab or a newer black cab. The maximum passengers per taxi is six.
This private black taxi tour, ideal for the whole family, takes you to both London’s most famous sites and its hidden treasures. Enjoy a comfortable drive around London in a traditional black taxi and stop at each landmark for a photograph and a historical explanation. Visit Tower Bridge, the Tower of London, Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, St Paul's Cathedral, Trafalgar Square, the Houses of Parliament and much more!
While driving through London in your private taxi, you'll also stop and see many of London’s hidden treasures -- places that "normal" tourists never get to see! Wander through alleyways and hear tales of murder and mystery! See the smallest house in London, the smallest square in town, explore Henry VIII’s cow shed and see his tennis court. Visit shops that are over 300 years old and still trading and see a house with false windows, a Roman Bath, a medieval banquet hall and Winston Churchill’s own cigar chair!
Upgrade your private black taxi tour to include an extra hour of sightseeing and discover even more hidden treasures of London!
These incredible light displays run between November and January, so book now to experience London bathed in a festive glow!
Arriving in a typical London black taxi, your private driver will collect you from your central London hotel, and then you’ll be on your way. Relaxing in the black cab’s comfortable seats, sit back and watch the festive lights of London pass by as your friendly driver tells you all you need to know about Christmas in this great city.
Your 2.5-hour tour takes in several London neighborhoods, each with their own character and charm. Pass through the upmarket boroughs of Chelsea, Kensington, Mayfair and Belgravia, and see their glossy shops boasting tantalizing Christmas window displays. Each area has its own Christmas light display, and you’ll stop at each to walk around and see them up close while your driver tells you about the history of these much-loved traditions.
In central London, visit several key city attractions. Drive past Westminster, home to the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and Westminster Abbey, and see the London Eye, Tower of London and London Bridge, all beautifully illuminated with a warm wintery glow.
Continue to the shopping haunts of Regent Street and Oxford Street, where you’ll see the most impressive Christmas light displays in London! Take a walk around these fashionable high streets, packed with Christmas shoppers and twinkling lights – perfect for a nighttime photo op!
Your tour will either finish back at your hotel or at one of London’s popular Christmas markets – the choice is yours! Perhaps end at the Hyde Park Winter Wonderland – the largest Christmas attraction in London, featuring an outdoor ice rink, Christmas market, fun-fair and more. Entry is at your own expense, but it’s a great way to end your evening – strolling around with a mulled wine or visiting Santa’s grotto.
Following a 9am or 1pm pickup at your centrally located London hotel, meet your guide and take a seat in your traditional London black cab. Then, spin onward through the city to begin your tour.
Travel into the East End and retrace the footsteps of Jack the Ripper — one of London’s most infamous 19th-century killers. Along the way, learn of the unsolved murders of Annie Chapman, Catherine Eddowes, Mary Jane Kelly, Mary Ann Nichols, and Elizabeth Stride that he’s said to have committed.
During your tour, hear spooky stories from London’s dim and distant past. Visit sites of murder and mayhem, and explore the gruesome world of Sweeney Todd — the demon barber of Fleet Street. When your driving tour comes to an end, return in comfort to your London hotel.
Hop into your taxi at 9am at your centrally located London hotel, then spin through the city streets as your guide brings 1960s London to life.
During your 3-hour driving tour, visit key sites of interest including Abbey Road Studios and its famous pedestrian crossing, the Apple headquarters, and the house where Paul wrote ‘I Wanna Hold your Hand’.
View properties that the Beatles owned and worked in, see where John and Yoko met, and where 'Hey Jude' and part of the White Album were recorded. Along the way, listen to music of the era and perhaps sing along to your favourite Beatles records.
Flick through photographs of the Fab Four from their London heyday, then finish your tour in Covent Garden or back at your London hotel.
Start the tour with a pickup from your centrally located hotel. Flying around London (by taxi not broomstick) see the exterior of Gringotts Bank and walk over the Knight Bus bridge. Walk the avenue to the Leaky Cauldron from the first film, stand at the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron from the third film, and take a photo outside the Third Hand Book Emporium.
See the bridge destroyed by Death Eaters in film number six. Follow Harry's complete fifth film flight on his broomstick along the River Thames. See Grimmauld Place, which really does exist, if you know where to look. No moving houses though. See where Harry actually disappears at Kings Cross Station Platform 9¾.
Get a photo under the sign.
Then, it's off to see where Harry and Ron steal the flying car from. Walk the footsteps of Harry and Mr Weasley to the Ministry of Magic and take a photo inside the train station used for exiting to the Ministry. See where Ron spies on the ministry and the entrance to the ministry. Your expert Harry Potter guide (really they are experts) will take you to all of these sites and more. Follow Harry's flight along the River Thames (river boat tickets can be purchased for after the tour).
Not a Harry fan, don't worry, this tour has something for all the family. As you drive around London your guide who is not only a Harry expert but a registered tour guide will point out and explain London's history to you. So you have two tours in one. This tour is family and child friendly. Be prepared for fun, fantasy and surprises galore, for the children and all the family.
Note: This tour does not visit the studios.
Enjoy the ultimate sightseeing and Harry Potter tour in London, mingle with the Muggles all day! This is an all day London sightseeing tour with Harry Potter's London film sites included. Fantastic fun and value for the whole family, this is the best of both worlds!
London Sightseeing- your guided tour takes you past many of the major sights and landmarks of London. We will see and get photos outside, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Houses of Parliament, Big Ben, Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus and Eros. Downing Street, Harrods, London Eye, the Tower of London,(exterior only) visit Shakespeare's Globe theatre and some Hidden treasures in London that very few visitors get to see!
Harry Potter- during this wonderful London day tour we shall enter the world of Harry Potter and see the following: visit Gringotts Bank (exterior only) walk over the Knight Bus bridge. Walk the avenue to the Leaky Cauldron(film 1). Stand at the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron (film No 3) have a photo outside Third Hand book emporium. See the bridge which is destroyed by Death Eaters. Follow Harry's complete flight along the River Thames on his broomstick. Visit Grimmauld Place (yes it does exist if you know where to look. No moving houses though) See where Harry actually disappears at Kings Cross Station Platform 9 ¾ . See photos taken of the PROPS used in the station scenes.
Then it's off to get a picture under the sign 9 ¾. See where Harry and Ron steal the flying car from. Take a photo inside the train station used for exiting to the Ministry of Magic. Walk the footsteps of Harry and Mr Weasley to the Ministry of Magic. See where Ron spies on the ministry. Your expert Harry guide will take you to all of these sites and more. On route there is time to ask many questions regarding the films, there is even a small quiz to keep you on your toes.
Also included are scenes from film 7 parts 1 and 2. You will also be shown places from earlier films that ended up on the cutting room floor. As if this was not enough you will visit some secret places, items and enjoy surprises that you will love! During the tour you will have time to purchase genuine Harry Potter merchandise, just ask your guide. This is a great unique fun tour for all the family.
Following a 9am pickup at your centrally located London hotel, take a seat in your traditional black cab and spin onward to Bowood House — a beautiful 18th-century manor nestled in the Wiltshire countryside.
On arrival, explore the house (own expense), and admire the Georgian architecture and plush furnishings you find. Discover historical artefacts and heirlooms including Queen Victoria’s wedding chair and Napoleon's death mask, and learn of the Marquis and Marchioness of Lansdowne — the ancestral owners.
Delve into the gardens, widely considered among the finest in England, and stroll across the sweeping lawns to the peaceful lake at the bottom. Discover hedgerows and flowerbeds laid out by Capability Brown — a famous British landscape gardener — and capture the pretty views on camera.
Continue on to the second stately home of your tour, either Blenheim Palace, Buscot Park and Gardens, Greys Court, Hidcote Manor Garden, Kelscott Manor, or Sulgrave Manor. As before, explore the house and gardens at your leisure (own expense) and gain insight into their place in British history.
When your second visit comes to an end, relax on route to Covent Garden or your London hotel to conclude your tour.
This tour is For your eyes only as you could Die another day so if the World is not enough you can always Skyfall your way down to Golden eye and ask The man with the golden gun to take you on this taxi tour.
“Shaken but not stirred" we will enter the world of James Bond. See Ian Flemings house, MI6, MI5. We shall visit James Bond film location sites all around town. We shall also find out about real spies and how they worked and where they met.This is a fun packed family friendly tour taking in the Sites of London and the man himself James Bond.See the shops where Bond has his shirts made, his cigarettes, and of course where he would buy his suits and hats. Not forgetting as a military man we shall see where his uniforms were made.Stand outside Blades Fencing Club, Le Circle Casino, The Hotel Europe, and lots more. Real spies play a big part of this tour as well. We shall see drop zones and meeting places, homes and offices of spies that lived and worked around London. We shall see just how close film spies and real spies worked. Did you know that St Petersburg Square were scenes in London? If this was not enough we will stop at the original Bar where the "Shaken not stirred" was first uttered. Besides all of this there is a wealth of Locations that we will stop at for photos and where your guide will explain from what Bond film they came from. We would tell you more, but it is a SECRET !! You now can change direction should you wish as we can finish the tour at the Bond in Motion Exhibition. Here you can explore and see every Bond car and gadget. This is an option and the exhibition does have a entry charge
DISCLAIMER: Any James Bond Tours operated by Capital Taxi Tours Ltd are not official events and not endorsed, sanctioned or in any other way supported, directly or indirectly by EON Productions, MGM, United Artists or Danjaq or other studios connected with films featured on this tour, nor The James Bond book publishers or the estate of Ian Fleming. All rights to the series of “James Bond” books are the property of the estate of Ian Fleming.
Arriving in a classic London black taxi, your private driver will collect you from your central London hotel, and then you’ll be on your way. Relaxing in the black cab’s comfortable seats, sit back and watch the sights of London pass by as your friendly driver tells you about this fantastic city – from above and below!
While the skyline of London is rightly famous, not so many know about the city’s network of subterranean tunnels – almost comprising a city in their own right! On a route around central London, stop to explore some of these fascinating tunnels underneath the River Thames, and visit an underground church crypt. Hear about the tunnels’ uses during Victorian times and learn about the secret passageways that were said to be used in the world wars.
After exploring below ground, head back into the daylight to continue your journey around central London. Climb the 31-step staircase inside the Monument to the Great Fire of London (or simply, ‘the Monument,’ as Londoners know it) and then head to the City of London for an incredible view of the dome of St Paul’s Cathedral.
Marvel at Westminster’s skyline from the top of a tower inside Westminster Cathedral (extra charge) and see top London attractions like Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament from this panoramic vantage point. Your tour also includes a tantalizing sight of the River Thames as you cross above it by the new Thames Cable Car (extra charge) that connects London’s Royal Docks to the Royal Borough of Greenwich, on the south side of the river. After four hours of seeing London’s sights from above and below, your tour finishes back at your central hotel.
Start your experience with a hotel pickup by traditional London black cab, and meet your friendly driver who doubles up as your personal guide. Relax in one of the cab’s comfortable seats, and listen to tales and trivia about the Doctor Who TV series as you travel west out of the city, along the motorway to the Welsh capital.
After roughly 3 hours on the road, work your way into central Cardiff to see all the Doctor Who sights. Pass the American cafe where the Doctor regularly meets his friends, and visit the places where Captain Jack Harkness from the Torchwood Institute — an extraterrestrial-fighting team — and the Doctor puzzled over weird and wonderful events.
Having seen the fictional character of the Face of Boe (‘played’ by a giant mechanical head), loop past the houses of the Doctor’s two trusted sidekicks: Amy and Rory Pond. From the residential neighborhoods, travel back into the city center and head inside the Doctor Who Experience at Cardiff Bay.
Enter the interactive exhibition at your own expense, and then explore with your guide, seeing a collection of original costumes alongside other attention-grabbing memorabilia and Doctor Who artifacts. Watch a short film about the series, and then become the Doctor’s assistant on a walk through the TARDIS time machine. Step through a crack in the wall, battle with the Doctor’s enemies and gasp in awe at the special effects that line your route. Finish by posing for a photo against a giant screen, displaying your choice of background.
Take a break for lunch (own expense), and then sightsee around Cardiff some more, seeing the wedding setting of Amy and Rory Pond besides others. Learn about Rose Tyler, played by British celebrity Billie Piper, while passing her place of work. You can stop for a quick snack before you make your way out of the city, traveling back along the motorway.
Meet your guide at St. Paul's Cathedral and then set off on a stroll to acquaint yourself with London’s finest old pubs. After passing iconic sights such as a former Shakespeare playhouse, head to Blackfriars in the City of London. As Britain’s banking hub for some 2,000 years, it’s no wonder that the City of London is home to some of London’s oldest pubs. Head inside one of the locals’ favorites to experience a proper London boozer at its finest — resplendent with wooden tables clustered around a horseshoe-shaped bar. Sip on quality local ales (not included) and soak up the bustling atmosphere while your guide points out features like the medieval wall frieze above the bar.
Head outside and walk along Fleet Street, another London neighborhood that brims with history. Wander through the cobblestone alleyways that typify this part of the city, and stumble upon a late 17th-century pub tucked away down a side street. Choose from the large selection of beers, ales and ciders on tap (not included) and sit down with your guide, hearing tales of British literary greats who once drank here – Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Charles Dickens and Alfred Tennyson, to name a few.
Leave your pub and work off your afternoon’s beers on a leisurely stroll to Covent Garden, a short walk away. Pass more historic pubs along the way, and hear tips from your guide about other drinking dens to visit in the capital for more beer or perhaps an evening meal at your own expense.
Walking tour of Oxford, follow the footsteps of Oxford's most revered students, from C.S. Lewis to Bill Clinton, as you wander the fairytale cobbled lanes and courtyards of this legendary University City. See the breathtaking ‘dreaming spires', the unspoilt narrow alleys, the Bodleian Library and the ancient squares of this beautiful town.
Entry to Brasenose College. Named after its bronze door knocker. The lawyer, Sir Richard Sutton and William Smyth, Bishop of Lincoln founded Brasenose College in 1509. It boasts fairytale architecture and a rolling green lawn. Past students include David Cameron, current Prime Minister and the writer William Golding.
The Cotswolds, experience breathtaking countryside views of sleepy market towns and villages during a gentle drive through one of England's most picturesque regions.
Shakespeare’s Birthplace at Stratford–Upon–Avon. Stratford–upon–Avon was the home of the world's most famous and revered writer, William Shakespeare. Visit the quaint half–timbered house where the Bard was born and get fascinating insights into his childhood.
Lunch packs will be included.
Warwick Castle, visit the excellent medieval hive that is Warwick Castle. Enter the Great Hall and immerse yourself in battle preparations. Feel the weight of a medieval sword, become a soldier, try a battle helmet on for size and visit the State Rooms to feast your eyes on Victorian party preparations.
Estimated arrival time back in London is around 7pm.
Windsor Castle, the Queen’s favorite weekend home, is surrounded by sweeping landscaped gardens and overlooks the Thames. Enjoy an amazing peek at the lavish State Apartments, displaying priceless artworks by Leonardo da Vinci and Rembrandt and visit St. George’s Chapel, the final resting place of Henry VIII.
Mysterious Stonehenge,the actual purpose of this ancient and breathtaking structure may never be truly discovered - perhaps Stonehenge was a sun worshiping temple or center for healing, a huge calendar or a burial site! Marvel at how our ancestors carried the mighty stones so far and, using only primitive mechanisms and tools, built this impressive structure? Shrouded by mystery, the beautiful Stonehenge never ceases to impress.
Lunch packs will be included.
Oxford, Oxford University has had countless famous students, from Lewis Carroll and Oscar Wilde to Stephen Hawking, soak up the history as you walk through the courtyards and cobbled lanes. Take in the famous ‘city of dreaming spires’ and the Bodleian Library – one of Europe’s oldest libraries. Explore the unspoilt narrow alleys and ancient squares of this naturally beautiful town.
Estimated arrival time back in London is around 7pm.
Bath, the gorgeous city of Bath was the first city in England to be designated an UNESCO World Heritage site. Standing on the banks of the picturesque River Avon, explore all the city has to offer, including the gorgeous 15th century Bath Abbey, the spectacular Georgian architecture and, modelled on Florence's Ponte Vecchio, the romantic Pulteney Bridge.
Roman Baths and Pump Rooms, a visit to the Roman Baths is an absolute must when visiting the city that is named after them. This beautiful and well-preserved bathing complex still flows with water from Britain’s only hot spring. Watch the twinkling torch–lighting ceremony as dusk falls (not applicable in summer) and have a taste of Bath’s healing waters in the Pump Room, a stunning neo–classical salon.
Lunch pack included
Mysterious Stonehenge, we may never get to discover the true meaning of the ancient, awe-inspiring structure of Stonehenge. Perhaps the stone circle was a temple for sun worship, a place for healing, a massive calendar or a sacred burial site? Marvel at the beauty and speculate about how our ancestors managed to transport these mighty stones and erect this amazing structure? Shrouded by mystery and magic, Stonehenge ill never fail to impress.
Estimated arrival time back in London is around 7pm.
Walking tour of Oxford, follow in the footsteps of Oxford’s most famous alumni, including Lewis Carroll, Bill Clinton and TS Eliot, as you enjoy a peaceful walk through captivating college courtyards and cobbled lanes. See the Bodleian Library, one of the oldest libraries in Europe and take in the famous 'dreaming spires' on your visit. The unspoilt narrow alleys and ancient squares of this naturally beautiful town will definitely capture your imagination.
Christ Church, a treat for 'Harry Potter' fans of all ages, Christ Church was used as one of the major locations in the magical films! Marvel at the magical grandeur of the Great Hall, initially used for The Great Hall of Hogwarts.
Lunch Pack included
Cambridge, visit the elegant city of Cambridge, famous for being home to the University of Cambridge. Take a peaceful through this picturesque city, which includes the renowned Cavendish Laboratory, King’s College Chapel, and the Cambridge University Library. Have a look at the oldest college that’s still in existence, Peterhouse, which dates back to 1284.
Estimated arrival time back to London is around 7pm.
Leeds Castle sits deep in the heart of the magnificent Kent countryside amid 500 acres of landscaped parkland. The early arrival promises an almost private visit to the Castle, where Henry VIII retreated to escape the plague that raged in London during his reign. As the ultimate Tudor treat, upon arrival at Leeds Castle you will be greeted by an expert guide. Learn about the history of this magical castle and sample a glass of mead as Henry VIII would have had! (During the summer, Mead is unavailable on Saturdays).
Visit Canterbury Cathedral, the home to 104 Archbishops since Augustine, Canterbury is a magnificent medieval city with a wealth of history. Discover the spot where Archbishop Thomas Becket was murdered in 1170. Learn the intriguing history behind this masterpiece of medieval architecture and appreciate the spectacular stained glass windows, many of which have survived from the 12th and 13th centuries.
Lunch packs will be included.
The White Cliffs of Dover, admire the famous White Cliffs of Dover, with a photo opportunity on the stunning stretch of coastline that faces continental Europe. You'll also get the chance to see Dover Castle, an impressive medieval fortress rising over the English Channel.
Greenwich, set right beside the River Thames, Greenwich is bustling with fine maritime landmarks. See the Royal Observatory and world–famous Cutty Sark, a fascinating 19th–century ship as well as the Old Royal Naval College designed by Sir Christopher Wren.
River Thames boat ride, get a fresh perspective on the city sights with a boat ride on the River Thames from Greenwich to Embankment Pier. Pass Tower Bridge and stunning St. Paul’s Cathedral along the route. Estimated arrival time to Embankment Pier, is around 6.30pm where the tour finishes.
Departing from Central London (unescorted) in the morning or in the afternoon, go directly to Stonehenge for an extended visit. Audio guides are available in different languages.
Stonehenge, wander around this mystical world heritage site and be captivated by the unique and ancient stone structure. Situated on Salisbury Plain, rocks as heavy as 40 tonnes stand alone since their mysterious placement there 5,000 years ago. Many theories surround Stonehenge; from the belief it is an astronomical rock or a religious temple to even a Bronze Age burial ground. Decide for yourself as you learn about the fascinating history behind this glorious monument. After Stonehenge board your coach for the return journey to London.
Begin at St. Pancras International, a tour representative will meet you at 5.45am (5.15am on Saturdays), you’ll swap your voucher for an informative welcome pack.
When you arrive at Gare du Nord Station in Paris, make your way to the Open Top Bus stop, situated outside the station at 10 boulevard de denain: Eurostar et Thalys. See the true beauty of Paris as you drive past the Champs–Elysees, Arc de Triomphe and Place de la Concorde. You have the option to hop off and ascend the Eiffel Tower for breathtaking views across Paris (not included).
After a fantastic day spent exploring Paris, make your own way back to Gare Du Nord. Your departure time from Gare du Nord Station is 8:13pm, arriving in London at 9:29pm.
Standard Premier option: (optional extra) includes a light meal and refreshments served at your seat on the Eurostar
Journey to Paris: Begin at St. Pancras International, a tour representative will meet you at 5.45am (5.15am on Saturdays), you’ll swap your voucher for an informative welcome pack. Kick off your Parisian day trip in style with a train ride on the Eurostar. The short 2 hour 15 minute journey to Paris passes through 31 miles of Channel Tunnel.
Paris at Your Leisure: Explore the city at your own pace, visit Arc de Triomphe, the Eiffel Tower and Notre Dame, do some shopping or simply relax at a pavement café – the choice is yours! Take a map and a Visit Paris pass so you can get travel by Metro and visit all the top districts with ease!
Seine River Cruise: Board a river cruiser for an hour–long luxury boat ride through central Paris. You’ll get excellent views of the city’s most magical monuments, complete with audio guide.
Return Journey: After a wonderful day spent discovering Paris, make your way back to the Gare Du Nord to board the Eurostar. Check–in at least 45 minutes before departure at 8.13pm, arriving back in London at 9.29pm.
Standard Premier: (optional extra) includes a light meal and refreshments served at your seat
Depart from Fountain Square (123-151 Buckingham Palace Road) in London and make your way to Blenheim Palace. Arrive early in order to ensure a nearly private visit of the fairy-tale mansion. View the impressive State Rooms, walk through the well maintained gardens designed by Capability Brown, and grab a photo opportunity at the lake.
Head next through the Cotswolds, taking in the countryside, sleepy villages, and bustling market towns on a tour of one of England’s most pretty regions. Drive to the sleepy town of Burford, built on a steep high street leading to the River Windrush and its medieval bridge. A lunch pack will be included.
See the picturesque village of Bourton-on-the-Water, also known as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’. Take time to explore the low bridges and wander along the Main Street.
Top off the day with a visit to the enchanting Stow-on-the-Wold, the highest town in the Cotswolds. Estimated arrival time back to London is around 6.30pm.
Discover London at your leisure with a 24-hour hop-on hop-off bus ticket that includes a 20-minute Thames riverboat ride and 2-hour walking tour. Enjoy included Wi-Fi and audio commentary in your choice of eight languages as you see sights from St. Paul's Cathedral and Big Ben to the Tower of London, the London Eye, and Buckingham Palace, taking the time to explore whatever interests you.
Stop at one of your local operator's central locations, which include Victoria, King's Cross, Leicester Square, and Paddington, to convert your voucher into a ticket. That's good for 24 consecutive hours of hop-on, hop-off bus travel, covering over 60 stops on three routes, as well as a walking tour and Thames boat ride.
Take your time to explore London at your leisure, seeing the sights you want and traveling with ease between the main tourist areas. The buses visit all the classic London attractions, from Buckingham Palace and Hyde Park, to the Tower of London and Tower Bridge, Big Ben, the London Eye, the Houses of Parliament, and much, much more (see itinerary for route details).
Multilingual audio guides are available on all routes in English, Brazilian Portuguese, Mandarin, French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish. The classic Blue Route, covering London's highlights, features a live, English-speaking guide. Open-top buses also offer free Wi-Fi.
Your ticket includes your choice of two 2-hour walking tours: the Royal Walking Tour, covering the royal family's favorite places to escape within the capital, and the Beatles London Walking Tour, exploring places where the iconic British band worked and played. The Royal Walking Tour starts from Leicester Square at 10am daily and finishes in Westminster at 12pm; the Beatles London Walking Tour starts from Leicester Square at 1pm daily and finishes there at 3pm.
Also on the menu is a 20-minute riverboat ride, giving an alternative perspective on some of the London sights you've seen from the bus. You can ride from Embankment or London Eye to Tower Pier (home of Tower Bridge), or from Tower Pier to London Eye or Embankment: boats start before 7am and run until after 9pm on weekdays, starting soon after 9am on weekends. Timetables, route maps, and further information will be available when you collect your ticket.
Begin where Harry started, at the Cupboard Under the Stairs, before watching an enchanting welcome video and heading into The Great Hall – one of the biggest sets at the studios. As you travel through, see an unbelievable selection of actual costumes, props and special effects pieces, all kept in pristine condition.
As you explore the studios, see The Burrow, Hagrid’s Hut, the Gryffindor Common Room, Dumbledore’s office and much more. From small details like Dumbledore’s Pensieve to the larger pieces like the fantastic animatronic door to the Chamber of Secrets. Have fun riding a broom through London at the Green Screen exhibit and board the Hogwarts Express on Platform 9¾. See Privet Drive, the Knight Bus, buy a Butterbeer™ on the backlot and get up close to the prosthetics and animatronics in the special effects department – there is so much to see you will be thankful to have an extended time to take it all in.
Explore London like never before with this exciting 3-hour bike tour. An expert guide will take you and your small group on a picturesque journey through the capital.
See the Houses of Parliament, Kensington Palace, St James’s Palace and the Horse Guards Parade. Cycle through the idyllic Hyde Park. View Princess Diana’s beautiful memorial fountain. Discover London history and learn about the fascinating royal family along the way.
You can rent a standard bike or upgrade to an electric bike.
Exploring London has just got extra fun with this wonderful, 3-hour bike tour through the capital. Departing at 10am, you’ll get to see royal palaces, London’s most exquisite parks and some of the most iconic British landmarks along the way.
Starting your adventure at Waterloo with an expert guide leading you on the tour, you’ll set off to explore London and discover more about its rich history.
See Iconic London Landmarks
As you see some of London’s most beautiful sights, including the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye and Kensington Palace, you’ll stop off to discuss and learn more about London and the royal family.
Giving you the treat of cycling through London’s streets, cycle paths and parks, you’ll also come up close to Big Ben and Westminster Abbey and get the chance to see the Changing of the Guard (if it is taking place on the day of the tour) and iconic royal venues. And don’t worry; you can always stop off to take a picture along the way!
With this exhilarating and informative journey, you’ll pass the exquisite Princess Diana Memorial and cycle through the glamorous West End and then ride back through the glorious Horse Guards Parade before reaching your final destination – Waterloo.
Upgrade to an Electric Bike
Electric bikes are easy to control, simple to ride and will ensure that you get up any hills with ultimate ease.
The tour ends in Waterloo, a central district of London, at approximately 12:45pm.
Take a fantastic bike tour of the capital and explore the city like never before
Cycle through the scenic surroundings led by an expert guide
Pass through the world-famous Parliament Square and see the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey
Spectacular views of London including the London Eye as you ride along the Thames
See St Paul’s Cathedral, Trafalgar Square and Covent Garden
Upgrade to an electric bike for only £10
Take in the wonderful sights and sounds of London on this exciting bike tour through the capital. With an expert guide leading you through some of the most well-known locations in London, you will get to explore the city like never before.
See Iconic London Landmarks
As you set off from Waterloo, you’ll ride along the Thames and see spectacular views of the London Eye before cycling past the Houses of Parliament and through Parliament Square. Get your cameras ready as you see the enormous Big Ben and the gothic church of Westminster Abbey.
Pass Exciting London Locations
You’ll take a break to learn more about the history of your surroundings before visiting the popular Trafalgar Square, home to the National Gallery and Nelson’s Column, Covent Garden with its cultural vibe and many street performers, Smithfield Market and the exquisite St Paul’s Cathedral.
As you cycle through the hustle and bustle, through the backstreets and scenic roads, you’ll see all the wonderful treats London has to offer and return back to Waterloo. An adventure like no other!
Upgrade to an Electric Bike
To upgrade to an electric bike, it’s only £10 more. They’re easy to control, simple to ride and will ensure that you get up any hills with ultimate ease.After pickup from central London by coach, your day tour begins at Windsor Castle. Queen Elizabeth II is said to spend many of her weekends here, a royal home for more than 900 years.
With your entry, you can walk through the State Apartments to see lavish decor and valuable artworks, such as paintings by Rembrandt and Leonardo da Vinci. Step inside St George’s Chapel, located on the sprawling grounds, where notorious King Henry VIII and his favorite wife, Jane Seymour, are buried, as are Queen Mary and Queen Elizabeth, the Queen Mother.
Next, head to the ancient site of Stonehenge, a towering enigma that has stood on Salisbury Plain for more than 5,000 years. See the UNESCO World Heritage site from every angle as you walk around it.
Then continue to the city of Bath, another World Heritage site, known for its Georgian architecture and Roman Baths. You can explore the cobbled streets and check out sights such as the 15th-century Bath Abbey and the Pulteney Bridge. Then head to the Roman Baths, a bathing complex in the center of the city that was used by Romans who wanted to relax in the steaming water, which originated from hot springs. Learn about the lives of the Romans as you walk through the site, exploring the four sections: the Sacred Spring, Roman Temple, Roman Bath House, and artifacts from the baths.
Your day trip ends with return to London for drop-off in Kensington or Victoria.
Start your day with a panoramic tour of London! Sit back as your driver and guide take you through the city and past some of London’s most famous sights. You’ll stop at Westminster Abbey, so you can get that all-important photo of the spectacular church where William and Kate were married!
The tour will then reach St Paul’s Cathedral, the huge domed church in the old City of London. Designed by celebrated architect Sir Christopher Wren, St Paul’s Cathedral is full of historical delights. Enjoy time inside St Paul’s Cathedral and see the beautiful architecture, stained glass windows and tombs dedicated to important figures in British history.
You will then head to Buckingham Palace for the charmingly traditional Changing of the Guard ceremony. This regular occurrence involves the brightly dressed Queen’s Foot Guard changing shifts in spectacular fashion. The guards march alongside a military band as they return to the Palace!
Lunch packs will be included.
The 1,000 year old Tower of London has a history you have to see to believe! You’ll have plenty of time to explore this incredible fortress during our extended afternoon visit. Enjoy free time to explore the Tower of London as you wish, learning about its fascinating past. The Tower of London has been used as a palace, royal mint and zoo! See the gorgeous Crown Jewels, kept under lock and key in the Jewel Tower.
Meet The Beefeaters, or Yeoman Warders, are the Tower of London’s official guardians! Hear the tales of the Beefeaters during your exclusive tour with one of the Tower’s working Yeoman Warders. Listen as the smartly-dressed Beefeater recounts stories about their often grisly role in keeping watch over the Tower of London’s prisoners. Luckily, this isn’t part of their job description anymore and these important people are all retired members of the Armed Forces.
Break out of the Tower of London for a River Thames Boat Ride. This scenic trip down the Thames will show you some city sights from an entirely different perspective as you cruise towards the London Eye. Finish your London day trip on a high! See London from the skies during a flight on the iconic London Eye. Your tour will finish at approximately 6pm at the London Eye.
Head west of London for a day of Downton Abbey sightseeing! After pickup from your central London hotel in a spacious luxury vehicle, your private tour guided by a professional chauffeur will take you out to Highclere Castle, known to Downton Abbey fans as the home of the Earl of Grantham and his aristocratic family. Highclere is used for both exterior and interior filming for the show. If you think the castle is stunning on television, you’ll be absolutely amazed by its appearance in person as you admire its stately Jacobethan style and dramatic façade.
Next, continue following the Crawley family and their servants as you make the drive to Bampton, a village in Oxfordshire where many outdoor scenes of the fictional village of Downton were filmed. Admire the well-preserved village with its charming main street and historical buildings, some of which date to the 12th century.
Your day tour ends as you are returned to your London hotel.
Please note: Entrance fees to the grounds and gardens of Highclere Castle are included in the booking price, however, entrance fees into the castle and exhibition are not included due to limited availability.
Make your own way to Great Portland Street in central London to meet your expert guide. Then, hop inside your comfortable, air-conditioned coach and relax on the journey to Oxfordshire. As you travel, listen to your guide share entertaining tales and trivia about the British period drama TV series, Downton Abbey.
Filmed mostly in and around Oxfordshire, the hit show follows the lives, dramas and scandals of the fictional Crawley family and their servants in the days before, during and after World War I. Hear insider gossip about characters such as Lady Edith and Dowager Countess of Grantham, and uncover little-known facts about the filming locations visited on your tour.
Your first stop is at Cogges Manor Farm. Sip on a hot drink (own expense) in its rustic cafe before discovering a few of the farm’s shooting locations.
Next, head to the Cotswold village of Bampton, a quintessentially English village that featured as Downton village. On a walking tour, see the church where Lady Mary married Matthew Crawley, and the house that was once used as the Crawley family home. Then, stroll along the main street, passing sights such as the fictional Grantham Arms pub.
Continue on to Highclere Castle, one of the most famous Downton filming locations. With your guide leading the way, explore the grand estate that surrounds the castle including Monk’s Garden, White Border, Secret Garden and the Wood of Goodwill, and learn about Highclere Castle’s role as the Grantham family home.
After free time for lunch or a snack in the on-site tea rooms (own expense), make your way into the castle to explore its lavish state rooms with your guide. Follow in the footsteps of the likes of Lady Sybil and Tom Branson as you wander through the dining, smoking and music rooms, and learn all about the Carnarvons, the real-life family who have owned Highclere Castle since the late 17th century.
See other impressive filming sites, such as the Red Stairs, saloon, gallery and bedrooms, then return to your coach and relax on the journey back to London.
Your day trip then concludes with a drop-off at the original start point.
Leave London’s Marble Arch by air-conditioned minivan, and travel west to the rolling limestone hills of Oxfordshire. On the journey, your guide will keep you entertained with tales and trivia about the Downton Abbey TV series that has a fan base spread all over the world.
Filmed mostly in and around Oxfordshire, the British period drama of Downton Abbey documents the dramas and scandals of the fictional Crawley family and their servants in the days leading up to and after World War I. Hear insider gossip about characters such as Lady Mary, and discover little-known facts about the shooting locations included on your tour. Stop at a farm nestled in the hills near Cogges and enjoy a hot drink (own expense) in the farm’s rustic cafe before you check out filming locations around the farm.
Continue to Bampton in the Cotswolds. The stone cottages and leafy, twisting streets in this quintessential English village might look familiar; scenes depicting the Downton village are often shot here and appear throughout the entire series. On a walking tour, see the village church — the site of Lady Mary’s wedding to Matthew Crawley — and the house that was once used as the Crawley family home. Stroll along the main street, spotting shops and the fictional Grantham Arms pub that appear in many episodes.
Travel onward to the historical village of Shilton to explore its center, including a quaint village pub that is surrounded by ponds, medieval bridges and wells. From Shilton, travel to a pub in Swinbrook for lunch (own expense) where Lady Sybil eloped with the family chauffeur Branson; enjoy a quick stop in the village of Bladon to see the graves of Sir Winston Churchill and his wife; and finish the tour at Blenheim Palace — a UNESCO World Heritage site.
While not used as a Downton Abbey filming location, one can imagine the palace's stately grandeur that would impress the Crawley family. Take a walking tour that delves into the history of Winston Churchill's ancestral home, originally given to the first duke of Marlborough as a gift from the English Parliament. Wander through the State Apartments, and then explore a section of the beautiful landscaped gardens that feature the Temple of Diana. Finally, return to your minivan and travel back to London where your tour finishes.
Numbers are limited to 18 on this small-group tour, ensuring personalized attention from a guide.
Leave London’s Marble Arch by air-conditioned minivan, and travel west to the rolling limestone hills of Oxfordshire. On the journey, your guide will keep you entertained with tales and trivia about the Downton Abbey TV series that has a fan base spread all over the world.
Filmed mostly in and around Oxfordshire, the British period drama of Downton Abbey documents the dramas and scandals of the fictional Crawley family and their servants in the days leading up to and after the First World War. Hear insider gossip about characters such as Lady Mary, and discover little-known facts about the shooting locations included on your tour. Stop at a farm nestled in the hills near Cogges and enjoy a hot drink (own expense) in the farm’s rustic cafe before discovering a few of the farm’s filming locations.
Continue to Bampton in the Cotswolds, a quintessentially English village that was used extensively as Downton village throughout the entire series. On a walking tour, see the village church — the site of Lady Mary’s wedding to Matthew Crawley — and the house that was once used as the Crawley family home. Stroll along the main street, seeing shops used for filming as well as sights such as the fictional Grantham Arms pub.
Travel onward to continue to Highclere Castle, one of the best-known Downton filming locations, to explore with your guide. Walk around the lavish estate that surrounds the castle, comprising Monk’s Garden, White Border, Secret Garden and the Wood of Goodwill, and hear all about Highclere Castle’s role as the Grantham family home.
Enjoy free time for lunch or a snack in the onsite tea rooms that serves food from the castle’s kitchens, and then step inside Highclere Castle to explore each of its state rooms. See the dining, music and smoking rooms that the likes of Lady Sybil graced with their presence, and learn all about the real-life family who have owned Highclere Castle since the late 17th century: the Carnarvons.
After exploring further areas of the impressive filming site such as the Red Stairs, saloon, gallery and bedrooms, return to your minivan with your guide. Relax on the journey back to London, and then finish your day trip with a drop-off at the Victoria Train Station.
Numbers are limited to 16 on this small-group tour, ensuring you'll see these top Kent site with personalized attention from your guide.
Set off from Marble Arch in central London by luxury coach, and head southeast into Kent, the county affectionately known as the Garden of England for its quintessential English countryside.
First stop is Canterbury Cathedral -- one of England’s oldest Christian buildings and much-cherished monuments. After entering at your own expense, head inside for a tour and absorb the atmosphere of this beautiful cathedral, where history seems to leap from every corner. Admire its intricate stained-glass windows, see the burial place of King Henry IV and learn of the cathedral’s darker history as the site where the Archbishop Thomas Becket was murdered in the 12th century.
After enjoying some time at leisure to look around the town and have lunch, hop back on board your coach and travel the short distance to the south coast to see the White Cliffs of Dover. Stop to stretch your legs outside magnificent Dover Castle and get your first glimpse of England’s famous white chalk cliffs! On a photo stop here, your guide will tell tales of invasions – some successful, some not – while you marvel at the country’s natural moat.
Head back inland, passing though some of Kent’s finest leafy lanes, towards Leeds Castle, where you’ll spend the rest of your afternoon. Tour the pristine 12th-century castle with your guide, seeing highlights like the Banqueting Hall and Library, and try not to lose your way on a walk through the garden’s maze! Look inside the ground’s quirky Dog’s Collar Museum to see an eccentric collection of dog collars showcasing 17th-century canine couture, and then board your coach for your journey back to London.
Make your own way to the Great Portland Street Tube Station in central London, and then settle into your comfortable seat aboard a luxury coach and travel to Warner Bros. Studio Tour London - The Making of Harry Potter. After roughly an hour on the road, arrive and head inside to see the magical sets, costumes, and props that helped turn J.K. Rowling’s best-selling Harry Potter novels into one of the most successful film series in the world.
Following in the footsteps of Harry, Hermione, and Ron, spend the next 3.5 hours independently exploring the studios. Wander along Diagon Alley and pose in front of Ollivanders wand shop, the Weasleys' Wizard Wheezes, Gringotts Wizarding Bank, and more. Visit, too, the Ministry of Magic, where you can learn about the mythical government that rules the Harry Potter community.
Find out about the animatronics and makeup that breathed life into Dobby and the Death Eaters, as well as the special effects that created wizardry in the Great Hall and Dumbledore’s office. Then, make for Platform 9 ¾, where you can pose with the disappearing luggage trolley and see steam billowing from the original Hogwarts Express train. Should you feel hungry during your visit, you can purchase lunch at the Studio Café or enjoy butterbeer and snacks in the backlot (own expense).
Next, return to your coach and continue to Oxford. On arrival in the City of Dreaming Spires, meet a guide and stretch your legs on a walking tour. Stroll down streets lined with grand, timeworn buildings and see ivy-strewn colleges, hidden passageways, grand dining halls, and lavish libraries — including Christ Church College, the Bodleian Library, and other famous sights.
After your tour, enjoy some free time to continue sightseeing independently before heading back to your coach and returning to London, where your tour concludes at the original start point.
TM & © 2012 Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights © JKR
Please note: Tour Itinerary runs in reverse on Wednesdays.
A fully guided 3 day tour to Scotland’s capital city. See Holyrood Palace and Edinburgh Castle, walk the Royal Mile and enjoy some whisky tasting. Optional day trip to Loch Ness & Scottish Highlands. This is a scheduled tour operated by high speed train with a professional guide, with a maximum of 35-40 people per tour.
Meet the Tour Manager in London Euston and you will be accompanied to the train which departs at 6:43am. The train journey takes 5 hours 30 minutes, and travels through stunning scenery en route to Scotland including the Lake District.
On arrival in Edinburgh we will be collected by coach and enjoy a guided sightseeing tour of Edinburgh City Centre with a professional guide. The tour begins at the Royal Mile which links the Palace of Holyrood House with the ancient Edinburgh Castle, sitting on top of an extinct volcano! We will see the St Giles Cathedral , the old Parliament Square and the Castle Esplanade. At the foot of this famous street we will stand outside Holyrood House and learn of Scottish Royalty, King David, Robert the Bruce and Mary Queen of Scots. We then take the journey from the Old Town to the New Town and climb Calton Hill to see the National Monument and admire the view towards Arthur’s Seat, a 250m high rocky crag that lies within the whole city. We will learn of Scotland’s writers, Robbie Burns, Sir Walter Scott and Robert Louis Stevenson, view their memorials and see where they lived. The panoramic tour ends at Edinburgh City Centre accommodation for check in.
On day 2 you will have the choice of a free day in Edinburgh or join the optional excursion to Loch Ness & the Scottish Highlands (£44 extra, pay on the day). If you choose to stay in Edinburgh there are some fantastic attractions including Edinburgh Castle, Holyrood House, Royal Yacht Britannia, National Museum of Scotland and more.
On day 3 a free day in Edinburgh for some final sightseeing and shopping. See the traditional Scottish shops on the Royal Mile, or take a stroll in the more modern Princes Street. You will be collected by coach from the city center accommodation shortly after lunch and transferred to the train station for the journey back to London. Arrival time back into London is scheduled for 8:30pm
Meet your group near the Marble Arch in the early morning (times vary depending on the season) and take a short journey north of London to Warner Bros. Studio London. Prepare to enter the magic world that awaits on the Warner Bros. Studio London – The Making of Harry Potter tour. You will experience the magic that has gone into the creation of one of the most beloved franchises of all-time, Harry Potter. See the studio where all eight movies were filmed.
Begin your 3.5-hour studio tour by entering the Great Hall of Hogwarts, instantly you are catapulted into the wizarding world. Then, continue on to Dumbledore's office, the Ministry of Magic, 4 Privet Drive, the Gryffindor common room, the Weasley kitchen, Hagrid's Hut, and Diagon Alley. Step onto the Hogwarts Express and sit down in the carriages as Hogwarts Castle steams away at the end of platform 9 3/4 . Discover behind-the-scenes secrets. See the intricate prosthetic and makeup work that transformed actors into amazing creatures.
Climb aboard the mini-coach and journey to historic Oxford, following the studio tour. Join your guide for a 60-minute walking tour of this famous university city. Admire the beautiful architecture and serene landscape of England's oldest university, founded in 1167. Stroll through the city center and by the Bodleian Library, Radcliffe Camera, Sheldonian Theatre, and some selected colleges. Then, you will be treated to an interior tour of the 15th century School of Divinity, the highlight of your time in Oxford. Admire the vaulted ceiling with 455 roof carvings of the benefactor's crests and initials. You will immediately recognize this location that was featured in the scene where our heroes learned to dance in the Goblet of Fire and where Harry recovered in his hospital bed in the Chamber of Secrets. Go on to see Christ Church, Corpus Christi, Magdalen, All Souls, Hertford, Trinity, and St. John's. Spend some free time (approximately one hour) to continue exploring the grounds or to shop at your leisure.
Return to London after a full-day of exploration and magic. You will be dropped off at Victoria Train Station in the center of London.
Leave your central London hotel by luxury coach and relax on the journey west, passing through London’s busy urban metropolis and into the peaceful Wiltshire countryside. While traveling, your tour manager will give you some insights into Wiltshire’s most intriguing relic – Stonehenge – and explain a few of the theories about the building of this Megalithic stone circle.
After traveling for roughly 1.5 hours, arrive at Stonehenge and spend time exploring this incredible site independently. While strolling around this UNESCO World Heritage Site, ponder the tales your tour manager told you earlier, and make up your own mind about how and why it came to stand. Was it built as an astrological observatory, or was it perhaps intended as a sacred burial place? How did the gigantic Sarsen stones get to the site when no machinery existed to transport them?
At the pre-arranged time, meet your tour manager back on the coach and then relax on the journey to Southampton on England’s coast. Your guide will drop you off right outside Southampton cruise terminal in time for your cruise.
Worry-free Shore Excursion:
We will ensure your timely arrival to Southampton Port for this activity. In the rare event your ship has departed, we will arrange for transportation to the next port-of-call. See our terms and conditions for full details.
Leave your central London hotel or Heathrow Airport by luxury coach and relax on the journey south, passing through London’s busy urban streets and into the tranquil Kent countryside – an area known as the Garden of England. While traveling, your host will talk to you about your destination -- beautiful Dover Castle! Built in the 12th century, the castle was known as the ‘lock and key to England’ due to its strategic location, wedged in the countryside between the capital and the coast.
After traveling for roughly two hours, arrive at Dover Castle and spend roughly about two hours exploring this incredible site independently (own expense). Highlights include the opulently furnished Great Tower, where members of King Henry VII’s royal court would meet, and the Secret Wartime Tunnels that were used in wars dating back to Napoleonic times. Perhaps soak up Dover Castle’s medieval grandeur on a walk around its immaculately kept gardens, or simply relax at the on-site café before returning to your coach.
Having explored Dover Castle independently, continue to Dover Port. Your host will drop you off outside the Dover cruise terminal in time for your cruise.
Worry-free Shore Excursion:
We will ensure your timely arrival to Dover Port for this activity. In the rare event your ship has departed, we will arrange for transportation to the next port-of-call. See our terms and conditions for full details.
After you are greeted upon arrival at the Dover cruise port by your friendly guide, relax aboard an executive coach. You’ll drive above the famous White Cliffs and head into the county of Kent, an agricultural area that feeds London from its orchards, hop fields and vineyards. Enjoy the lovely views as you make the short, 45-minute journey to Canterbury, the seat of English Christianity since 597 AD.
See Canterbury with your guide, listening to stories about the history of the town and cathedral. You’ll hear medieval tales from Canterbury writers, Geoffrey Chaucer and Christopher Marlowe, as well as stories of the Reformation and the Blitz. Then, enjoy some free time exploring the town on your own and visiting Canterbury Cathedral if you wish (own expense)
After two hours in Canterbury, travel over the Weald of Kent – a high ridge – and head down to Leeds Castle, famously referred to as 'the loveliest castle in the world.’ Founded in the 9th century, it is best known as a palace for numerous queens of England. Along the way, hear fascinating commentary from your guide about the monarchs and the fate that befell them!
Spend three hours at the beautiful castle, set on two islands on a lake, and explore its remarkable interior as well as the grounds and gardens with your guide. Admire rooms such as the library and banquet hall, and be amazed by the one-of-a-kind museum of ornate dog collars! Outdoors, walk through the complicated maze and enjoy the grotto and water features. If you wish, dine on a leisurely lunch in one of the cafés or restaurants overlooking the grounds (own expense).
Then, board the coach and travel about an hour to London, heading into the city via Greenwich and the River Thames. Your guide will point out the Royal Naval College, the Queen's House, the historic Cutty Sark – a clipper ship – and the Royal Observatory as you cross the dateline and move officially from east to west.
Finally, pass over Tower Bridge into central London before drop-off at your chosen hotel, or stay aboard the coach for drop-off at Heathrow hotels.
Worry-free Shore Excursion:If your ship is delayed and you are unable to attend this activity, your money will be refunded. See our terms and conditions for full details.
This port transfer allows you to combine the drive from the Port of Southampton to London with visits to three world-class attractions! You will be met on arrival at the Southampton docks by your friendly guide and transferred by luxury coach to London via Salisbury, Stonehenge and Windsor.
Your first stop is Salisbury, home to one of Britain’s finest Gothic cathedrals, built in the 13th century (entry at own expense). After a guided tour through the medieval town, you will have free time to explore on your own and go into the cathedral if you wish. Then hop back in your coach and drive through the beautiful English countryside, past villages with historical churches and thatched-roof cottages.
On your way to your next stop – Stonehenge – your guide will tell you some of the many myths, legends and facts behind one of the greatest mysteries of the prehistoric world. Was it a temple, a clock, a burial site? Decide for yourself as you walk around the stones (entry at own expense) or browse in the gift shop.
After 90-minutes at Stonehenge, depart for the town of Windsor, where more than 900 years of history await. Grab some lunch (own expense) in one of the lovely restaurants in the town center, and then enjoy a guided walk of the old town and Eton College. You’ll also have some time to visit the castle if you wish (castle entrance fee at own expense). Windsor Castle is the largest continuously occupied castle in the world, and your guide will explain to you its full history.
Your coach will depart Windsor at 4pm for your journey to London, which is less than an hour’s drive. When you arrive in London, additional vehicles or taxis may be used (included in the price) to ensure that hotel drop-offs for all passengers are completed as quickly as possible.
Worry-free Shore Excursion:
If your ship is delayed and you are unable to attend this activity, your money will be refunded. See our terms and conditions for full details.
Meet your guide in central London and set off on your 2.5-hour walking tour of the capital, seeing the sites used in the iconic James Bond films – a collection based on Ian Fleming’s 1950s and 60s novels about the escapades of British secret service agent 007.
Your tour will start at Charing Cross and then take a stroll across town to Westminster.
While walking your guide will keep you entertained with little-known facts and trivia about the hugely successful James Bond films. Hear tales of Sean Connery and Roger Moore – two of the actors who brought the debonair agent to life on screen -- and learn insider secrets about classic Bond films like From Russia, with Love and Casino Royale.
As an agent working for MI6 (a secret section of the British government) Bond was embroiled in politics, although he seemed to care little for it. Still, where better to learn about his fictional work than Westminster? The beating heart of British politics boasts government buildings a plenty, and many of them took center stage in films like Skyfall. See countless buildings used in the films and explore the secret bunkers where much-loved Bond characters, like his boss ‘M,’ hid.
After 2.5 hours on the trail of James Bond, your tour finishes near Vauxhall Station in the center of town.
Meet your guide – Stephen Marcus -- in Whitechapel, the gritty heart of London’s East End, and then set off on your 2-hour walking tour of the area, visiting film and TV program locations as well as real-life places associated with London’s criminal underworld.
Famously the stomping ground of the Kray twins (Ronnie and Reggie) who terrorized the East End during the 1950s and 60s, the area is rich with sites linked to them. Pay a visit to Repton Boys’ Club, where the twins learned to box, and see the Blind Beggar pub, where Ronnie killed an arch rival – one of the ruthless acts that propelled him from mere gangster into an East End celebrity icon (albeit a feared one).
Having rubbed shoulders with many of London’s ex-gangsters to prepare for his role in Lock, Stock and Two Smoking Barrels, Stephen has countless tales to tell, and you’ll hear the best as you walk from site to site. Learn about ‘The Guv’nor,’ Lenny McLean, a gangster-turned-good guy who started his criminal resume as a bareknuckle fighter before going on to act in popular UK TV programs, like Eastenders and The Bill.
You'll also hear tales of Barbara Windsor – a much-loved London actress who married one of the Krays' feared associates Ronnie Knight -- as well as discovering the dastardly doings of Brown Bread Fred, a chap nicknamed after the cockney rhyming slang in which ‘brown bread’ means 'dead' in reference to the murders he committed. See the pub used as Samoan Jo’s in Lock, Stock and Two Smoking Barrels, as well as Hatchet Harry’s office, where ‘Porn King’ Harry Lonsdale worked in the film.
After two hours following the footsteps of London’s fictional and real-life gangsters, bid Stephen farewell. Your tour ends in the East End, at Columbia Road in Shoreditch.
Meet your guide at Piccadilly Circus in central London, and then set off on your walking tour, hearing about Sherlock Holmes – the fictional sleuth from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle’s late 19th-century stories. The escapades of the deerstalker-clad detective were so popular that film adaptations followed the books, and filming sites are now scattered around the capital.
See the place where the eccentric Sherlock Holmes first met Dr Watson – his loyal friend and adviser – and hear trivia about the 1979 thriller Murder by Decree, which featured the pair. Visit the Royal Academy building, which was used in the film, and stroll around some of the pubs and grand hotels that were mentioned in the books.
As your guide entertains you with insider gossip about Guy Ritchie’s 2009 film Sherlock Holmes, starring Robert Downey Junior, walk to the Diogenes Club – a fictional gentleman’s club where a strict no-talking rule was imposed. After stopping for photos outside, continue to Somerset House, to see the site that was used as Pentonville Prison in the film. While the grand Neo-Classical façade of the building couldn’t be more different to the real-life prison, your guide will bring scenes from the film to life with tales of the baddie who was held there – Lord Blackwood.
When your Sherlock Holmes tour of London is over, finish your tour on the Strand in central London.
Take a Harry Potter walking tour into the magical world of wizardry in London. Learn about London’s rich wizarding history, wonderful facts about the books and films and see many of the Harry Potter film locations used in London, these including the Ministry of Magic and the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron.
The tour will include familiar Harry Potter film locations as well as iconic London landmarks and known attractions including St Paul’s Cathedral, Millennium Bridge, Tate Modern, Borough and Leadenhall Markets and Monument.
Along the path of your Harry Potter walking tour you’ll have lots of opportunity to take pictures and see the different film locations up close. Tour group sizes are limited to ensure you have the best experience. On the tour you will go on a short tube journey, therefore you will need an Oystercard to travel in Zone 1 (own expense).
Hop aboard your mini-coach in central London at 9:30am, then spin through the city as your guide sheds light on hit BBC TV series Sherlock. Since first airing in 2010, Sherlock has gained a huge audience worldwide for its alternative take on Conan Doyle’s famous detective.
During your 3-hour tour, visit filming locations featured in the first three series of the show such as Euston, the City Southwark, and Westminster. Along the way, hear stories from behind the scenes of filming.
Explore key sites of interest with your guide, and capture famous landmarks and hidden locations featured in Sherlock Holmes’ adventures through the lens of your camera. Afterward, conclude your tour in central London.
Hop aboard your minibus at 10:30am near Temple tube station in central London, then spin through the city streets to begin your 3-hour tour.
Take in movie locations linked with Ian Fleming and 007 — including the MI6 building and locations from the Bond film, Spectre — and listen as your guide sheds light on the action behind the scenes of filming.
Along the way, learn how the James Bond films were made and gain insight into the secret world of espionage. Follow in the footsteps of famous Bond stars including Sean Connery, Pierce Brosnan, and Daniel Craig, then alight from your minibus by the London Eye to conclude your tour.
This tour will transport you into the charming yet sinister world familiar to DCI John and Tom Barnaby and uncover the real locations that have given the show its distinct character since it was first broadcast in 1997.
Starting in London you will head to the towns and villages of Midsomer situated across several English counties including Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire that have played a role in more than 250 suspicious deaths over the years in the first eight series alone. You will visit fairy-tale houses, ancient churches, cosy pubs, charming village greens, quaint stores and grand houses that feature prominently in the magical but rather deadly county of Midsomer.
This tour will give you behind the scenes information about the show, reveal fascinating details about the historical places we visit that have appeared in numerous episodes. The tour will finish at Holland Park tube station.
On this day tour, you will explore some of the 'Downton Abbey' film locations featured in both London and the Oxfordshire countryside. London’s highlights include off-the-beaten track locations full of historical buildings and cobbled streets, as well as grand houses, clubs and restaurants with aristocratic and regal links. Leaving the hubbub of town, your afternoon will be spent visiting Downton Village, Yew Tree Farm and enjoying the picturesque Cotswold scenery and villages.
Travelling by mini coach, the tour will provide you with an insight into the making of the show and uncover stories behind some of the places that you will visit on the tour.
Starting in central London, your tour will take you to the Inns of Court which have been popular sites for filming. You will see the clinic Lady Edith visits when she discovers she is pregnant and the Russian Refugee church where Prince Kuragin is staying. You can follow in the footsteps of Mr Bricker and Cora when they go for a walk and spot the café where Tom spies Lady Rose out with the Jazz singer, Jack Ross. Other London sites visited include exteriors of Lord Gillingham’s townhouse, the Liverpool Grand Hotel and Grantham House. After you have explored London Town, it is time to head out to the countryside. The first location that you visit is about 70 miles out of town and (depending on traffic) the journey lasts between 1.5 to 2 hours.
Upon your arrival at the historic 10th century farmstead which featured as Yew Tree Farm in Series 4 and 5, you can enjoy a complimentary Cotswolds platter. Following lunch, you will have a guided tour of this location which featured as the home of Mr Drewe, the struggling tenant who agrees to secretly help raise Lady Edith’s daughter.
From here, you will set off to the heart of rural Oxfordshire where several villages have been used in the world of Downton Abbey. You will see ‘Kirbymoorside’, where Anna’s bus splashes through the stream outside the pub where Bates worked when he left Downton Abbey. There will be a short stop at the church that Matthew and Edith visit in series 1 (episode 3) and you’ll pass the pub where Branson and Lady Sybil stay when they elope in series 2.
Most notably, you will visit Downton Village where you will get a guided tour of the village and see familiar sites such as exteriors of Downton hospital, the village pub, the former home of Matthew Crawley and the local church, amongst others. Following this guided, tour you will be able to explore the village for yourself. The tour ends in London.
London is one of the most filmed cities in the world and itself has had a starring role in hundreds of films. This tour is a unique way to see the British capital as our movie experts take you to where some of the most iconic romantic cinematic moments in the capital were shot.
Along the way, you’ll get behind-the-scenes insider information as you journey from Hugh Grant’s Notting Hill to Bridget Jones’s Southwark re-living dozens of memorable movie moments. If you’re looking for romantic places to go in London, this is the tour for you.
Even if you’re not a movie buff, don’t worry, as the tour is a great way to see both the more hidden gems of the city including the oldest parish church in London as well as iconic and historic landmarks such as St Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge and The London Eye.
There will also be plenty of stops for you to get off the bus, take pictures and see the London movie locations up-close and the romantic places London offers.
You’ll be able to watch DVD clips from the scenes of the movie as you visit the actual locations, hear fascinating historical information about the local areas and get the inside track on movie making in London.
Become Lord or Lady Grantham for the day, as you visit the film locations used for the BAFTA-winning period drama on a Downton Abbey Tour of Locations.
On this small group (max 6 persons) day tour you will start by departing from central London, then heading for the charming Oxfordshire village that has been featured as Downton Village. Here, you will get a guided tour of locations such as Downton hospital, the village pub, the former home of Matthew Crawley and the local church.
Get fascinating anecdotes about how the global hit TV series was made, about the actors involved and about the wonderful history of the places you visit on the tour.
A short comfort break will be taken here. Having explored the village, you will then travel to Highclere Castle, which is used as the main Downton Abbey set. On the way, you will learn about the 1000 year history of Highclere Castle and life ‘above and below stairs’. Admission to the castle is included in the price.
Food for lunch can be purchased at Highclere Castle or you can bring your own lunch and enjoy it in the beautiful grounds. You’ll be able to explore independently the ‘Above Stairs’ area inside Downton Abbey with the aid of our self-guided information sheet.
As you wander around the estate, you will be able to imagine life as it was over 100 years ago and enter the world of the aristocratic Crawley family and their servants.
The tour ends back in central London.
You will be met by your guide and board your comfortable air conditioned coach departing from central London at 9am. You will receive informative commentary about the show and the locations you visit on your journey out to Oxfordshire where the first stop of the day will be the beautiful village of Bampton. Here you will be given a fully guided walking tour of the village which was featured as Downton village and you will be able to spot the post office, church, Matthews house and many other familiar sites.
Following a tour of the village you will re board the coach and head to the grand finale of the day - Highclere Castle. Here you will have approximately 3 hours to explore the house and grounds of the castle with the aid of our own self guided leaflet which gives details of what was filmed in each room of the castle.
At Highclere there will be a chance for you to take lunch (not included) and get some wonderful souvenirs from the shop. Finally your coach will return you to central London where the day trip ends.
This guided James Bond Locations Tour is designed for true fans of 007, the most famous spy in the world. Led by a knowledgeable James Bond expert, you will get behind-the-scenes information on how the films were made, see movie clips as you pass the actual locations and discuss the books and your favourite moments from the films. The tour is limited to a maximum of 12 persons.
Throughout the tour, you will of course be given plenty of opportunities to stretch your legs, take pictures and enjoy the experience of being at the film locations up-close and personal.
Part 1: Shrublands from Thunderball and Zukovskys Casino from The World is Not Enough
Heading straight out of London by mini coach, your day will begin with a stop outside the location used as Shrublands in Thunderball. From here, we transport you to the Victorian country house built for Alfred de Rothschild, which was used as the interior and exterior location for Zukovskys casino in The World is Not Enough. Your tour will take in the scenes from this movie and also highlight its history and use in other screen productions.
Part 2: Lunch at Dervals hotel, The Bladen Safe House and the milkman scene
The next destination will be a charming town in the Chilterns to visit the 18th century coaching inn, which stood in for the hotel where Major Derval stays in Thunderball; a stop will be taken here for lunch. Following a hearty lunch fit for a secret agent, you will get a chance to visit the picturesque 12th century house in the Chiltern hills of Oxfordshire featured as The Bladen Safe House in The Living Daylights, the secret location from where Koskov is abducted by Necros. In a country lane close by, you also get the chance to track down the exact spot where Necros covertly eliminates the milkman.
Part 3: Goldfingers golf club, a photo-stop outside Pinewood Studios and Bonds London home
The finale of the day tour is the setting for one of the all-time classic on-screen confrontations between Bond and his nemesis, Auric Goldfinger. Here you will enjoy afternoon tea, get a tour of the clubhouse and see the famous 18th hole where Goldfinger concedes to Bond. After this, you will be able to pay your respects at the location used as the resting place for Teresa Di Vicenzo/Tracy Bond in For Your Eyes Only. There will be a short photo-stop outside Pinewood Studios, the leading destination for film makers and where the Bond films have been made since Dr No in 1962. From here, you head back to London, leaving just enough time to drop by the West London location used as Bonds apartment in SPECTRE.
Make your own way to Marylebone Railway Station in central London to meet your expert guide. Then, hop inside the air-conditioned coach and settle into your comfortable seat to begin your tour of Paddington Bear’s London.
As you travel, hear tales of this lovable bear who arrived in London more than 50 years ago after his Aunt Lucy went into The Home for Retired Bears in Lima. Learn how he left deepest, darkest Peru and stowed away in a ship’s lifeboat, living on marmalade.
Following in Paddington’s pawprints, your first stop is Mr Gruber’s antiques shop on Portobello Road. Mr Gruber is Paddington's closest friend and the accident-prone bear goes to him every day for advice as well as for his elevenses, a mid-morning tea tradition that dates back to the Victorian era. On route to the shop, walk through the famous Portobello Market. Soak up the vibrant atmosphere as you pass the many stalls, crammed with antiques, clothes and more.
Afterward, return to your coach and leave the hustle and bustle of the market behind you as you head off of the beaten track to find some of London’s lesser-known and most picturesque spots. Stopping off frequently to stretch your legs, take photos and see Paddington locations up close, listen to your guide talk about some of Paddington’s greatest adventures, and discover how the movie was made.
Then, continue on to the Windsor Gardens filming location. See the home of Paddington Bear and the Brown family, who took Paddington home with them after finding him in London’s Paddington Station with a note attached to his coat reading: ‘Please look after this bear, thank you.’
Lastly, visit the place that our furry friend is named after, Paddington Railway Station. Here, look out for the bronze statue of Paddington Bear on the concourse, and then spend some time at the Paddington shop, where you can choose to buy souvenirs for yourself or your friends and family.
Your tour then concludes at the station.
Meet your guide in central London, and hop aboard a luxury air-conditioned coach for your tour of the capital’s best Harry Potter film locations. As you travel, your guide will keep you entertained with tales of Harry Potter wizardry and also show off the familiar London attractions that inspired J K Rowling when she wrote her award-winning books.
Hear insider tales of how the films were made from your guide, and chat with fellow muggles in your group about magic and all-things Harry Potter as you see the sites. Visit Number 12, Grimmauld Place, home of the Black family of wizards in Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix, and as you walk around your guide will regale you with tales of Sirius Black who fought evil Lord Voldemort.
See the site that was used to create the Leaky Cauldron pub, which served as a gateway to Diagon Alley for muggles. Head to Kings Cross Station to see fabled Platform 9 ¾ and pose for pictures in front of the sign as you imagine how Harry leaping through the wall in the first film – Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone.
After three hours of exploring the magical world that Harry Potter lived, in, your tour finishes at King’s Cross station in central London, and your guide will happily point you in the right direction for your on-going travel.
After meeting your guide in central London, set off on your Doctor Who tour of the city. While much of the everyday filming for the sci-fi series took place in Cardiff, many iconic Doctor Who scenes were filmed on the streets of England’s capital. See a selection of the best while exploring neighborhoods like Borough, Southwark, the City of London and the South Bank.
As you walk, your guide will entertain you with fun snippets of trivia about the intergalactic time lord, who travels back in time exploring the universe. Learn about his TARDIS – the 1960s-style London police box used as a time-traveling machine – and hear about key characters such as Clara Oswald and Madam Vastra.
Visit sites used recently like Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, which featured in The Shakespeare Code episode, as well as filming locations from older episodes such as Remembrance of the Daleks, filmed in 1988. Stop for photos in John Adams Street, where the Prime Minster's house was recreated for the show and recollect the episode when the iconic building was infiltrated by the ruthless Slitheens – a family of criminal extraterrestrials from the planet Raxacoricofallapatorius.
Hear insider gossip about the cast, learning little-known secrets about actors who have played the coveted role of the Doctor. Chat about popular faces like Matt Smith, David Tenant and Christopher Eccleston, and compare them with earlier actors such as William Hartnell who starred in the first-ever episode.
Having explored the key filming sites around London, work your way to Westminster Station where your tour finishes.
After meeting your guide near Spitalfields, set off on your stroll around the area to learn about east London’s food scene and culinary heritage. Culturally diverse, with London’s largest immigrant population, the east London area has its own distinct cuisine influenced by the different nationalities who live there. Sample a total of ten popular local dishes as you explore; highlights are as described below.
Start with a traditional British breakfast staple – the humble bacon sandwich – at St John Bread and Wine, a meat-specialist restaurant that’s become a local institution. Then, step back in time with a visit to the English Restaurant to sample its legendary bread pudding.
Wander over to Androuet, one of London’s top cheese producers, to sample artisan British cheeses, and then enjoy a leisurely amble north to Poppies – a proper East End chippy— for a portion of fish and chips, wrapped in newspaper.
Head back toward Spitalfields and stroll down Brick Lane, Britain's undisputed curry capital that's home to Indian food shops and curry restaurants galore. Head inside Aladin, your guide’s favorite eatery, and sample Bangladeshi and Indian specialties while learning how curry has become Britain’s national dish. Then, wander into the heart of the East End’s Shoreditch to visit Beigel Bake, one of the most famous bagel shops this side of the Atlantic. Chow down on one of their salted beef bagels, and you’ll quickly realize how they made it onto Time Out London’s ‘100 Best Dishes in London’ list.
Your final visit is to another historical English restaurant where you'll try a salted caramel tart to finish on a sweet-tasting high note! Your tour then finishes in the heart of Shoreditch, near Pizza East.
Think of Soho, and you’ll likely think of the most buzzing, fast-paced, vibrant night spot in London. Historically home to the Swinging 60s, London’s jazz scene, theater land, the rag trade, and the oldest profession (we don’t need to spell that one out, do we?), Soho has reincarnated itself dozens of times. Now it’s where you’ll meet with some of the most exciting international foodie finds in London.
The evening food tour takes you away from the tourist traps to the cafes, restaurants and shops that are truly shaping the city’s culinary reputation. Explore Soho’s best-kept secrets on this tour, your guide will redefine what you think of British cuisine. The area’s international influences are so diverse that you’ll try everything from Spanish Jamón to Chinese dumplings. As this food tour takes place in the evening, you’ll experience the true Soho vibe. Cancel your dinner reservations and join this tour for an unforgettable evening of food, stories, and fun.
We’ve picked the best area for Indian food in the whole of London – Brick Lane, in the East End of the city. And then we’ve carefully selected the very best places to get a revelatory taste of incredibly delicious Indian cuisine.
This lunchtime journey through London’s vibrant Brick Lane takes in the exotic sights, sounds, smells and tastes of ‘Banglatown’. Walk away from this tour with an in-depth knowledge of the area, the community, and most importantly – the surprising and delightful food. Even British curry fans will fall in love with Indian cuisine all over again!
Fall in love with real Indian food
The British love Indian food! There are around 10,000 ‘curry houses’ across the UK serving around 2.5 million customers every week. There are even more Indian restaurants in London than there are in Mumbai. So why do the Brits adore ‘going for an Indian’ so much? How can a newcomer start to explore of all the subtle, delicate and fragrant delights of Indian cooking – not just the spicy side?
That’s where Eating London Food Tours can help! We’ve picked the best area for Indian food area in the whole of London – Brick Lane, in the East End of the city. And then we’ve carefully picked the very best places to get a revelatory taste of incredibly delicious Indian cuisine.
This 2.5 hour lunchtime journey through London’s vibrant Brick Lane takes in the exotic sites, sounds, smells and tastes of ‘Banglatown’. Guests will walk away from this tour with an in-depth knowledge of the area, the community, and most importantly – the surprising and delightful food.
So join us for a real Indian lunch in London, you won’t regret it – even British curry fans will fall in love with Indian cuisine all over again!
Highlights:
- Traditional Indian starters washed down with a lassi, a delicious yogurt-based drink
- Delicious crisp, aromatic samosas
- Discover an Indian-style sandwich!
- A sit-down tasting at a traditional family-owned restaurant, a locals’ favorite
- Sweet treats all the way from Bangladesh
- Visit an authentic local food store and try sweet tamarind
- Check out London’s most dynamic street art as you stroll!
London is filled with amazing history – but if you want to feel like you’ve actually gone back in time hundreds of years, there’s nothing like visiting the historical pubs along the docks of old London town.
Here was once home to a bustling trading port, full of thieves, dockers, sailors – even pirates! Now it’s a lot quieter – a residential area, lined with cobblestone lanes and old warehouse buildings with breathtaking riverside views of the city.
London is filled with amazing history – but if you want to feel like you’ve actually gone back in time hundreds of years, there’s nothing like visiting the historical pubs of old London town.
Wapping is a waterside neighborhood of London, well off the beaten path. It was once home to a bustling trading port, full of thieves, dockers, sailors – even pirates! Now it’s a lot quieter – a residential area, lined with cobblestone lanes and old warehouse buildings.
As you stroll along streets that haven't changed in generations, entering old wooden-beamed public houses, you can also fill your senses with traditional beer and other refreshments… Our historic pub food and drink tour will give you an in-depth look at the history of this area as you visit four traditional British pubs. You’ll drink the best British beer and try properly tasty British pub grub.
The dockers and pirates may be long gone, but the places they ate and drank in, and their stories are still very much alive. So, if you love food, beer and a big serving of astounding stories from London history on top – this is the tour for you!
Highlights:
- Explore five of London’s must- see pubs and savor their food, drink and unparalleled history
-Taste some of Britain’s best traditional lagers, ales and fine craft brews
-Savor classic pub grub over the chatter of friendly locals
-Revel in tales of pirates, thieves and artists told in the same places they once called home
-
Meet your guide at the prestigious All England Club in Wimbledon, and then set off on your behind-the-scenes tour of the iconic tennis venue to learn about the home of The Championships and see facilities used during London 2012.
Stroll around Centre Court and No 1 Court to see where the likes of Roger Federer, Pete Sampras and Andy Murray battled out victories, and admire the old pony-drawn roller that once kept the grass courts in prime condition. Wander around the picnic spots where summertime crowds gather to eat strawberries and cream, and visit Aorangi Terrace, the hill better known by its nicknames: Henman Hill or Murray Mound. Pose for photos in the press interview room and visit Millennium Building to see the private players’ facilities.
Your tour finishes outside Wimbledon Lawn Tennis Museum, so head inside with your entrance ticket and explore the exhibition space independently. Showcasing the history of tennis at Wimbledon, the museum also celebrates the traditions, triumphs and emotions of the game through collections of artifacts, film footage and interactive displays.
An unsurpassed collection of tennis memorabilia dating back to 1555 is spread around the museum, offering a insight into the early days of tennis. Pass through the Championships Trophies room to see the spoils of past victories, and visit John McEnroe’s former changing room for an interactive experience with a hologram of the famous US tennis player.
Rest your legs by taking a break in the 3D cinema and watch The Walk of Champions, a short film about the people who work at Wimbledon and the behind-the-scenes preparation that goes into hosting the Championships. See footage of the 2013 British Wimbledon Champion Andy Murray, and hear about the excitement that surrounds the finals. After watching the film, continue through the gallery and stroll around CentreCourt360 for panoramic views of the Centre Court.
How long you spend inside the museum is up to you, but many visitors find an hour to be sufficient. If you are hungry or simply want a break from exploring the exhibits, visit the on-site cafe. Food and drinks are at your own expense.
Best of Royal London Walking Tour Including the Tower of London and Changing of the Guard (4 Hours)Meet your guide at the Tower of London, and head inside before the doors open to the general public. Learn about the tower’s history, see the opening ceremony, and then use your time inside to explore independently. Perhaps visit the White Tower, Medieval Palace and Traitors’ Gate, and see the Crown Jewels — a dazzling collection of jewels still used by Queen Elizabeth II today.
After, meet back up with your guide and walk to a nearby pier for your 30-minute cruise. As you glide along the Thames River, listen to your guide share details about the sights you see including St Paul’s Cathedral, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.
Disembark at Embankment Pier, then stroll to Buckingham Palace or Horse Guards Parade to watch the Changing of the Guard. As you watch the Queen’s Foot Guards or the Household Cavalry perform this impressive ceremony, listen to your guide talk about the history behind it.
Continue on foot through St James's Park and finish your tour by Buckingham Palace, where you’ll see the balcony where the British Royal Family appear during events. After your tour, enjoy two hours of free time for lunch (own expense) before meeting back up with your guide for your afternoon tour.
Please note: If there is heavy rain — or if the Changing of the Guard is rescheduled to early morning — the ceremony will be replaced with an extended walking tour.
Highlights of London Walking Tour Including Afternoon Tea (2.5 Hours)Meet your guide at the prearranged time and location in central London, and then set off on foot to begin your walking tour of London’s premier sights. If required, plug into a headset to help you hear your guide’s commentary clearly.
With your guide, stroll through the capital’s bustling streets and make your first stop at Trafalgar Square, home to the iconic National Gallery, the beautiful St Martin in the Fields church and Nelson’s column.
Continue on to Whitehall, the center of Her Majesty’s Government. Pass by Downing Street, home to the British Prime Minister, and the Horse Guards Parade, and proceed to Parliament Square.
Be awed by spectacular views of world-famous sights including Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey, where Prince William and Kate Middleton were married.
After your walking tour, stroll to the 4-star St Ermin's Hotel, where you’ll indulge in a traditional afternoon tea. On arrival, take a seat in the lavish dining room and savor an exquisite spread of finger sandwiches, scones with clotted cream and preserves, cakes and pastries, and a selection of British tea.
With your appetite sated, bid your guide a fond farewell before making your own way back to your hotel or next destination.
Special Offer -
- Save up to 8% when you book these popular tours together!
Meet your guide outside the Tower of London in the morning. Receive your early access ticket, then listen to your guide’s commentary before heading inside to explore independently. Bypass any entrance lines and step straight inside to see the opening ceremony. You’ll also be one of the first to enter the Jewel House, where the Crown Jewels — a dazzling collection of jewels still used today by Queen Elizabeth II — have been stored since 1303. You may also witness the opening ceremony, performed by the Yeoman Warders, or ‘Beefeaters.’
Stroll along the East Wall Walk for bird’s-eye views of the city streets, and see the ravens that have lived here since the reign of King Charles II. Visit the White Tower, Medieval Palace and Traitors’ Gate, and see the Tower Green where a string of traitors and monarchs, including Anne Boleyn, were executed.
After your visit, meet back up with your guide and head to a nearby pier where a cruise boat awaits. Hop aboard and find yourself a spot on deck, then have your camera ready as you set off on a 30-minute Thames River cruise. Listen to your guide share interesting details about the sights you see including St Paul’s Cathedral, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.
Disembark at Embankment Pier, then stroll with your guide to Buckingham Palace or Horse Guards Parade to watch the Changing of the Guard. Listen to your guide talk about the ceremony’s history, then watch as the crimson-clad Queen’s Foot Guards or the Household Cavalry perform this impressive procedure.
Finish your tour outside Buckingham Palace. See the balcony where the British Royal Family appear during major events, and hear tales of murderous intruders and amorous princes scaling the walls to get both in and out.
Please note: If there is heavy rain — or if the Changing of the Guard is rescheduled to early morning — the ceremony will be replaced with an extended walking tour.
Numbers are limited to 25 people on this small-group tour, ensuring personalized attention from a guide.
Meet your guide in central London, and then head inside the prestigious British Museum for your 2.5-hour tour. A veritable treasure trove, the museum showcases the story of human culture and history, and is home to artifacts from around the world, not just Britain!
Some 70 galleries comprise the museum’s vast exhibition space, so follow your guide to discover its highlights while listening to entertaining anecdotes, trivia and history. Headphones are provided so you can hear clearly at all times. Athenian marble, Egyptian mummies and English treasures from burial sites at Sutton Hoo — said to date to Anglo-Saxon times — are just a handful of the artifacts seen.
Hear of the real Rosetta Stone, which played an important part in deciphering Egyptian hieroglyphics, and gaze in awe at the gigantic Parthenon Frieze. Measuring 525-foot (160-meters) long, the attention-grabbing sculpture once stole the limelight in the Acropolis of Athens. Today, the sculpture is said to be one of the most important surviving relics of classical Greece. Other highlights of your tour include the Egyptian Rooms with their impressive collection of mummies. Learn about the importance of death and the afterlife in Ancient Egyptian culture while viewing human history in person.
Your tour finishes inside the museum, but you can stay inside for longer, if you wish, to view the exhibits independently. A good selection of restaurants and cafes are on site, if you want to eat after your tour at your own expense.
Please note: Buckingham Palace is only open to the public for approx. eight weeks each year. Tickets sell out fast, so book now to avoid disappointment
Meet your host in central London and make your way to Buckingham Palace, which has served as the official London residence of the British Royal Family since the 19th century. Receive your prebooked ticket from your host, and then head inside independently to explore the home of Queen Elizabeth II, a rare opportunity only available to the public for approx. eight weeks of the year.
Plug in your audio guide and marvel at the grand chandeliers, extravagant furnishings and treasures from the Royal Collection as you stroll through the State Rooms. You’ll also see the stunning Throne Room, where formal royal wedding photographs are traditionally taken. As you wander, listen to the audio commentary for more insightful information about the palace’s royal residents, history and traditions.
After your audio tour, leave the palace and join back up with your host. Enjoy a leisurely stroll through the beautiful St James’s Park to a nearby hotel, where you’ll enjoy afternoon tea. As you walk, learn how the quaint tradition is thought to have been started by one of Queen Victoria's ladies-in-waiting.
On arrival, make for the hotel’s ornate dining room. Recline in one of the plush armchairs and be delighted as the waiting staff present you with a delectable spread of dainty finger sandwiches, scones with clotted cream and homemade preserves, freshly made cakes and pastries, and a selection of tea.
Your tour ends inside the hotel. With your sweet tooth soothed, bid your host a fond farewell before making your own way back to your hotel or next destination.
Buckingham Palace is only open for select dates in July, August and September each year, so book now! Tours to this top London attraction sell out fast.
Meet your guide at Waterloo Place, central London, and stroll the short distance through beautiful St James's Park to Buckingham Palace, a monument that has served as the official London residence of Britain’s sovereigns since the 19th century.
Stop at either Horse Guards Parade or directly in front of the palace (depending on the weather) to watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony from a prime viewing spot. The world-famous ceremony involves a march by the Queen’s Foot Guards, with their cherry-red tunics and bearskin hats, in time to drumbeats from a military band. Soak up the glorious pomp and pageantry, and listen to your guide to learn about the history behind the event.
After watching the ceremony, follow your guide to the entrance of Buckingham Palace, a site only open to the public for two months each year. Guides are not permitted to speak inside the palace, so listen to your guide’s insightful commentary outside so that you’re armed with all the background information.
Then, head inside with your prebooked ticket, plug in your audio guide, and explore the public rooms of the palace that Queen Elizabeth II still calls home today. Gaze in wonder at sparkling chandeliers, decadent furnishings and treasures from the Royal Collection such as exquisite Sèvres porcelain, and listen to the audio commentary for more information on the palace’s royal residents, history and traditions.
After your audio tour, leave Buckingham Palace and enjoy a leisurely stroll to your next event: afternoon tea at one of central London’s prestigious hotels. As you walk, learn about Britain’s afternoon tea tradition from your guide. Believed to have been started by one of Queen Victoria's ladies-in-waiting, the custom of ‘taking tea’ in the afternoon became well established with high society in the 18th century, and its popularity later spread into a tradition favored by most of the country.
Visit either Rubens at the Palace or St Ermin’s Hotel in Westminster and enjoy an afternoon tea of delights. Nibble on scones laden with thick clotted cream and jam, sip on classic English tea and bite into dainty finger sandwiches while chatting about your afternoon’s experience. Your tour ends inside the hotel, so bid your guide goodbye after finishing your tea.
Please note: if there is heavy rain on the day of your tour, the Changing of the Guard ceremony will be replaced with a visit to the Guard’s Chapel.
Meet your guide near Bank tube station in central London, and start your journey through the dark side of medieval and Victorian London, when crime and violence ruled the streets.
Put in your headphones and listen to the intriguing live commentary as you walk with your guide, who narrates ghost stories about such notables as Charles Dickens and an ethereal female figure that haunts the Bank of England. Pay rapt attention to the tale of two murderous queens who sometimes cross phantom paths and have supposedly been seen fighting one another in the evening’s inky darkness.
Next, you’re led past medieval burial pits as your guide recounts the grisly histories of London’s less fortunate through epic grave robberies, witchcraft trials and public executions. Learn about the life and crimes of Jack the Ripper, London’s most infamous serial killer.
Visit Viaduct Tavern, a Victorian pub built upon Newgate Prison, which closed in 1904. Constructed in view of the prison’s former gallows, the tavern’s cellars are said to hold the last remains of its cramped cells, and employees of this age-old pub say it is plagued by a poltergeist.
Your 2-hour tour comes to an eerie end at Smithfield’s Market, once the site of regular executions, including the hanging, drawing and quartering of William Wallace in 1305. Finish a frightening evening of thrills and chills as you listen to the sinful stories of Bloody Mary and the ghost of St Bartholomew’s Hospital, known as the ‘Grey Lady.’
Please note: the order of sightseeing, as described above, is subject to change on the day of your tour.
Meet your guide at the prearranged location in central London, and then set off on foot to begin your walking tour of London’s premier sights. If required, plug into a headset to help you hear your guide’s commentary clearly.
With your guide leading the way, stroll through the capital’s bustling streets and make your first stop at Trafalgar Square, home to the iconic National Gallery, the beautiful St Martin in the Fields church and Nelson’s column. Pose by the 'Landseer Lions' and listen to your guide share fascinating details about this famous hot spot.
Continue on to Whitehall, the center of Her Majesty’s Government, and view the street lined with official administration departments and ministries. Pass by Downing Street, home to the British Prime Minister, and the Horse Guards Parade, and proceed to Parliament Square.
Be awed by spectacular views of world-famous sights including Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament and the magnificent Westminster Abbey, where Prince William and Kate Middleton were married.
After your walking tour, enjoy a leisurely stroll to a nearby hotel, where you’ll indulge in a sumptuous afternoon tea. As you walk, learn from your guide about this quaint tradition that is thought to have been started by one of Queen Victoria’s ladies-in-waiting.
On arrival, take a seat in the hotel’s lavish dining room and be delighted as the waiting staff present you with an exquisite spread of delicate finger sandwiches, homemade scones with clotted cream and preserves, fresh cakes and pastries, and a selection of British tea.
With your appetite sated, bid your guide a fond farewell before making your own way back to your hotel or next destination.
Meet your guide in central London, and then set off on a walking tour around Westminster, the central London borough and home of British espionage that became the target of heavy bombing during WWII. Learn about the government staff who sheltered from the bombs in bunkers beneath Westminster’s streets, and hear tales of Churchill and his charismatic leadership during the Blitz and beyond. Your guide has intimate knowledge of the London area as well as its WWII history.
After taking in classic London landmarks such as 10 Downing Street, the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and Westminster Abbey, stop at the Cenotaph — a famous British war memorial — to pay your respects to the fallen, and then pose for photos by the Statue of Winston Churchill.
Next, bid your guide a fond farewell and head underground to independently explore the wartime bunker of the Churchill War Rooms, a hastily created office that served as the British war cabinet’s hub throughout the duration of WWII.
Your first stop inside the site is Churchill Museum, an interactive exhibition space dedicated to the wartime leader. A piece of living history, the museum is home to an array of Churchill artifacts such as cigars and outfits as well as audio recordings of his inspiring wartime speeches. Hear little-known facts and anecdotes about the leader’s private and public life, and learn of the ‘special relationship’ he cultivated with President Roosevelt — a relationship that changed the course of history.
After visiting the museum, plug into your included audio guide and set off to discover the rest of the war rooms. The underground maze of bunkers and corridors became the home of secret government staff during the war, and many staff didn’t even see natural light from day to day. Learn about their isolation beneath ground, and hear of the top-secret conversations and day-to-day domestic crises that took place.
How long you spend inside the Churchill War Rooms is up to you, but many visitors find 1.5 hours to be sufficient.
Your journey starts in Central London where you'll meet your tour representative. Travel by train directly to the Warner Bros. Studio Tour London.
When you arrive, enjoy timed access and be greeted by a dedicated Studio Tour guide who reveals the wonders you'll encounter throughout your tour of the original sets, props, and costumes from all eight of the Harry Potter films. You will be given your own personal headset to ensure you do not miss any of the fascinating behind-the-scenes facts.
Start your experience with a short film in the cinema before you enter the iconic Great Hall set. Your guide shares production secrets and inside information and tells you about the processes used to bring the films to life. Take a look inside Dumbledore’s office, and walk along cobbled Diagon Alley, which features the shop fronts of Ollivanders, Flourish and Blotts, Weasleys’ Wizard Wheezes, Gringotts Bank, and Eeylops Owl Emporium. Visit the original Hogwarts Express locomotive and a recreation of Platform 9 ¾. Climb aboard the train carriage, and pose with a luggage trolley as it disappears through the platform wall.
Other sets you can see include the Gryffindor common room, the boys’ dormitory, Hagrid’s Hut, the Potions classroom, and Professor Umbridge's office at the Ministry of Magic. Throughout your tour, you'll be captivated by secrets and insights from your guide.
Once your guided tour comes to an end, you have the option to re-enter the Warner Bros. Studio Tour London at your leisure, find that perfect Harry Potter souvenir at the Studio Shop, or purchase a coffee at the Studio Tour Cafe. When you are ready to head back to central London, your representative will have your provided train ticket and information needed for an easy journey.
This guided experience at Warner Bros. Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter is the only tour of its kind, so if you're a fan of the wizarding world, it's a must-do.
Embark on a 2.5-hour, family-friendly Tower of London tour, specially designed to draw out the tower’s murky history in a creative and imaginative way. Set out on a cruise along the Thames River, envisioning the smugglers, pirates, and mutineers that once sailed its waters as you listen to the onboard guide's commentary. Then, be among the first of the day's groups to visit the Tower of London. Explore with your guide and learn about its history, which is brought vividly to life through engaging tales that keep the youngsters of your group in mind.
Make your way to Embankment Pier on the Thames River to begin your family-friendly tour. Here, hop aboard a boat for a cruise down the river, or as your guide will describe it, “a ship to sail the high seas like the mariners of the past would have done.”
Take in views of the city as your guide regales you and your family with tales of the smugglers, pirates, and mutineers that once sailed these same waters and the fate that befell them when caught. Envision the scallywags who were once marched across London Bridge by a man with a silver oar – the symbol of the power of the Admiralty – en route to their punishment.
Once the Tower of London comes into view along the riverbanks, it’s time to disembark. Admire views of both the London Bridge and the Tower Bridge — one of the most recognizable bridges in the world — and imagine the events that have taken place at these sites. Any young ones will be hard at play, completing the specially designed activity materials provided by the guide.
Next it’s one to the Tower of London, a notorious former prison and execution ground where even members of the British Royal Family came to a fateful end. An early morning arrival means that you'll be among the tower's first explorers of the day.
Enter the grounds and let history come alive as your guide bares the tower’s secrets. See the guardians known as “Beefeaters,” and learn about their proud traditions; find out the former use of the ominously named Traitor’s Gate; and hear the legend of the ravens that stalk the grounds.
Marvel, too, at the spectacular Crown Jewels, see the medieval palace where royalty once lived and the towers where prisoners were once held, and march along the ramparts, enjoying spectacular river views as you go.
Your tour concludes inside the Tower of London, leaving you free to spend the rest of your day as you wish.
See British tradition come to life on this fully-guided Changing of the Guard walking tour that ensures you get the very best views of this spectacular ceremony. Don’t make the same mistake that so many visitors often – and understandably – make, believing the prime vantage point from where to experience this time-honoured tradition is outside Buckingham Palace.
These spectators’ enthusiasm quickly turns to disappointment when they realise that they have waited for hours only to see the very end of this unique performance, their view often blocked by the throngs of people crowding around them. Instead, follow your guide on a dynamic journey that takes in the entire Changing of the Guard from beginning to end as they expertly navigate the crowds to take you to the best – and most photographable – viewpoints.
Your guide is an expert on the history of this fascinating ceremony and their knowledge will give you invaluable insight into every detail of this British spectacle. With your own personal headset allowing you to easily follow your guide’s entertaining commentary, you can fully take in the splendour parading past you. Marvel at the precision with which the Queen’s Foot Guards march to Buckingham Palace, clad in their iconic red tunics and bearskin hats, or admire the gleaming coats of the Household Cavalry’s horses as they emerge at Horse Guard’s Parade. With a small group of only 15 people or fewer you will be able to move quickly from vantage point to vantage point; your guide pointing out interesting details while you take as many photographs as you want!
Please note: The Changing of the Guard ceremony is subject to changes in date, time and cancellation at the discretion of British authorities. Cancellation due to bad weather is not announced before 11am. Even when cancelled, customers will still see a ‘wet change’ during which the guards march but without the usual music and parade.
Capital of the United Kingdom, home to the royal family, a cosmopolitan city at the crossroads of history, London has much to offer to both seasoned travelers and first-time visitors. But seeing the best of what this bustling 13-million person metropolis has to offer doesn’t have to usurp your entire vacation. This tour is a quick-yet-comprehensive strolling tour of the township’s top sites, followed by a jaunt to the quaint English countryside to see where the most famous Londoners - the Royal Family - escape to!
Begin your day at the famed and somewhat infamous Tower - former prison and execution site of three Queens of England. This early morning visit means you will be among the first to enter the Jewel House and view the spectacular crown jewels, which have been held here and locked up for safekeeping every night for the last 600 years. These are the official regalia and vestments used by the Sovereign of the United Kingdom during the coronation ceremony and other noble appearances. This priceless collection includes magnificent orbs, swords, rings, and of course, crowns and sceptres. During your visit you will also be able to see the famous white tower, where it is said that the ‘Princes in the Tower’ were held and supposedly murdered by their Uncle Richard III to usurp the throne from their father, King Edward IV.
Then it’s time to step aboard a relaxing river shuttle as the tour heads up the Thames. Enjoy the sights as your guide points out major landmarks as you coast by. Arrive at the embankment and follow your guide on a short stroll to see the changing of the guards. This world-famous ceremony takes place either at Buckingham Palace or at Horse Guards Parade, depending on the day. Your guide will make sure you are in a prime position to enjoy the best views at this crowded event. End your tour at Buckingham Palace and see the famous balcony where the royal family appears during major events.
After your free time - Meet your guide at a central London station and with your pre-booked tickets handed to you, you can leisurely board your train to the quaint village of Windsor. On arrival at Windsor, feeling relaxed and refreshed, you will be eager to explore this authentically English town with your enthusiastic guide.
More tales of the luminaries of British life await as your guide show you Eton, home of the most famous school in England, Eton College. This charming town was the playground of some of the most recognisable figures in British history as young boarders at Eton – Prime Ministers, writers George Orwell and Ian Fleming, and of course, Princes William and Harry. Your guide will educate you on what life is like for these schoolboys.
Having seen the town, it’s now time to visit the home of their grandmother – Windsor Castle. This is the longest occupied palace in Europe, having housed all British monarchs since Henry I, and is favoured by Queen Elizabeth II as her weekend retreat. A treasure trove of royal history, the splendour of this palace will reveal itself to you as you are expertly steered through its rooms by your audio guide. Admire the intricate Gothic architecture of St. George’s Chapel, final resting place of monarchs including King Henry VIII. At the turn of every palatial corridor, another royal jewel lays waiting to be unearthed by you.
Meet your local guide not far from the Palace, who will welcome you and take you on a walking tour of this most royal part of London. They will provide fascinating background information about the palace and the royal family, as well as the magnificent St James's Palace, built by Henry VIII and the official residence of the Queen - send her a letter and it will arrive here! You'll also visit the beautiful St James's Park, once home to the royal zoo, the Mall, built to resemble a giant red carpet leading up to the Palace, and pass by Clarence House, also a Royal palace and home to Prince Charles and the Duchess of Cornwall. After your relaxing walking tour you’ll have the rare chance to visit the inside of the royal residence: Buckingham Palace. The palace opens its doors to visitors for a limited time each year and it seems that just about everyone would like to get inside.
The Queen and Duke of Edinburgh open the doors of Buckingham Palace to visitors just once a year for two months. This is a unique opportunity to catch a rare glimpse into the London residence of the Royals. Tickets are hard to come by but your entrance is pre-booked, which means access is guaranteed and there will be no lines to wait in. This is where Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II extends a royal welcome to visitors, boasting lavish apartments, sparkling chandeliers, and sumptuous furnishings. These rooms house some of the greatest treasures of the Royal Collection, such as exquisite pieces of Sèvres porcelain and some of the finest English and French furniture in the world. With the official Palace audio guide you’ll learn all about the palace residents, history, and traditions as well as the stories of the furnishings and ornaments. Many of these items were gifts from Heads of State spanning both the centuries and the globe.
Spend 4 hours walking in the footsteps of royalty on this fully-escorted half-day trip from London. Explore Windsor castle and discover the magnificence of Her Majesty's home at your own pace, complete with ornate State Rooms, historic St. George's Chapel, and delicate Doll's House of Queen Mary all included in your comprehensive visit. Ensure personal service with a small-group tour of 15 people or fewer. Learn about the Windsor Castle with your audio guide and avoid ticket hassles with included round-trip train tickets.
Meet your guide at a central London station at 1:30pm and board the train to the quaint village of Windsor with pre-booked tickets. Relax as the scenic English countryside drifts by and you listen to your guide's entertaining introduction to Windsor and its proud royal history. On arrival at Windsor, you will explore this authentically English town with your enthusiastic guide. Meander through cobbled lanes bordered by black and white Tudor edifices and peek through traditional blown-glass windows as your guide offers fascinating insight into life alongside the British Royal Family. They are not the only beloved English figures to have an association with this picturesque town, however – Shakespeare walked these very streets and used them as the setting for his play The Merry Wives of Windsor.
More tales of the luminaries of British life await as your guide show you Eton, home of the most famous school in England, Eton College. This charming town was the playground of some of the most recognizable figures in British history as young boarders at Eton – Prime Ministers, writers George Orwell and Ian Fleming, and of course, Princes William and Harry. Your guide will educate you on what life is like for these schoolboys, as well as enlightening you about some of their more eccentric traditions still in use today.
Having seen the town where the young princes lived, it’s now time to visit the home of their grandmother – Windsor Castle. This is the longest occupied palace in Europe, having housed all British monarchs since Henry I, and is favored by Queen Elizabeth II as her weekend retreat. A treasure trove of royal history, the splendor of this palace will reveal itself to you as you are expertly steered through its rooms by your audio guide. Explore the ornate State Apartments where visiting dignitaries are hosted among artworks by Rembrandt and Rubens. Delight in Queen Mary’s Doll's House, a perfect miniature of an aristocratic home lavishly furnished with the finest of tiny handmade artifacts. Admire the intricate Gothic architecture of St. George’s Chapel, final resting place of monarchs including King Henry VIII. At the turn of every palatial corridor, another royal jewel lays waiting to be unearthed by you. During your tour of Windsor Castle, you will be accompanied by an audio guide to ensure that you don't miss a detail.
Your tour will conclude after your visit to Windsor Castle around 5:45pm and you will be free to revisit places of interest or explore even further before returning to London at your leisure using your flexible train tickets.
On the morning of your tour, make your own way to Westminster Abbey to meet your guide. Sitting alongside Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, the history-steeped Gothic showstopper is one of the world’s most spectacular churches. It’s also been the site of all of England's royal coronations — with the exception of two — since the crowning of William the Conqueror in 1066.
With your guide and prebooked ticket, which entitles you to fast-track entry, head inside to learn more about the abbey’s storied past. Follow in the footsteps of some history’s most fascinating characters, from Elizabeth I to Queen Elizabeth II, as you walk down the black-and-white checkered isle toward the Coronation Chair. Peer out at the 900-year-old College Garden while you stroll through the impressive Cloisters, and spot the graves of some of the world’s most famous wordsmiths, including Dickens, Hardy and Tennyson in Poets’ Corner.
After touring Westminster Abbey, take a stroll to Horse Guards Parade or along the Mall to watch the Changing of the Guard. Listen to your guide talk about the ceremony’s history as the Queen’s Foot Guards, in their cherry tunics and bearskin hats, or the plumed Household Cavalry pass right in front of you.
Finish your tour outside Buckingham Palace, the Queen’s official London residence. See the balcony where William and Kate kissed before the public after their wedding in 2011, and hear stories of intruders and princes scaling the walls before bidding your guide goodbye.
Please note: If there is heavy rain — or if the Changing of the Guard is rescheduled to early morning — the ceremony will be replaced with an extended walking tour.
Make your own way to the helipad in Battersea, central London, and then head inside the helicopter center to enjoy a safety briefing. Follow your pilot into your waiting helicopter, and relax in your seat (either beside the pilot or in the row of seats to the rear), while watching the sights of London take center stage.
In no time at all, most of London’s legendary landmarks are visible. Listen to your pilot pointing out the big-name sights as you soar through the skies, and gaze down at Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and Green Park. While following the meandering Thames River through the city, look out for more top London attractions such as the Houses of Parliament, The Shard, Olympic Stadium, Wembley Stadium and more.
If you want to know something about a specific central London sight, just let your pilot know. Your private tour allows for more flexible commentary than on a standard tour, so feel free to ask questions about the city and its sights. Loop back along the Thames River for a second look and spot anything you missed on the first pass, before gliding back to Battersea.
Having enjoyed twenty minutes in the air, touch down at the start point where your helicopter experience finishes.
Meet your guide in the heart of Soho and start with a brief introduction to the area to learn a little about its fascinating past. London is a buzzing metropolis boasting a blend of different districts, and so what better way to experience it than by sampling its varied cuisine? Soho is one of London’s oldest and most vibrant areas, a veritable melting pot of different cultures. For food lovers it’s a real highlight.
Stroll along Carnaby Street, passing its quirky shops and clothing boutiques, and then make your first stop at a trendy little breakfast venue, popular with in-the-know Londoners. Relax over a British breakfast tasting, then — with your hunger sated — continue your tour.
Amble past many of Soho’s famous landmarks including theaters, clubs and bars, and listen to your guide point out the highlights of the neighborhood. The restaurant scene is remarkably diverse, and the cuisines of Mexico, Italy, India, Korea, Taiwan and Japan are all represented around the charming streets and alleyways. Engage with restaurateurs and cafe owners, and sample a selection of treats as you go.
Please note that "Tour A" falls Tuesday, Friday and Saturday and "Tour B" on Mondays, Wednesdays and Thursdays. Tour A and Tour B have different menus.
Menu A and B feature a variety of stops. Discover the first Brazilian Temakeria in London, taste delicious chocolate, explore bustling Chinatown, taste a homemade Margherita, dive into homemade gelato with dessert wine, and many other amazing stops.
Tour A finishes up with a visit to Gordon’s Wine Bar, while Tour B concludes in an Italian restaurant near Covent Garden.
This tour is the only tour in London that has been designed to tell the story of Jack The Ripper as you sample a variety of tastings – some fitting with the Jack The Ripper Story and some that are local favourites in the East End.
You will walk through the same streets that Jack The Ripper famously prowled, as you stop in a variety of different tasting locations.
We start the tour with an "intro to Whitechapel" drink, followed by an exploration of the dark streets of the East End, where you will go behind the scenes of the famous Victorian year, 1888.
On the tour, you will taste of old-fashioned Gin a gin master who has one of London's largest collections. Afterwards, you will dig into some local BBQ MEAT, as only a butcher would, before visiting Spitalfield’s market and have a wine-tasting accompanied with nibbles. From Spitalfield’s Market, you will head over to Brick Lane, as you discover one of the East End’s most famous streets. It is there that we will finish our adventure, with a luscious lasting of homemade, gourmet African Chocolate.
Everyone loves Italian food…particularly PIZZA. People go to Italy just to eat pizza and due to its massive popularity, it has not only spread around the world, but there are loads of unique twists on pizza that have proved even more popular with locals than the original version!
The London Pizza Lovers Tour explores some of London’s most creative pizza venues, as you learn about the history of pizza, how pizza came to London, and how it has become one of London’s all-time favourite and varied snacks – loved by visitors, as well as locals!
It must be something about the hot dough, the melting cheese and the fresh tomato sauce that has made Pizza such an international hit.
Some of the first pizzerias in London opened in Soho, as there was a large group of Italians that moved into central London in the early 1900s. Now you can find pizzerias all over London and not only are they run by Italians, but ironically some of London’s most famous pizzerias aren’t even actually run by Italians. This tour not only looks at the origins of pizza, but how it’s made its way over to London. You will also see a wide variety of different types of pizza on the tour, starting with the classic Margherita and finishing with a special Sicilian “dessert” pizza.
We will sample 5 different versions of Pizza in 5 very unique locations. You will hear the stories behind how these pizzas arrived in London along with a complete history of pizza and how to spot real pizza from the “fake”, tourist versions.
Discover new stories and flavours that you may have never tried before and get an understanding of how our current concept of pizza came to be.
You will finish with a “dessert” pizza…something that is very popular in Italy, but has yet to be understood by the international community and walk away with a well-rounded, better understanding of how good pizza is for you, as well. This tour is a great walk around some of the London’s loveliest streets and is perfect for expert pizza lovers as well as those trying pizza for the first time.
There’s no better way to spend Sunday than eating your way around the Soho on a cultural walking tour. With all of Soho's incredible places, this tour offers an excellent exploration of the amazing array of delicious flavours in and around Soho.
This tour begins with a fabulous breakfast at a sustainable British restaurant in the semi-hidden Kingly Court – just off of the famous Carnaby Street. After breakfast, you will enjoy a colourful walk through some of Soho’s oldest and most charming streets, eating your way from one interesting international destination to another.
Soho is filled with pubs, bakeries, bars, restaurants and coffee shops. This small borough bordering with some of London’s most famous shopping streets like Oxford and Regent Street is always at the forefront in trends - and one thing never lacking, is food.
From traditional flavours to some of the newest fusions in the city, Soho is the place to learn about London’s incredible International Food scene. Our London food tour of Soho’s International cuisine is an exploration of this neighbourhood’s diverse and historical richness.
Our 3.5-Hour food and cultural walking tour will take you through Soho’s charming historical streets, as you discover a wide variety of International Foods from some of our favourite places.
London offers numerous choices for eating out , some good and some not so good. Food tours are the perfect way to discover a city, and our food tour was created to bring you the international flavours of Soho. You will discover high-quality, authentic eateries that the locals love, and learn how to avoid flashy food traps-which are generally very low quality and often more expensive.
This tour aims to give you the local feel of Soho and all it has to offer. Soho folklore is rich with colourful stories of writers, poets, artists and historical figures. Anyone can simply walk around Soho and enjoy its vibrant atmosphere. We want to show you other features of Soho that are not always visible to the eye.
Your expert food guide will bring you to the places that have a story and a heart. Places that are not only appreciated by the locals, but special places that you will remember.
Every destination that we chose for the tour, were places that left “US” speechless and very impressed. And most importantly, we want you to walk away with an experience that you will remember and taste again and again.
The theme of this tour in Soho is “international foods”, because Soho is considered one of London’s oldest multicultural areas. Immigrants moved in, and Soho initially became known as London’s “French Quarter”. Most foreigners that came to London, found cheap housing in Soho, and brought with them their incredible cuisines. Amidst the music halls, small theatres and brothels, these immigrants opened up cheap “eating-houses” all over the neighbourhood, making it the “in” place to eat for intellectuals, writers and artists, to find delicious international cuisine.
Your exploration of Soho will bring to life layer upon layer of Soho’s rich history, and highlight the cultures that have created so many of London’s diverse foods – often Soho being the first place to find them.
Discover a world of British flavors on this 4-hour small-group London food tour. Learn how British farmers, producers, chefs, and restaurateurs are shaping a culinary revolution, showcasing home-grown ingredients and reshaping traditional fare. Savor breakfast at a gourmet local restaurant, and enjoy 10 tastings, including British wines, cheese, chocolate, and craft beer.
Meet your guide right at the heart of London's foodie revival, buzzing Borough Market, at 10am. After breakfast at a gourmet British restaurant that taps into the global locavore trend by serving only food from local farms, your guide will lead you through the market. Discover the best artisan producers, food stalls, and restaurants, and enjoy a sample or two, before you enter the world of English wine with a tutored tasting.
Now it's time to hop on the tube to Mayfair, Monopoly's most expensive property and still some of London's classiest real estate. Stroll past some of London's oldest and most expensive restaurants, before you arrive at Fortnum & Mason, London's high-class grocery emporium. Browse through the highlights here, before you visit one of London's oldest cheese shop and sample tasters of artisan British cheese.
From here, walk to the atmospheric alleys and courtyards of vibrant Soho, alive with British and international restaurants. Savor English craft brews and classic British snacks in a quiet yard, before treating yourself with a tasting at a well-known chocolate shop.
You'll say goodbye to your guide at 2pm, leaving you free to explore Soho a little further or catch the tube on to your next destination.
Get an authentic taste of one of London's most vibrant neighborhoods on this 3.5-hour small-group Soho food tour. Explore the honeycomb of streets, lanes, and courtyards nestled behind some of London's most famous shopping streets, discover its rich and diverse history, and enjoy up to six food stops to sample international food.
Meet your gastronomic guide and small group at Golden Square, Soho, at 2:15pm for a journey into one of London's most cosmopolitan and vibrant districts, a rich blend of history and modernity. Packed with pubs, bars, cafés, snack shops, and restaurants, Soho is home to a startling variety of international cuisine: from Chinese (especially in Chinatown) to Japanese, Mexican, Italian, and modern British.
You'll learn how Soho became London's Bohemia, from the first influx of immigrants in the late seventeenth century that gave it its name “the French Quarter” to the glory days of 20th-century nightlife and sleaze. Discover a culinary melting pot once home to the capital's leading intellectuals and artists.
As you explore, enjoy up to six food stops at places popular with the locals. Get insider tips from your guide on avoiding the tourist traps, and develop a great, first-hand feel for the real, everyday Soho — the one that’s not always immediately obvious.
Stop at various food outlets, including a historic, tucked-away foodie courtyard, and taste different world foods. Samples and stops on each tour vary according to availability, but expect to taste dishes such as dim sum in Chinatown, scrumptious Mexican tacos, and Japanese seaweed-rolled sushi.
Chat to the vendors about their creations as you eat, and in between stops, soak up the vibrant, villagey atmosphere. Hear stories about Soho’s fascinating history and the famous figures, including writers, artists and poets, who have shaped its culture and folklore.
Your tour finishes in Soho around 5:45pm, when your guide bids you goodbye. They'll be happy to offer directions to wherever you plan to go next, or suggestions for places for you to start your evening.
Home to British royalty as well as some of the world’s best-known historical monuments, attractions and landmarks, London is a city with sightseeing opportunities aplenty. Hop aboard an open-top Big Bus to soak up the sights of the beloved English capital and discover its delights at your own pace. Three routes are included with your ticket: the Red Route, which lasts for a full 2.5 hours and includes an onboard guide; the Blue Route, which lasts for a full-loop duration of 3.5 hours with audio commentary; and the Green Route, which includes stops at Covent Garden and the British Museum.
For those who want to take it easy, stay on board for the full loops listening to entertaining commentary as you go. If you want to explore the city on foot, hop on and off wherever, and whenever, you like. Big Bus offers a range of activities to do in between daily rides, including three walking tours and a 30-minute River Thames sightseeing cruise. See the Itinerary for a full list of stops and more information on the included daily activities.
With your Classic (1 day), Premium (2 day), or Deluxe (3 day) pass, the sights to see are endless. Travel to Trafalgar Square to stand in awe of Nelson’s Column, or stretch your legs on a stroll through beautiful Hyde Park. With your camera in hand, hop off your bus near Buckingham Palace to capture sights of the Queen’s London home, and look out for must-see landmarks such as Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, St Paul’s Cathedral, the London Eye and more.
Click on the ‘Additional Info’ button below to see a map of the London Hop-On Hop-Off Tour route.
On the day of your tour, meet your guide at your hotel or preferred central location, then set off by whatever means of transport is required. Transport, meals and entrance fees are payable at your own expense.
Perhaps visit some of the city must-sees like Tower of London or the ever-inspiring Big Ben – London’s architectural icon — or head to the Shard for sweeping panoramic views over London. Alternatively, focus on the more offbeat London neighborhoods such as Soho, Camden Town or Brick Lane, and ask your guide to introduce you to the spots that the tourist maps miss.
Choose the evening departure time most convenient to you, then make your own way to the prearranged meeting point near Trafalgar Square in central London. Greet your ghoulish guide, then climb aboard the eerie ghost bus, a classic 1960s Routemaster with a Gothic edge and a dark backstory.
Find a secluded spot in the shadows of the lower deck, or boldly ascend to the top deck and settle into one of the blood red seats. Feel the roar of the engine, and prepare yourself for a thrilling tour of London’s darker side.
As your bus weaves its wicked way through London’s streets, listen to your guide, a somewhat unhinged bus conductor, recount gruesome tales from the capital’s long, depraved past. Feel the hairs on the back of your neck stand on end as you learn about the Whitehall Mystery, a particularly bloody murder case where neither the victim nor the killer were ever identified, though some believe that Jack the Ripper, London’s most fearsome serial killer, may have been behind it.
Hear spine-chilling stories about the city’s most famous ghosts as you pass by some of London’s must-see attractions including the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, St Paul’s Cathedral, London Bridge, Southwark Cathedral, Tower Bridge and the Tower of London.
Steel yourself as you learn about the ancient royal tombs that were uncovered at Westminster Abbey, the black dog of Newgate Prison, and the demon barber of Fleet Street. You’ll also visit the Cross Bones Graveyard, a pauper's burial ground with a legend that dates back to medieval times.
After around an hour, your tour concludes back at the original start point.
Make your own way to the prearranged meeting point near Trafalgar Square in central London. Greet your guide, the eccentric Professor Quantum, then climb aboard a classic 1960s Routemaster bus, kitted out (British slang for customized) with time-bending gadgets and mind-boggling devices.
Get comfortable inside the lower deck or find a seat on the top deck, then feel the rumble of the engine and prepare to travel back in time on an entertaining tour of historical London.
Pass by premier sights including the magnificent Neo-Gothic Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and Westminster Abbey, where Prince William and Kate Middleton were married.
Then continue on to Whitehall, the center of the British Government. Pass by Downing Street, home to the British Prime Minister, and catch a glimpse of the Horse Guards Parade.
Next, marvel at St Paul’s Cathedral, one of the city’s most iconic buildings, and be awed by the monumental Tower of London and Tower Bridge, as well as the more modern sights around the London Bridge area.
As your bus makes its way through the capital’s streets, listen to the professor recount tales of his experiences from the past, present and future, as well as the history behind the sights you see. You’ll also have the opportunity to make contact with famous figures from by-gone times through a fully functioning time phone.
After around an hour, your tour concludes at the original start point.
Perfect for days out in London, this tours has been specifically designed to show you all the sights of the city in 75 minutes. This tour gives you a flavor of the swinging sixties on a timeless Routemaster bus, now converted into an open top bus and filled with state of the art technology.
Handpicked by comedy writers and directors, your London tour guides will come from a wide variety of professional entertainment backgrounds. From award winning comedians to the finest tour guides in the city with years of experience, the performers bring you a comedy tour like no other.
The tours provide more than just the finest things to see in London, the buses are equipped with high definition screens and an exclusively designed sound system. With footage of London through the ages and site-specific music and songs, this tour immerses you in the London experience.
Away from the shiny sites that you find on souvenirs and postcards, join us in the London where street art represents the voice of the people, where gentrification battles the anti-establishment, and where London’s rebellious streak was born and still lives. This is the Real East End.
While other tours here just scratch the surface by skipping over the street art, we’ll put that street art into context, giving you an insight into what was happening in the world when it was created. Yet while the street art is the most visible aspect of this area, to really understand the East End you have to go further.
This tour starts at Liverpool Street Train Station, take the Bishopgate West exit near platform 14 and meet outside in front of the clock tower. Look out for the red umbrella!
This tour is every Wednesday and Saturday at 3.30pm and is available in English and Spanish.
This tour starts at Liverpool Street Train Station, take the Bishopgate West exit near platform 14 and meet outside in front of the clock tower. Look out for the red umbrella!
Away from the shiny sites that you find on souvenirs and postcards, join us in the London where street art represents the voice of the people, where gentrification battles the anti-establishment, and where London’s rebellious streak was born and still lives. This is the Real East End.
While other tours here just scratch the surface by skipping over the street art, we’ll put that street art into context, giving you an insight into what was happening in the world when it was created. Yet while the street art is the most visible aspect of this area, to really understand the East End you have to go further.
This 2½-hour* walking tour covers:
- Old Spitalfields and Petticoat Lane markets
- The Shoreditch art scene
- Brick Lane
- The immigrant generations
- Cockney culture
- Gangsters and the criminal underworld
- Radical thinkers and social reformers
- Whitechapel
- The foundry that produced Big Ben and the Liberty Bell
- The battle of Cable Street
...and much more!
Choose the departure time most convenient for you, and then meet your private driver-guide at the prearranged location in central London. Settle into your seat inside a Morris Minor convertible — a classic car that burst onto the British motoring scene in the late 1940s — and set off on your tour of London’s world-famous landmarks.
Sit back and soak up the buzzing atmosphere as you’re chauffeured through London’s most recognizable areas. If you’ve upgraded to include a bottle of Champagne, pop the cork and sip on a glass of bubbles as you listen to your driver-guide’s insightful commentary on the capital’s biggest attractions.
Gaze out of the window, taking in top attractions such as Buckingham Palace, Trafalgar Square, Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and the London Eye.
Continue on to 10 Downing Street, home to Britain's Prime Minister, and see the royal sights of the Pall Mall, St James’ Palace and the Horse Guards Parade.
Then, find yourself on the bustling shopping strips of Regent Street, South Morton Street and Jermyn Street.
After roughly an hour, your tour finishes near your original start point.
Please note: Morris Minors are small in comparison to most of today’s cars, so with comfort in mind, bookings are only accepted for a maximum of three people per car.
Please note: the World Rugby Museum will be closed from March to December 2017
Meet the tour guide at The Rugby Store located in Twickenham’s south stand, it’s recommended you arrive a little early to have time to look around the store first. Then set off on your behind-the-scenes tour of the world’s most famous rugby stadium which hosted 10 matches in Rugby World Cup 2015 including the thrilling final.
Twickenham is easily reached by public transport from central London stations including London Waterloo, Clapham Junction, Vauxhall and Richmond. Alternatively the 281 bus route stops outside the south stand. By car the stadium is located off the A316 and has free onside car parking.
The tour visits many areas of the building not open to the public on match days including into the player’s tunnel and dressing room where you can follow in the footsteps of your favorite players both past and present. It doesn’t have to be all about rugby though, look out for the stadiums collection of paintings and sculptures and learn about the many concerts held at Twickenham from the Rolling Stones to Bon Jovi and Rhiannon.
At the end of the tour the guide will leave you at the entrance to World Rugby Museum; this give you freedom to look around at leisure. Learn how a school boy game became the global professions sport it is today. Did William Webb Ellis really run with the ball? See a glittering array of trophies including the intricately detailed Calcutta Cup made from 270 silver rupees and in the interactive Play Rugby Zone put your rugby skills to the test. There is also plenty of film footage to watch as you relive some of rugby’s most famous moments.
Twickenham is a working stadium, there is always activity going on, from preparation for an event to pitch maintenance. This can often add to the tour experience and you never know what or who you may see. If you fancy a sit down at the end of the visit refreshments can be purchased from the Café Bar in the Marriott Hotel located in the south stand.
Get ready for an entertaining, small group guided bike tour of London and discover London like you have never seen it before. Riding a classic English Pashley bicycle you will cycle along the quiet back streets of Westminster and Royal London with frequent stops to soak up the atmosphere. Whether you are a local, or a visitor to London, you will find the London Landmarks Bike tour informative and fun with amazing facts and stories from your local native English speaking guides, that will give you a fresh perspective on the city.
You can discover all London has to offer on the Landmarks Bike Tour. The tour begins with meeting your guide and selecting your beautiful handbuilt British Pashley bicycles. Start by exploring the former palace gardens of Lambeth Palace, cycling along the river Thames, seeing Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. You'll also see the hidden streets of Westminster, Westmisnter Abbey, Horseguards Parade, St. James Park, Buckingham Palace, Traflagr Square, Covent Garden, London Eye, the Southbank and the Banky Tunnel.
See the ever changing walls of a legal graffiti zone where artists such as Banksy have painted. Then try your own hand at street art and leave your mark on London! We provide spray paint.
This is our easiest-going tour and the best way to start your visit to London. Don't worry if you haven't ridden a bike in a while, our guides will have you feeling confident quickly.
This tour was launched in 2005 from a love of chocolate, London and meeting people. Now there are a team of passionate guides who will ensure that your time spent with them is delicious and entertaining.
The tour starts in one of London's most exclusive venues with a rich and indulgent hot chocolate and pastry whilst your guide shares with you an introduction to chocolate and the tour ahead. After a private tour of the venue's constantly-changing art collection (and a bathroom break) you'll be out on London's streets for part two.
Wandering through Mayfair, St James', Piccadilly and Soho you'll take in incredible architecture and learn a little more about each area. All of the venues you'll visit are expecting the group and delighted to share their best treats with you, as well as a discount if you want to buy some for later (or as a gift).
By the end of the tour you are guaranteed to feel completely satisfied with chocolate, or else your guide will get you more!
As Londoners are passionate about food, it is hard not to be tantalized by all the delicious Indian flavors available in this city. In fact, "going for an Indian" has become a quintessentially British thing to do, and London is the number one place to do it. Many new Indian taste sensations are created right here in the city, and this is the Indian food tour to taste it. This shared tour will take you to several locations within walking distance in the city over a 3 hour time span.
This 3-hour food tour is packed full of exciting Indian food from around the Indian subcontinent (India, Pakistan, Bangladesh), all available on the streets of London. Your guide will navigate you through London's famous Brick Lane with buzzing bars, food scene, art and restaurants. Here you'll be able to sample numerous curries such as hot and sour combinations, and traditional ones all served with delicious fluffy naan bread. Drink cold Indian beers to accompany the curries (soft drink options or wine also available).
Your guide will inform you about the history of Indian food, its diversity and its presence in London and UK food culture. You'll be able to tour around an Indian supermarket with a chance to buy a range of Indian spices and other exotic items like crispy paapers and fiery Indian snacks. See traditional paan being made, and enjoy a sample. The last stop will be at an authentic Punjabi restaurant, serving the real deal of Tandoori favorites such as sizzling chicken Tikka’s and succulent lamb chops. And with all of the food tours there will be a Secret Dish that you can only find out on the day!
THE FOOD:
- A range of delicious curries: Pathia, Madras and vegetarian
- Tasty fluffy nann bread
- Traditional Indian savouries such as pakoras and spongy dhokras
- Mouthwatering Indian sweets such as sweet gulaab jamuns and creamy ras malai
- Authentic meat and veg Tandoori dishes
- Sizzling chicken Tikka's and succulent lamb chops
- A secret dish
- Refreshing Indian beer, a glass of wine or a soft drink
- Paan, unique Indian refresher made of Betel leaf
You’ll get to try many famous British foods, all guaranteed to get your taste buds tingling. Firstly, your local London guide will take you to the exciting Borough Market to soak up the atmosphere, see the 100 different stalls and eat some English fudges/chocolate. This eating paradise was not even on the tourist foodie radar a few years ago.Still in the market, you will try award winning Lincolnshire sausages followed by the best and most fresh fish and chips in town (and you will get to see the difference between ‘chips’ and ‘French fries’).
Next will see local chocolate and cheese shops and try freshly baked homemade bread from the famous Bread Ahead Bakery.
Your tour will continue to a historic pub where you can try the best of British cheeses, served with grapes, fig cakes and chutneys
Washed down with real London Beers, Ales, or delicious ciders (or non-alcoholic options).
You’ll also see the world famous London Bridge and Tower Bridge along the River Thames and also the Battleship HMS Belfast.
Finally, the tour ends with classic desserts, such as cheese cakes, chocolate brownies or treacle sponge pudding all washed down with a pot of refreshing tea. Oh, and of course there’s the delicious secret dish too!
London Bridge has a flourishing market and food scene, mixed with real London life, historic culture and charming ambiance. The area is packed with exciting little back streets, pubs and market stalls, all adding to its appeal as a unique London food destination.
You can’t go to London Bridge without going to Borough Market and seeing the River Thames. During your tour, your guide will entertain you with stories about the area, and by the end, you’ll have a great understanding of the city’s food, its history and culture along with some top tips about the best places to visit.
Taking in sights of London under the sun, and then more atmospheric images as the sun goes down, you will enjoy all the very best London has to offer with your personal, professional photographic guide. We will lead you to superb photographic opportunities for all kinds of subjects, from landmarks and people watching to hidden secrets and great views over the city, all the while offering practical tips and helping you to develop your own creative vision.
Each tour is crafted to the skills and needs of the participants. Apart from taking photos, you can also expect to learn:
Creative composition, using lines, repetition, camera angles
Training your eye: composition, subjects, lighting
Taking control of your camera: f-stop, shutter speed, ISO and focusing
Night photography basics
Light painting
Night portraiture - getting the most out of your flash
Long exposure light streaking - cars, boats
Reviewing your photography
Each tour is private, but feel free to bring along guests, such as other photographer friends or your partner and family, but we ask you limit the group to four people. This way we can work at your pace to make sure you take away the skills that last a lifetime.
This 3-hour private tour will take you through the centre of London, taking in sites such as Palace of Westminster and Big Ben, the London Eye, Trafalgar Square and the maze of streets making up the Soho district and Piccadilly Circus. All perfect places to captivate your camera after dark. Whether you are an old hat to London, or just are fascinated with a different neighbourhood, this tour can be customised to suit your needs.
You'll begin each tour in a cafe (coffee provided) where you will explore your level of skill so the tour can be designed for your level of experience and your specific interests. Whether you are a well-worn shooter or this is your first camera, you'll learn tricks and techniques for taking envy-inducing images.
Every tour is privately booked so you won’t be sharing your time and attention with strangers, however, feel free to bring along friends and family. All our guides are experienced locals and have plenty of historical stories to tell to help keep the less photographically inclined entertained.
You're guaranteed to have an experience of London you will love, images that will wow your family and friends and skills that will last a lifetime.
This 3-hour private tour will take you through the center of London, taking in sites such as Palace of Westminster and Big Ben, the London Eye, Trafalgar Square and the maze of streets making up the Soho district and Piccadilly Circus. Whether you are an old hat to London, or just are fascinated with a different neighborhood, this tour can be customized to suit your needs.
You'll begin each tour in a cafe (coffee provided) where you will explore your level of skill so the tour can be designed for your level of experience and your specific interests. Whether you are a well-worn shooter or this is your first camera, you'll learn tricks and techniques for taking envy inducing images.
During the tour you can expect to learn:
Composition, use of lines and angles
Learning how to find your images
Exploring your camera: how to use and understand; f-stop, shutter speed, ISO and more
How to make the perfect exposure in Manual mode
A friendly evaluation of your work
Every tour is privately booked so you won’t be sharing your time and attention with strangers, however feel free to bring along friends and family. All our guides are experienced locals and have plenty of historical stories to tell to help keep the less photographically inclined entertained.
You're guaranteed to have an experience of London you will love, images that will wow your family and friends and skills that will last a lifetime.
Meet your guide at 2pm in central London, then stroll through the heart of the historic city to begin your 2-hour tour. Along the way, hear stories from London’s colorful past to the present day.
Discover the famous fountains and royal lions of Trafalgar Square, and learn the historic significance of Nelson’s Column. Gaze over top London landmarks including Big Ben and the National Gallery, both nearby, and see sides of the British capital many visitors miss.
Head onward through the center of Her Majesty’s Government — Whitehall and Downing Street — to Horse Guards Parade, where the Queen’s soldiers stand guard in their sentry boxes. In Parliament Square, capture beautiful views over the Houses of Parliament and the Palace of Westminster on camera.
Continue into bustling Covent Garden — where busy Londoners share the streets with curious visitors. Among the stone pillars, cobbled streets, and grand archways, discover stylish boutiques and traditional market stalls.
Then, visit a luxury hotel for a delicious English afternoon tea of scones, jam, clotted cream, sandwiches, and cakes — all served on fine china. At 4pm, when your afternoon tea comes to an end, conclude your tour in central London.
Follow in Harry, Ron and Hermione's magical footsteps and explore film locations, places that inspired J.K. Rowling epic book series turned forever memorable by incredible wizards brought to life in the biggest movie series of all times. On this 3-hour tour, which includes an unhurried visit to Platform 9 ¾ - tour Muggles will learn a little about the weird and wonderful goings-on during the filming of the beloved Harry Potter movies as well as see other incredible London highlights. See the London of Harry Potter’s magical world, as your expert guide introduces you to locations, such as the entrance to the fictional Diagon Alley, hidden from the Muggle world that lurks nearby, and the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron, featured in ‘Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone’. Stand on the bridge, which was destroyed in the ‘Half Blood Prince,’ and hold onto your hats and scarves as you imagine Lord Voldemort’s Death Eaters swooping over you.
Your expert local guide will leave you in awe with their inside scoops on the London attractions, which inspired J.K. Rowling’s vision, and you’ll see how real-life London appears magically into the world she invented. With Harry Potter and his friends, the city of London becomes more enchanting than ever, making our magical tour suitable for Harry Potter fans of all ages and highly recommended for thrilling family fun. The tour covers the best movie locations as well as Platform 9 ¾, for the best tour photograph mementos. The guide is a Tour Wizard who will leave you spellbound – but still a Muggle!
On this exciting 3-hour tour you’ll start the morning with an opportunity to witness the Tower of London opening ceremony and be one of the first to view the Crown Jewels before the crowds arrive. Formerly a fortress, a prison, and the macabre execution site of three Queens of England, this tour includes pre-booked early morning tour where tour guests bypass the crowds that form later in the day and enjoy being among the first to see the Crown Jewels. This incredible collection is on view in the Jewel House for the last 600 years and include swords, crowns, scepters, orbs, rings all in a dazzling collection that is sure to inspire and captivate anyone who is fortunate to visit. Guests will spend approximately two hours on site exploring the Tower highlights before being led on a thrilling walking tour over the Tower Bridge before enjoying easy access to the Tower Bridge Exhibition for amazing one-of-a-kind views of this remarkable London icon and city wonder.
Before entering the Tower Bridge Exhibition for a self-guided tour, your expert local guide will accompany the tour group to a secret location to take the best picture of the City of London and give an incredible captivating detailed narration on the Tower Bridge including the story of its important past and its remarkable connection to British history. This must-do tour invites any visitor to London a one of a kind opportunity to discover two of London's most famous attractions. On this tour you will be guaranteed a tour experience to explore British iconic history, spectacular views, enthralling exhibitions and magnificent royal heritage.
With easy and early access, you’ll enter Kensington Palace for a fully guided tour of this incredible Palace home to royalty for over 300 years. Enter the Royal Palace before the crowds arrive to view the State Apartments as well as visit the stunning regal and commanding Royal Gardens. Your guide will then take you on an incredible journey unveiling the life of young Princesses including Princess Diana & Princess Kate.
You will enjoy breathtaking scenery while listening to historical and sensational stories of Princesses past and present. Your tour will continue to the unique palace garden setting, the Orangery Restaurant. Here you will enjoy a decadent afternoon tea reception offering hand-prepared cakes and pastries and more than 10 specialty teas while sitting in one of the most elegant venues in London.
This tour has all the ingredients for the perfect fully guided tour covering all the highlights of Kensington Palace including the Royal Gardens for a 2 hour guided tour before afternoon tea for approximately one hour relaxing in the Orangery Restaurant in the Gardens. Be sure to bring your camera to take some of the most memorable photos of any visit to one of London's most popular royal palaces.
Follow in Harry, Ron and Hermione's magical footsteps and explore film locations, places that inspired J.K. Rowling epic book series turned forever memorable by incredible wizards brought to life in the biggest movie series of all times. On this 3-hour tour, which includes an unhurried visit to Platform 9 ¾ - tour Muggles will learn a little about the weird and wonderful goings-on during the filming of the beloved Harry Potter movies as well as see other incredible London highlights. See the London of Harry Potter’s magical world, as your expert guide introduces you to locations, such as the entrance to the fictional Diagon Alley, hidden from the Muggle world that lurks nearby, and the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron, featured in ‘Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone’. Stand on the bridge, which was destroyed in the ‘Half Blood Prince,’ and hold onto your hats and scarves as you imagine Lord Voldemort’s Death Eaters swooping over you.
Your expert local guide will leave you in awe with their inside scoops on the London attractions, which inspired J.K. Rowling’s vision, and you’ll see how real-life London appears magically into the world she invented. With Harry Potter and his friends, the city of London becomes more enchanting than ever, making our magical tour suitable for Harry Potter fans of all ages and highly recommended for thrilling family fun. The tour covers the best movie locations as well as Platform 9 ¾, for the best tour photograph mementos. The guide is a Tour Wizard who will leave you spellbound – but still a Muggle!
Meet your private guide near Westminster Tube Station, or start your tour with a pickup at your centrally located London hotel. Then, head through the heart of London to begin your 3-hour walking tour.
Stroll past Westminster and the Houses of Parliament and — if you’re lucky — hear Big Ben chiming in the tower. Discover famous landmarks including Horse Guards Parade, the Prime Minister's home on Downing Street, and Westminster Abbey — widely considered among the finest historic buildings in London.
Admire memorials to wars fought in foreign lands, then soak up the atmosphere in bustling Trafalgar Square — home to the National Gallery and Nelson’s Column. Head onward though Covent Garden and China Town to Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus, then amble through Green Park to the gates of Buckingham Palace.
When your walking tour comes to an end, return in comfort to Westminster Tube Station or your London hotel.
This private tour of historic London pubs takes us to several famous and infamous old pubs in some very different parts of London. Get to experience London like a local, enjoy traditional drinks in very authentic locations.
This private guided tour of 5 historic London pubs will take us to some of the most historic and traditional pubs in London. However they are all in very different locations and neighbourhoods, joined together by easy London Underground trips.
Though all very different, they all share fascinating and unique histories as well as providing a wide range of quality traditional drinks in a very authentic London atmosphere.
Get away from the tourist and get to experience London as we Londoners enjoy it. Visit places you wouldn't otherwise see and learn some interesting history on these less visited parts of our wonderful city.
In each pub as well as a great atmosphere and interesting neighbourhood and hopefully conversation too... you get to choose from a wide selection of traditional local beers and ales. Of course soft drinks, juices and teas/coffees are also available for those of us that don't have hollow legs which includes your guide of course!
Visit a selection of London sites featured in the James Bond movies and see some of the most famous buildings in London as well on this private walking tour.
See the house where James Bond lives in the film Spectre. Visit sites from recent movies such as Skyfall, Quantum of Solace, Goldeneye, The World is Not Enough, and from classics such as Her Majesty’s Secret Service.
In addition, you’ll visit parts of Whitehall and other areas that related to the security services, and where behind closed doors decisions are being taken to combat terrorists.
James Bond may be a glamorous vision of a spy but sometimes truth is stranger than fiction, as you’ll learn when you visit the precise spot of the most famous Cold War spy murder in history.
On this special Harry Potter Walking Tour you’ll visit many of the memorable London locations seen in the Harry Potter movies.
The 3-hour tour takes you by foot and by Tube to places that Harry, Hermione, and Ron visited, as well as others that were the inspiration for J. K. Rowling when she wrote the series.
See the location of the Leaky Cauldron and the real life Diagon Alley. You'll also see where the Death Eaters launched their attacks, and the route that Harry, Hermione, and Ron took to escape.
Discover the location of the Ministry of Magic, the very spot where the Knight Bus squeezed between London buses, and Gringotts Bank. Finish the tour with a visit to Platform 9 3/4 with the newly opened, Harry Potter store.
This walking tour will take us to places that both inspired Charles Dickens the writer but also those real locations that shaped Dickens the man. All writers take inspiration from the people they meet and places they visit, and Charles Dickens was no different. His novels are so successful because he so enjoyed wandering the streets of London and picking up the rich details of everyday life.
This Charles Dickens tour will start off south of the Thames in one of the lesser visited areas of Central London where we will visit the only surviving remnant of Marshalsea Prison, which had such an impact on young Charles and his family.Nearby we will visit Little Dorrit Church and see the only remaining galleried inn in all of London which Dickens himself would visit and the building next door where Sam Weller met with Mr. Pickwick in the famous scene from The Pickwick Papers.
Northwards we will go as we meander through the ancient Borough Market with its Victorian structure that both Dickens and his characters were so familiar with before reaching the river and the steps where Nancy met Mr. Brownlow in Oliver Twist which quickly led to her horrific death.
Crossing over the famous old river we will visit Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese, which featured both in Dickens work but was also a favourite drinking establishment of the writer, and then we begin to enter one of the great legal areas of London where Magwitch visits Pip at his chambers in Great Expectations.
Just along the road is where Charles Dickens worked in the Blacking Factory but in the literary world, David Copperfield and Martin Chuzzlewit found themselves before we find ourselves at the famous Old Curiosity Shop, perhaps the oldest shop in central London.Lincolns Inn Fields was close to Dickens home and as such features prominently in his literature. The Old Hall appears in the opening scene of Bleak House where close by we will see the home of Charles Dickens friend and biographer, John Forster, whose property became the residence of Mr. Tulkinghorn in Bleak House.
More Bleak House locations come thick and fast as we pass The Royal College of Surgeons and the likely location of Krooks horrid shop before he went up in flames.
As we reach the end of our tour, we walk the streets of Bloomsbury that were long the literary capital of the world and whose residents have included Orson Welles, Virginia Woolf, E.M. Forster, Sir Arthur Conan Doyle and JM Barrie, who created Peter Pan.
The tour concludes at the Dickens House Museum where you will be free to visit in your own time or perhaps have a lunch in one of the many fine old pubs and restaurants in this district of Bloomsbury that Charles Dickens knew so well.
Greenwich is one of the most beautiful and interesting parts of London but is mostly forgotten by most tourists which is a shame as most Londoners would tell you; it is the place to go to.
Greenwich lies to the east of the city and is well worth spending a day at for anyone visiting London. Whether it is visiting the market to grab some tasty street food or bohemian clothing or visiting one of the many world famous tourist attractions, you really should book this tour.
Greenwich of course is home to the Greenwich Meridian where the time of the entire planet is centered upon. Who can miss out on the opportunity to stand on the time-line with one foot in the eastern hemisphere and one in the west.
Greenwich is also home to the Royal Observatory where amongst others Sir Isaac Newton once worked. Even if you don’t want to look in the observatory, the hill offers one of the best views possible of Greenwich, the Docklands and also London itself.
Traditionally Greenwich was also a renowned home of the Royal Navy and every visitor must visit the Royal Naval College to see one of the most breathtaking buildings anywhere with sumptuously decorated and painted interiors which have been used in many a Hollywood and British movie. For the hardcore naval fan there is the chance to visit the Naval Museum too.
Without a doubt, one of the highlights of Greenwich is the Cutty Sark. This tea-clipper sailing ship has a long and glorious history and a few years ago was almost destroyed in a fire during a planned refurbishment. Happily it has been fully restored and now with its keel enclosed under a glass dome, it is even more unmissable than ever before.
For this private guided tour, we will meet you at your hotel and we will then travel by tube and DLR the short distance to Greenwich and explore this wonderful village in the heart of the city. If all the above isn’t enough, there is a Royal Palace to see as well.
Includes
• Entrance fee to the Cutty Sark
• Entrance fee to the Royal Naval Academy buildings, including the Chapel and Painted Hall
• Entrance fee to the Naval Museum (if required)
• Entrance fee to the Royal Observatory
Meet your private guide at the time of your choosing at your centrally located London hotel or Westminster Tube Station. Then, head onward to 221B Baker Street — the famous fictional address of Holmes and now home to the Sherlock Holmes Museum.
On arrival, visit the house (own expense) and explore rooms left as they would have been during Holmes’ residency. After your visit, perhaps browse Sherlock Holmes memorabilia at the neighboring store.
Continue onward through central London and discover sites made famous in Sherlock, the BBC television adaptation of Sir Arthur Conan Doyle’s famous tales. Perhaps visit Russell Square to see where John Watson met the old friend that would change his life forever, or go to New Scotland Yard — headquarters of the Metropolitan Police on historic Whitehall.
See the exact spot where Holmes jumps — or falls — to his supposed death in the Sherlock cliff-hanger episode ‘The Reichenbach Fall’, then return in comfort to your London hotel to conclude your tour.
Start your tour with a pickup at your London hotel, then take a seat in your vehicle for the onward journey out of the city to the Portsmouth Historic Dockyards. Home to some of the most famous British ships to have ever sailed the seven seas, the dockyard is widely considered among Portsmouth’s top attractions.
On arrival, follow your guide on a tour of the site and admire famous vessels including King Henry VIII’s flagship the Mary Rose. Enjoy up-close views of Royal Navy ships including Nelson’s HMS Victory and the 19th-century HMS Warrior — once one of the most powerful ships on the sea. As you explore, gain insight into the hardships faced by the sailors on board.
Climb the rigging, explore below decks, and see where Nelson lived and died. If weather allows, perhaps take a harbor boat tour and see modern-day Royal Navy vessels in dock. When your time at the Portsmouth Historic Dockyards comes to an end, return in comfort to your London hotel to conclude your tour.
You’ll be met at your hotel or other agreed meeting point and enjoy a drive by private car to Windsor, a location that has been linked to British monarchy for more than 900 years. It is also the weekend home of the Queen, who very much enjoys spending time at Windsor Castle.
On this half-day tour you’ll visit the sumptuously decorated castle and hear about its history. The royal residence houses more fine art, gold, and furnishings than is imaginable. Inside the walls you’ll also find the chapel where a number of kings and queens have been buried.
You’ll take a walk around the castle walls, see the soldiers on guard, and maybe even a royal if you’re lucky!
Following the Castle visit, you’ll take a walk around Windsor Old Town, visit the famous park, and see the Crooked House, perhaps stopping for tea, or maybe a beer at a 500-year-old pub.
The tour is leisurely paced and unhurried and included entrance tickets to Windsor Castle and Official Audio Guide for the Castle interior.
This Romcom Chickflick tour takes us to shooting locations associated with Bridget Jones, Four Weddings & A Funeral, Notting Hill and Love Actually.
We will start this tour with a little bit of Bridget Jones and where better place to start than where her flat is, above the pub. Not far away is the sight of the legendary fight outside the Greek restaurant. Of course many other films have been made in this area including the gangster blockbuster Lock, Stock and Two Smoking Barrels but we will leave that all behind to visit the front door of Daniel Cleaver.
Leaving this corner of London behind we will cross over the river and briefly visit one of the churches in Four Weddings And A Funeral, its wedding number 4 where Charles has second thoughts.
Next up we will travel over to a district in West London to visit some of the iconic locations from the movie Notting Hill. Starting off by taking a walking down the famous Portobello Road. Here we will visit the location where they filmed the book shop. Near by we will see Williams famous blue door and the cafe where he buys his orange juice from.
Though we can't climb over the railings like in the film, we then go to the gardens where Anna and William break into having too much to drink before ending our Notting Hill jaunt by visiting Bella and Max's house.
We will finish off this journey through Romcom London by embracing some Love Actually and visiting the home of the newlyweds Peter and Juliet where lovestruck Mark silently declares his love with cue cards.
Finally we will visit the recording studios where Bill Nighy recorded his cheesy Christmas hit. It went to Number 1 despite him admitting it was 'crap'.
This private walking tour might not take you to many of the big tourists sights and famous buildings (though you'll see a few) but what it will do is take you to is to real London. Sometimes a scary London, full of history of murders, dark deeds by criminals and often even more horrendous tortures and executions by the State. This tour will cover a number of neighborhoods, all of different characteristics and historical time periods. You'll will start off in the heart of the East End and visit one of the most notorious pubs where The Krays famously and violently ruled the roost in the heart of the old East End (of London).
Not too far away you will go back in time almost a century and you will retread the footsteps of Jack The Ripper and his victims whilst visiting and learning about the feared Workhouses that so many lived in and so many were trapped in. From there you will head towards Smithfields, home of many a famous and bloody execution. Stopping briefly at the beautiful St. Bartholomews church, you'll then visit the shrine of William Wallace (Braveheart) where he was put to death in one of the most horrible ways imaginable.
Onwards you'll go to the site of the old Newgate prison where people awaited their trials and deaths for centuries and you will stand on the spot where many of the executions were enacted. The Old Bailey is famous in the U.K. for being the court that holds many of the most infamous trials both now and then and you'll get to see one of the oldest courts in the world as you make our way towards St. Pauls and across the river where the notorious Clink Prison awaits us. Finally, you will pass through the maze of alleys around Borough Market and the setting for the poverty-stricken world of Charles Dickens before finishing on the site of the old Debtors Prison which influenced that Victorian writer in the most stark ways.
Begin your full-day private tour with a visit to the famed Camden Lock Market and its vast number of stalls offering fashions, music, games, health and beauty products, and its numerous restaurants, bars, and cafes.
Covent Garden is probably the best known market to tourists. This was originally a fruit market that now sells almost everything. The Apple Market is found in the North Hall, where you’ll find British-made crafts, jewelry, leather goods, and more.
Open every day of the week, the East Colonnade Market boasts a variety of stalls selling products such as handmade soaps, jewelry, handbags, hand-knitted children’s clothing, sweets, artwork, homewares, and even has a magician’s stall!
In the South Piazza, the offerings of the Jubilee Market change almost daily. On Mondays, the market is dedicated to antiques. From Tuesday to Friday, a general market operates with traders selling clothing and household goods. On weekends, the market features arts and crafts.
Another venue that’s great to visit is Old Spitalfields Market, housed in one of the finest Victorian market halls in London. Spitalfields is perfect for shoppers who enjoy fashion, antiques, and food. You’ll find vividly colored, distinct, and quirky creations of up-and-coming designers, as well as bohemian, vintage, and African designs.
Greenwich Market’s century-old hall has just undergone a complete refurbishment and there is now no better place to shop for unique and distinctive arts and crafts. Well-known for its designer makers and small cottage industries, customers have access to items that cannot be found anywhere else in the world.
Enjoy the vibrant atmosphere, take in some classical music performed by students from nearby Trinity College of Music, and visit the continental food court whilst browsing through the wonderful array of over 120 arts, crafts, and antique stalls.
Finally, head back into the city to visit Borough Market. This gourmet food market comprises more than 100 stalls and stands. Suppliers from all over the country bring a range of fresh products to the market, including fish, meats, vegetables, ciders, cheeses, breads, coffees, hot foods, cakes, and patisseries. Other stalls specialize in products from abroad. The market is open from Monday to Saturday.
All tours are fully personalised so if you’d rather visit other locations, such as Portobello Road Market or Brick Lane then you only have to ask!
Meet your private guide in central London in the morning, or enjoy a handy morning pickup at your hotel. Then, take a seat in your vehicle for the onward journey out of the city to Stratford-upon-Avon — nestled in the Warwickshire countryside.
On arrival, explore sites of interest associated with Shakespeare’s life such as his birthplace and burial ground, the thatched cottage of Anne Hathaway — his wife — and the walled gardens of Hall’s Croft, where his daughter lived.
Along the way, admire fine views over the half-timbered Tudor houses for which Stratford-upon-Avon is famous, and gain insight into life here in Shakespeare’s day.
When your time in Stratford-upon-Avon comes to an end, return in comfort to your London hotel to conclude your tour.
There are television shows and there are Cult TV shows and almost all of the best ones are set in London. There are countless locations to choose from but we think we have narrowed it down to some of the very best. Some classic, some contemporary but all Cult TV.
I am not a number, I am a free man. You've seen the intro sequence a hundred times but now you too can visit the home of Number 6 in the hit show The Prisoner.
A cult classic that was running before The Prisoner and continues to this day is of course Dr. Who. We can't promise that the Doctor himself will always be around but out of all the numerous Tardis sightings around the U.K. this one seems to be the most reliable and the only one that I'd be willing to risk my life travelling through space-time.
Next up we will visit the filming location for the masterful reworkings of another cult classic in the shape of the BBC hit, Sherlock.
Then back to the swinging sixties and everyone's favourite spy-duo in The Avengers. Here we will visit the home of John Steed during the classic era of Emma Peel.
Finally we will finish up at the long-time head quarters of the worlds most famous spy, 007 James Bond. It's been blown up a few times in the movies but they seem to have done a great job of repairing it.
We all know that Downton Abbey and Downton Village are in beautiful Oxfordshire and whilst we do tours there also, there are many Downton Abbey related locations in London itself. This private tours takes us by foot and on the Underground to various key Downton locations in and around central London.
For good measure we will also visit one or two other locations made popular in other British period drama shows such as Mr. Selfridge and the new hit show The Halycon.
No Downton Abbey tour of London could not include the London home of the Crawley family. We will also visit the iconic building that in Downton Abbey is the home of Aunt Rosamund.
It isn’t just the houses we will visit but also some of the parks and squares that feature in Downton Abbey too where we will learn a little about their real life history as well as their Downton connections.
The tour concludes near Kensington Palace so you might decide to take tea there or simply enjoy the gardens just as many in Downton did.
As with all our tours, this is a private tour and conducted in a leisurely and unhurried pace. We will meet you either at your hotel or convenient location and then make our way to the starting point.
This private walking tour takes you on an interesting 2.5 hour walk around the Bloomsbury district of London. What Montmartre in Paris is to the world of art then so is Bloomsbury to the world of literature. Bloomsbury was the center of the English-speaking literary world in the 19th and 20th centuries and to a degree still is. The beautiful squares and quiet neighborhoods created a special community where writers from around the world would come to live and write in a creative atmosphere.
On this tour you will visit the homes of a number of world-renowned writers, see the largely unchanged neighborhoods that they lived in and which helped form some of the greatest works of literature of all time. Just some of the places you will visit include the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood, Charles Darwin and the Suffragette Millicent Garrett Fawcett. You'll see the building that inspired George Orwell and his Ministry of Truth in 1984. Learn about the tragic life of Virginia Woolf, a prominent member of the Bloomsbury Group and the location of where Sir Arthur Conan Doyle invented the famous sleuth Sherlock Holmes and why he never liked his famous detective.
Such luminaries as Gertrude Stein, Aleister Crowley, Charles Dickens, Oscar Wilde and WB Yeats round off the tour, not forgetting J M Barrie whose wonderful story of Peter Pan continues to help a world-famous children’s hospital in London to this day.
Explore London from an alternative perspective on a 4-hour rock and pop music tour. Learn about some of the stars from across the decades that made London swing. A private guide will take you on a journey through London’s musical legacy, from the Swinging Sixties through the ‘70s and ‘80s eras of rock, pop, and punk. Hear about the leaders of the Britpop and Cool Britannia moments in music history.
Visit iconic locations with close connections to some of the biggest stars. Discover where bands played their first gigs, and where others got their big breaks. See where singers lived, and where others are memorialized, such as the statue of Amy Winehouse in Camden Town.
Go to the legendary Abbey Road Studios made famous by The Beatles. Have your photo taken on the zebra-crossing. Continue south to Waterloo to discover the spot that inspired The Kinks' hit “Waterloo Sunset.” Visit the shrine to David Bowie in Brixton.
Next, go to the café where a young Bob Dylan became a hit, and where the Rolling Stones' drummer Charlie Watts got a lucky break. Discover the inspiration for Blur's epic hit “Park Life” in Kensington Park. Transfer to China Town and visit the scene where the Rolling Stones were first discovered. Then, stroll through Soho following in the footsteps of Elton John, Paul Simon, The Sex Pistols, and Jimi Hendrix.
Join for a private and leisurely tour through the beautiful countryside of Sussex. We will visit a number of historic locations relating to the Norman Invasion of England in 1066 culminating with a visit to one of the most famous battlefields in history.
Join for a private and leisurely tour through the beautiful countryside of Sussex where you will visit one of the most famous battlefields in history. Leaving your hotel in London, you will soon be passing through the green and pleasant land of the Anglo-Saxons and you will learn all about the threats that King Harold was facing on all sides, his glorious victories and his devastating defeat that led to centuries of effective enemy occupation over England and latterly the British Isles.
First off, you will visit the tiny seaside village of Pevensey. It was here that King Harolds army was stationed for months in 1066 before heading hundreds of miles north to take on an invading Viking army, tragically leaving the harbor empty at precisely the moment that the Normans landed on the beach. Then onwards to the famous town of Hastings, often mistakenly thought to be the location of the infamous 1066 Battle. However, that is just one of the many misconceptions and complications relating to this epic battle which actually took place at the small village of Battle…. I wonder where they got that name from.
Here you will visit the ruins of Battle Abbey and visit the battlefield that saw the English and French armies battle each other almost to obliteration before the end came. You will also stop at the spot where it is thought that King Harold died, fighting until near the very end of this day long bitter battle.
This is a great day out for anyone with an appreciation for military history and airplanes. Your guide will pick you up at your hotel or at a train/tube station in the morning. Enjoy complimentary drinks and entrance fees on this full-day tour of the Royal Air Force Museum at Hendon.
RAF Hendon houses planes from around the world, dating from over 100 years ago right up to the present day Eurofighter, with special emphasis on the RAF.
Learn all about the Battle of Britain and experience an air raid over London. See the heroics of the early aviation pioneers and learn from your guide’s personal experience, as the workshop of one of his relatives is part of the tour.
Your visit to Hendon can be as long or short as you'd like it to be. There’s certainly more to see than is possible to cover in a single day.
See Spitfires, Hurricanes, Lancasters, Vulcans, Typhoons, Meschersmitts, Stukas, Mustangs, F35s, and over 100 other types of aircraft.
Discover some of the most important historic sites in the Prehistoric world on a full-day private tour from London. First off we will head west to the picturesque Salisbury Plain. Admire some of the scenic English countryside en route, ending at the miraculous stone circle near the village of Amesbury.
Marvel at the earthworks of this prehistoric feat of human endeavor, and visit the brand new state-of-the-art Visitor Centre to explore some of the theories behind its purpose.
Afterwards we will visit the older, bigger and in many ways more impressive stone circles atAvebury, a Neolithic henge that encircles the pretty village of the same name. Nearby is the highest prehistoric mound in Europe, if not the world at Silbury Hill and finally we will visit West Kennet Long Barrow and take the opportunity to explore the little visited but probably best neolithic site in the area and venture in to the old burial tombs.
Meet your private guide in central London in the morning, or start your tour with a pickup at your London hotel. Then, take a seat in your vehicle and relax on the onward journey to the UNESCO World Heritage–listed city of Bath.
On arrival, explore the pretty streets as your private guide sheds light on over 2,000 years of Bath history — from the Roman era to today. Along the way, admire fine examples of Georgian architecture such as the famous 18th-century Royal Crescent.
Discover stylish boutiques among the historic markets, and take in top city attractions like the restored Roman Baths and Pump House. Learn how the city’s thermal waters attracted the Romans and stroll along original Roman streets.
Next, travel onward to the Salisbury Plains, home to the UNESCO–listed stone circle of Stonehenge — widely considered among the world’s most fascinating prehistoric sites. Learn of the stones’ mysteries in the state-of-the-art Vistors’ Centre, then take the short shuttle journey to the stones themselves.
Walk around the ancient stone circle and perhaps decide for yourself the reasons for its creation. Soak up the spiritual atmosphere, then transfer back to your London hotel via the beautiful Wiltshire countryside.
Travel back to the magical and somewhat mythical days of King Arthur and his chivalrous Knights of the Round Table on a private all day tour from London. Recent research has increased the likelihood that King Arthur had his castle at Tintagel which is well beyond a day-trip range from London. However, there are other sites of Arthurian lore which are closer and easier to visit. On this tour you will visit a few of the tangible places that have a connection with King Arthur and you can see where history meets with myth, legend and magic.
A few hours out of London will take you to the beautiful old city of Winchester and though there is lots to see here, what you are really here to see is the Great Hall where proudly sat on the wall for all to see is the famous round table of King Arthur. Scientific dating reveals that the table may well be only 800 years old which is a little more recent than when King Arthur is thought to have lived but this table is surely the closest and most authentic imaginable, with the names of his 24 knights painted around the table.
From Winchester you will travel to the magical Isle of Avalon. Here you can climb the Tor (or admire it from the base if preferred). The area is steeped in ancient and medieval history as well as famously being named as the place where Jesus walked in England's green and pleasant land. Finally, a short distance from Avalon, you will visit the picturesque ruins of Glastonbury Abbey and see the final resting place of King Arthur and Queen Guinevere as discovered by the local monks in the year 1191 AD.
Travel by car through the lovely Kent countryside along the route pilgrims followed for centuries to Canterbury Cathedral, the mother church for the Anglican faithful around the world. On this 6-hour private tour you’ll visit both the Cathedral and the city.
Enter through the imposing front gates and marvel at the magnificence of Canterbury Cathedral both inside and out. Explore the interior and see the many memorials and dedications, and the chapels that offer opportunity for silent prayer and meditation.
You may want to light a candle for a loved one before visiting the spot where Archbishop Thomas Becket was murdered by the king’s knights – an act that contributed to his eventual sainthood.
There will be time to explore the city’s winding lanes and to admire its many fine buildings as well.
Rarely can any man have been so talented, he being also a distinguished writer and notable historian as well as former soldier. No visitor to Great Britain should miss the home of perhaps one of the most famous leaders in world history as well as his glorious landscaped gardens.
With a hotel pickup around 9am depending on your location, this private tour sets off in a comfortable new Audi vehicle. Your guide and driver for the day oversees every aspect of all tours personally so you can be assured for a flexible and friendly professional service.
We will arrive at Chartwell around 10.30am after which we can explore some of the wonderful gardens of Chartwell House, some of which designed and created by Sir Winston Churchill himself. Around 11.30am you will get to go inside Chartwell House, exploring the rooms and seeing the house as it was when the Churchill family lived here. During the visit there is the opportunity to see treasures and memorabilia from around the world that were gifted to the leader of the free-world.
Chartwell House as a lovely cafe/restaurant which isn't included in the price but the chance to experience a cream tea and scone shouldn't be overlooked or perhaps a visit to Churchills Art Studio with dozens of his paintings on display is better if you're watching your figure. Churchill would no doubt have a few words to say on that subject! Finally the drive back to the starting point and you should be back around 3-3.30pm.
This private walking tour will transport you back to the dark and chilling world of the Whitechapel Murders in East London. Follow in the footsteps of the notorious and never identified Jack the Ripper.
During the autumn of 1888, Jack the Ripper murdered, at least, five women with several other horrendous killings before and afterwards that may or may not have been carried out at the hands of the man voted The Worst Briton of All Time. Explore the old streets of Whitechapel on this private 2 hour day-time tour.
Whitechapel has changed a lot in the 126 years since Jack by luck, deviousness and opportunity wrought terror in the middle of the biggest city in the world and yet escaped time after time. However much remains the same too and we will visit the landmarks of Whitechapel; the pubs that both Jack and his victims frequented, the lanes and alleyways where Jack stalked his victims and visit the precise spots of some of these dastardly crimes. We’ll also visit the place where he left his only two clues which even now may be giving away his true identity.
As well walking in the footsteps of history, you will learn about the myths and truths of Jack the Ripper and the hear of the awful social conditions that the poor and ladies of Whitechapel had to survive in.
Meet your guide at Aldgate East tube station. Your private group or even brave individual will retread the cobblestones of the East End of London. This tour is especially for those of you who want to do something different in London and don’t fancy walking Whitechapel at night or in a large group. You will also get to see how vibrant the area is now with its amazing street art and markets.
You’ll learn what living in the East End was like in those days and visit what remains of Dorset Street, pivotal to the Jack the Ripper story and once the worst street in London and so bad that it now barely exists at all. See awful conditions that the residents, women and men alike had to endure. Discover the lucky breaks that Jack had and the misconceptions that the Police had of what the world’s first and still most feared serial killer would be like. Some of the buildings have changed; the streets may have new names, but the horror remains!
This private tour and pilgrimage takes you to the holy village of Walsingham to visit both the Roman Catholic and Anglican shrines and other related sites. You’ll explore the abbey ruins and the village, and have time to shop for religious items.
Take a pilgrimage to the holy village of Walsingham, located in the county of Norfolk, a world away from the hustle and bustle of London. Travel by private car through the Thetford Forest on the way to Walsingham on this full-day guided tour and pilgrimage. The tour lasts around 6-7 hours including travel time.
At one time Walsingham was one of the most visited sites in Europe. The village has been considered a holy place for more than 1,000 years, dating to a time when the Virgin Mary reportedly appeared and instructed that a replica of the house of Jesus in the Holy Land be reconstructed here. Today, it is more popular than it has been in centuries.
You’ll visit the Roman Catholic shrine and adjoining chapels before exploring Walsingham village, a beautiful and quiet place that’s home to a ruined abbey, an Orthodox church, the Anglican church and shrine as well and several shops that sell mementos such as incense and prayer beads. On this very leisurely and relaxed day, the tour ends when you’re happy that you’ve seen what you wanted to see, given the time available.
Walsingham is 2.5 hour drive from the edge of London and so to maximise the day and shorten the travel time, this tour departs from Watford Station which by tube is only 25 minutes from central London.
Add the wow factor to your photography on a unique Private Photography Tour of the fascinating Street Art in Shoreditch. Learn how to get the best photos from your camera and be amazed by your results. Your personal photographer will show you the best places to photograph amazing street scenes in the vibrant East End of London including Brick Lane.
Walking in Shoreditch you see instantly the vibrant and colourful nature of London's East End. Street Art covers walls, buildings railings and lamp posts. The Street Art in Shoreditch is a dynamic everchanging landscape of colour as new street art is created daily. Learn how to photograph street art famous the world over. A professional Fine Art Photographer shows you the best locations and viewpoints to capture these amazing street scenes. Discover new ways to photograph street art by world famous street artists such as Roa, Eine, Stik and Shepard Fairey. We make our way on foot and discover Brick Lane, colourful shop fronts, art galleries and the people of this fascinating part of the East End. Improve your photography skills with one to one tuition for you or exclusive teaching for your group, from your personal photographer. This private photography tour is geared towards the camera you own.
This Street Art Photography Tour is a unique experience of the East End
as you are shown how to experience the street scenes through the eyes of
a professional Fine Art Photographer. Learn how to take photographs
you are proud of which capture your visit to London in a creative and
unique way.
We take a short working break for light refreshments
and to review photographs. We also review images at regular intervals
during the Photography Tour.
Learn how to:
- Compose a street scene
- Use colour in your photographs
- Integrate people in the Street Art
- Create unique images
- Use depth of field to add creative effects
- Use shutter speed to create different effects
- Understand light and how to use it effectively
- Photograph people and places of the East End
- Improve photography skills through understanding your camera
Discover UNESCO-listed Maritime Greenwich on this private 2-hour photography tour that's suitable for cameras, tablets, and smartphones. Under the guidance of a professional photographer, your private group will learn new ways to compose your shots and capture the moment as you snap captivating scenes from the Cutty Sark clipper to olde-worlde pubs and shingle-clad beaches.
Your professional photographer guide will meet you near the Cutty Sark clipper at the chosen start time, and find out what you and your group want to learn: be sure all devices are fully charged the night before. After an introduction to lighting, composition, or whatever your group is focused on learning, you'll capture this 19th-century sailing ship in all her glory.
After, you'll make your way along the Thames Path, photographing outstanding river views. Take time to explore the historical surroundings of Greenwich Pier before stopping off in the grounds of the 18th-century Old Royal Naval College to immortalise its outstanding architecture and sense of place and history. Your guide will offer tips on composition as you go.
Continue along the Thames Path and discover quirky alleyways with cobbled streets and quaint houses. Photograph the dome of the O2 Arena from across the river and admire its position in the London skyline. Pass olde-worlde pubs with statues of seafarers like Lord Nelson, discover deserted river beaches covered in sand and shingle, and capture boats and ships on the River Thames. Don't neglect to photograph Trinity Hospital, which dates from 1616 and is the oldest building in Greenwich.
You'll finish your tour by the Cutty Sark pub, just a short walk from Cutty Sark for Maritime Greenwich DLR.
This is an exceptional photography tour which is private to you and your group. Photograph London with an expert photographer during this private tour. Learn how to capture the best compositions with a professional photographer to guide you.
The aim of this tour is to empower your photography with expert tuition and tips from a professional photographer. Teaching is exclusive to you and your group and is geared towards the camera you own. Your photographer knows the best locations and viewpoints to guide you to.
Walking at a leisurely pace explore from the outside the iconic architecture of Southwark Cathedral. Learn how to set your camera to take different shots and make subjects come alive as you experiment with different angles of view. Marvel at the vibrancey of Bankside as we make our way along the route towards St Paul's Cathedral. Throughout this route there is something to admire and photograph.
Photograph people and places along this colourful route. Explore the imposing structures of the Golden Hind Galleon II, The Globe Theatre, Tate Modern, the Shard, Tower Bridge and Millennium Bridge all with stunning views over the River Thames. This is an outstanding photography tour from which to explore and discover the secrets of the River Thames with great London views and iconic landmarks.
Take time to discover the landscaped courtyards of Southwark and St Paul's Cathedrals. Explore with your personal photographer quirky side streets and small markets and small landscaped gardens within walking distance of the Cathedrals.
You take a short working break for refreshments and to review progress before making our way across to St Paul's.
Explore the luminous landscape of London at night and learn how to get great night photography shots with ease. The aim of this tour is to empower your night photography with expert tuition and tips from a professional fine art photographer. Teaching is exclusive to you and is geared towards the camera you own. Your photographer knows the best locations and viewpoints to guide you to.
Walking at a leisurely pace along London's South Bank explore the London skyline at night. Take time to photograph the iconic structure of the London Eye as it rotates slowly on the skyline. Learn how to set your camera to capture slow exposures which make the London Eye come alive. Learn how to set your camera to take different exposure times to change how your photographs look. Experiment with different angles of view to make unique impressive images. Marvel at the vibrancy of the London skyline as we make our way along the route towards the Millennium Bridge to photograph outstanding views of the River Thames and Westminster.
Photograph people and places along this colourful route. Explore the imposing structures of the Royal Festival Hall as it is illuminated at night. Admire and view the London Eye from across the River Thames from the Victoria Embankment. Look towards Big Ben and photograph the iconic clock face on St Stephen's Tower. This is an outstanding photography tour from which to explore and discover the secrets of night photography using the River Thames with fantastic London views and iconic landmarks. During warm summer months explore low light and twilight photography.
Photograph the vibrant and buzzing nature of London's South Bank during a South Bank Photography Tour. Capture street entertainers, musicians, market stalls, iconic architecture and outstanding river views during the South Bank Photography Tour for Small Groups. Learn how to get the best out of your camera and take home photographs to be proud of. Tour places are limited to 6 to ensure .
This tour is an outstanding photography learning experience as you explore and photograph the cultural heart of London with a professional photographer. Working in a small group with places limited to 6 there is always time for one to one instruction from the tutor geared towards the camera you own.
Learn how to capture the vibrant and buzzing nature of London's South Bank. Capture street entertainers, musicians, market stalls, iconic architecture and outstanding river views during the South Bank Photography Tour. Photograph the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and St Paul's Cathedral from across the River Thames. Be amazed by the imposing structure of the London Eye, Palace of Westminster and Royal Festival Hall.
Marvel at historic architecture and buildings which form the city landscape of the South Bank, incorporating the beautiful colors of Westminster Bridge into your photographs. Working in a traffic free zone we take our time to learn how to get the best out of your camera. Your tutor will get you to the best viewpoints to take photographs to be proud of.
The tour takes place on either a Saturday or Sunday. Groups are small
with places limited to 6 to ensure maximum 1 to 1 attention for all
participants. We take a short working break for light refreshments and
to review progress. Photographs are also reviewed regularly during the
South Bank Photography Tour. Take home photographs and memories to
cherish a lifetime. You can also use what you learned to help you get
better photographs for the rest of your trip. Book today and learn
photography with expert and friendly tuition.
The South Bank Photography Tour is suitable for all types of cameras from compact to DSLR. Suitable for all skill levels.
Learn How To:
- Compose a subject
- Use aperture value and depth of field
- Use shutter speed to create motion
- Use shutter speed to freeze action
- Use lenses for different shots
- Make use of available light and how it affects your photos
- Get the best from the camera you own
This is an exceptional photography tour which is private to you and your group. Photograph London with an expert photographer during a this private tour. Learn how to capture the best compositions with a professional photographer to guide you.
The aim of this tour is to empower your photography with expert tuition and tips from a professional photographer. Teaching is exclusive to you and your group and is geared towards the camera you own. Your photographer knows the best locations and viewpoints to guide you to.
Walking at a leisurely pace explore the world famous fountains, statues and pigeons of Trafalgar Square. Learn how to set your camera to make sculptures like the Landseer Lions in Trafalgar Square come alive. Marvel at the imposing architecture of the National Gallery. Taking time to photograph a variety of different compositions from a new perspective you make your way to Leicester Square which is home of Movie Premiers and famous for red carpet walk about by Tom Cruise. From there you walk through quirky side streets and small shops with "olde worlde" charm. Photograph red telephone boxes and the Statue of Eros at Piccadilly Circus. See the banners which fly high over Regent's Street. Throughout this route there is something to admire and photograph.
You take a short working break for refreshments and to review progress. Then make your way to Admiralty Arch, Horseguards Parade and Whitehall. You pass horseguards and sentries and marvel at their splendour and colourful uniforms. You pass the Cabinet War Rooms and statues which pay homage to the Women of the Second World War. From here you explore one of the finest London Tube Signs of Westminster. You arrive at Westminster and photograph the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and the many fine statures of Parliament Square including Winston Churchill, Ghandi and Nelson Mandela.
During the Private London Photography Tour learn how to;
- improve composition
- use light to its best advantage
- use depth of field
- create blurred backgrounds
- use shutter speed to create movement
- use shutter speed to freeze action
Enjoy a private photography tour as a professional photographer photographs you! Get the best photographs of you and your group of your trip to London. You don't need a camera for this tour as you are photographed by your personal photographer who exquisitely photographs you.
Locations include many London Classic Monuments; Trafalgar Square, Fountains, National Gallery, Westminster, Big Ben and Royal Horseguards. Be photographed along the tour route in front of red phone boxes, outside tube stations and famous statues and monuments. It's up to you how you want the photographs to look. Choose from street style, fun loving style or classically posed. The locations include as many iconic landmarks as possible. Your personal photographer discusses this with you at the start of the tour and brings out the best in you.
30 top quality photographs and post processing of images are included. Each guest downloads the photos from Dropbox. They are ready in 7-10 days. Professional DSLRs and lenses are used to ensure professional quality.
Photograph British heritage and tradition in Trafalgar Square- home of the world famous Landseer Lions, National Gallery, mermaid sculptures, elegant fountains and many fine statues and monuments. Capture street entertainers and pavement artists who create colorful chalk drawings for you to photograph and admire.
Walking at a leisurely pace you make your way to Leicester Square and photograph the gardens, the fountains and a great statue of William Shakespeare whose presence dominates the gardens. You take a short working break for refreshments (own expense) and to review progress. Then make your way to Chinatown, your expert photographer guides you to the best view points to photograph the colourful landscape of Chinatown. Marvel at colorful shop fronts full of exotic foods and delicacies. Be amazed by stalls crammed with colorful novelties and lanterns. You take your time to photograph the rich and authentic colors of Chinatown before making your way to Covent Garden. Explore the architecture of the Royal Opera House, quirky side streets and street entertainers before making your way to the extraordinary and colorful Neal’s Yard. At all times your personal photographer is there to guide and help you take outstanding photographs.
During the Private London Photography Tour learn how to:
- improve composition
- use light to its best advantage
- use depth of field
- create blurred backgrounds
- use shutter speed to create movement
- use shutter speed to freeze action
Photograph the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and St Paul's Cathedral from across the River Thames. Be amazed by the imposing structure of the London Eye, Palace of Westminster and Royal Festival Hall. Marvel at historic architecture and buildings which form the city landscape of the South Bank, incorporating the beautiful colors of Westminster Bridge into your photographs. Explore the vibrancy of the South Bank and photograph street entertainers, musicians and market stalls which are part of this exciting landscape. Working in a traffic free zone we take our time to learn how to get the best out of your camera. Your expert photographer will get you to the best viewpoints to take photographs to be proud of.
Take a short working break for light refreshments (own expense) and to review progress. Photographs are also reviewed regularly during the tour. Take home photographs and memories to cherish a lifetime. You can also use what you learned to help you get better photographs for the rest of your trip.
During the South Bank Photography Walking Tour Learn How To;
- Compose a subject
- Use aperture value and depth of field
- Use shutter speed for different subjects
- Use lenses for different shots
- Use light to its advantage
- Get the best from the camera you own
- And much more...
After the central London pickups, we will depart for Stonehenge. Upon arrival, you will be given special access to the Stone circle when the site is closed to the public. The tour will last an hour and is guided by a local expert who will explain the history of the ancient site.
After the private tour head to Salisbury where entrance to the Cathedral is included. Here you will discover all there is to know about the Anglican cathedral which is the tallest church spire in the United Kingdom at 404 ft. The remainder of the afternoon is left to your leisure to explore the local town. Your tour manager will be sure to make sure you visit all of the important sites of Salisbury. Then depart and return to central London. Arrival time back into London varies according to date selected.
After our central London pickups we head off to Wiltshire, where our first stop will be the medieval village of Avebury. Avebury is ringed by the largest stone circle in the world and the product of Neolithic man. You will have free time to explore this picturesque and historic area.
The group will then walk up the hillside to West Kennet Long Barrow, a 5000 year old Neolithic burial tomb. You will be taken to the burial site and given lots of information about it history by your tour manger.
Then depart for Stonehenge where you will be given special access to the Stone Circle when the site is closed to the general public. The tour will last an hour and is guided by a local expert who will explain the history of the ancient site. After our special access tour of Stonehenge we head back to London.
After an early morning pickup from central London, begin your journey to Southampton where you will board the 10:00am Red Funnel Ferry to East Cowes on the Isle of Wight. Arrive at approximately 12:00pm and travel to Osborne House, entrance is included. Have some free time to explore the palace, which was built between 1845 and 1851 for Queen Victoria and Prince Albert as a summer home and rural retreat. Then, continue on to Sandown and check into your hotel. The remainder of the afternoon and evening is left to your leisure to discover the seaside town.
After breakfast in the hotel the next day, meet your tour manager at approximately 9:00am for another day of sightseeing. Visit the seaside resort of Shanklin where you will be able to explore the famous Old Village before continuing on to Ventnor, another seaside town, known to be the highest point on the Isle of Wight, built on steep slopes and cliffs leading down to the sea. Then, venture to the other side of the island where you will be able to get some great photos of the isle's famous Needle, a row of three distinctive stacks of chalk that rise out of the sea. After a full day of exploring, travel to the ferry port for a 5:30pm ferry crossing back to Southampton. The expected arrival time back in London is approximately 9:00pm.
After a morning pickup from central London, begin the journey to Hampton Court palace. Situated on the River Thames, some twenty miles from London, Hampton Court is one of only two surviving palaces out of the many owned by King Henry VIII and holds a great amount of history. Upon arrival, you will be given entrance then left to explore the ground and the six acres of magnificent buildings and surrounding gardens.
After lunch (not included), depart from Hampton and head for Windsor where you will be given a guided sightseeing tour. The rest of the afternoon is then left for you to discover the royal town. You may enjoy visiting Windsor Castle (entrance not included), the longest occupied palace in Europe and is the Official Residence of Her Majesty, Queen Elizabeth. Or, perhaps you could go and see St George's Chapel, the place of worship at Windsor Castle.
Your tour manager will confirm the time you will need to meet back at the coach and you will then leave Windsor and head back to central London for an arrival time of approximately 6:00pm.
After our central London pickups, we depart for the medieval village of Avebury. Avebury was built and amended over many centuries from about 2850 BC to 2200 BC and is ringed by the largest stone circle in the world. Upon arrival, your tour manager will take you on a walking tour before leaving you for free time to explore this picturesque and historic area.
At approximately 1:30pm, the group will walk up the hillside to West Kennet Long Barrow, a 5000 year old Neolithic burial tomb. You will be taken to the burial side where your guide will take you into the burial chambers and bring its fascinating history alive.
At 3pm, we will arrive at Stonehenge where fast track entry is included. Audio guides are included and available in numerous languages which will give you an in-depth knowledge of the site. You are able to walk around at leisure and at your own pace whilst listening to the audio. You can also enjoy the new £27m visitor centre where you can even view a 5,500 year-old man and enter the Neolithic Houses to discover the tools and objects used in Neolithic life. We will depart Stonehenge and head back to central London for an expected arrival time of 7pm.
After the central London pickups, depart for Dover to catch the 9:30am ferry crossing to Calais. Upon arrival at approximately 12pm, continue the journey to Valkenburg, Holland, where you will check in to your hotel. The rest of the day/evening is left for you to explore the town and Christmas markets. You may enjoy watching the magical light parade of beautifully decorated floats traveling through the center, or perhaps visiting Santa’s Village and enjoy a bite or eat or drink and visiting the man himself, Father Christmas, for some special photos.
On the second day of the trip, after breakfast in the hotel, you will meet the manager outside the hotel and you will begin your journey to Boppard, Germany. Upon arrival you will have some free time before boarding the Rhine Cruise and enjoying the impressive views. At approximately 12:30pm, meet the coach and travel to Aachen. Here you will be able to spend the afternoon exploring the 125+ stalls at the Christmas markets which vary in goods from original hand crafted decorations, to stylish luxury goods. Make sure you also grab some of the famous gingerbread before departing back to the hotel at around 5pm.
On the third day of the trip, after breakfast commence your return journey to London but enjoy a lunch time stop in the beautiful medieval city of Brugge. Brugge’s Christmas market setting is truly beautiful with cobbled streets, historical building and stalls filled with Christmas goodies such as chocolates and sweets. Depart Brugge for your ferry crossing at 7:30pm, expected to arrive back in to central London at around 11pm.
Please note the itinerary is intended as a guide and some details may be subject to change.
After our central London pickups we will begin our journey to Windsor. Upon arrival you will be given access to Windsor Castle (entrance included) where you will have plenty of time to learn all about the history of this great site. The original castle was built in the 11th century after the Norman invasion by William the Conqueror and has since been used by monarchs making it the longest-occupied palace in Europe. Today the castle is the Official Residence of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth.
The remainder of the morning/early afternoon can be spent exploring the town of Windsor. You may want to continue with the Royal theme and visit St George's Chapel which is the place of worship at Windsor Castle or perhaps pick up some delicious fudge at The Fudge Kitchen which is a shop full of quirky fudge charm. You can even watch it being made!
We will then begin our journey back to central London (your driver/guide will give you a time and pickup point to meet at). We should arrive back in central London at around 1:30pm.
In this special tour for Christmas Eve you’ll be visiting the town of Salisbury and the City of Bath. You’ll also view Stonehenge, during our journey between the two popular locations.
After your central London pick up journey to the first stop in the town of Salisbury to visit of the finest examples of medieval Cathedrals in Britain. It also boasts the country’s tallest spire (entrance included) and is the home of the Magna Carta. You’ll have approximately 1.5 hours free time in Salisbury is included to explore the Cathedral and the city at your leisure.
Get back on board the coach to head to the city of Bath, via Stonehenge where you’ll have a drive-by viewing of the stone circle (the site is closed to visitors on 24th December).
On arrival in Bath, your tour manager will take the group on a short walking tour you’ll have approx. 2.5 hours free time to explore the city. Please ask your tour manager if there is somewhere specific you wish to visit who can point you in the right direction.
Depart Bath at approximately 4.30pm to 5pm. Expected arrival time back into central London is 8pm, Your tour manager will advise you of the drop off locations during the day. Please note there can be a lot of traffic traveling back into Central London so all times are approximate.
Your private guide will collect you from the lobby of your hotel. You can discuss the flexible itinerary before you set off. You will have the chance to see may famous locations around London.
Watch the Changing of the Guard Ceremony in front of Buckingham Palace. Continue to Westminster Abbey, final resting place of kings, queens, poets and statesmen.
Admire architectural details of the former Benedictine monastery, including the stone cloisters, Chapter House and Strong Room.
Enjoy the views of Big Ben and the marvelous Houses of Parliament.
Then, walk up Whitehall, past the Banqueting House and No.10 Downing Street residence of the Prime Minister. Finally arrive at Trafalgar Square and you can visit the National Gallery.
Visit the Tower of London (entry not included) to discover its history on a 2 to 3 hours private tour. See the Crown Jewels of the Royal Family, and more. See priceless treasures of the British monarchy, including the Imperial State Crown, worn by the Queen Elizabeth at each State Opening of Parliament. Marvel at the diamond of the Sovereign’s Sceptre the largest colorless cut diamond in the world.
Enjoy a visit of the White Tower, the oldest part of the Tower of London and see the fortress built by William the Conqueror between 1070 and 1100. Be amazed by diamond-encrusted weapons and suits of armour.
The Tower was once used as a zoo, you will see sculptures of exotic animals like the ones that were presented as royal gifts to be kept in the Royal Menagerie. Finally, see the permanent Tower of London exhibitions and find out the story of the Tower as a working Mint.
Meet your guide at Westminster tube station. You will then make your way to see the Ministry of Magic and filming locations used in the Harry Potter films. Would you like to see Leaky Cauldron pub and the Honeyduke's shop? You will take a double-decker bus to see the wizards bank run by goblins. Interior shots for the movies were filmed here featuring Gringotts. There will be a few opportunities to see the Leadenhall Market and Diagon Alley and the Millennium Footbridge from Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince. Your tour will finish at King’s Cross Station Platform 9¾ where you can find a lot of souvenirs that are perfect for Harry Potter fans.
Please note: You will need to purchase a travel card or Oyster card in advance for this tour.
Multiple departure times available throughout the day. Please indicate preference in Special Requirements field at time of booking.
Enjoy an intimate introduction to England's capital on a private 4-hour tour of London with a private guide and a driver and see some of the city's most iconic sights. Your private guide will collect you from the reception desk of your hotel at 10:00am or you can choose different time if you wish to start later. Discuss the flexible itinerary before you set off. Go to Buckingham Palace - official residence of the Royal Family. Watch the Queen’s Foot Guard march to a military band at the Changing of the Guards ceremony. Marvel at the eye-catching outfits and bearskin hats. Continue to Westminster Abbey - final resting place of kings, queens, poets and statesmen. Admire architectural details of the former Benedictine monastery, including the stone cloisters, Chapter House and Strong Room. Take in the Clock Tower, home to Big Ben, and the marvelous Gothic edifice of the Houses of Parliament. See Banqueting House and No. 10 Downing Street or Trafalgar Square and National Gallery. Famous Tower of London and Tower Bridge, magnificent St Paul Cathedral and many more places.
Then, walk up Whitehall, past Banqueting House and No. 10 Downing Street, to arrive at Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery. Conclude your tour back in your hotel.
Meet your guide in central London at your hotel and set off on an entertaining walking tour of the City of London. Catch a double decker bus. Then stroll along cobbled alleyways to reach the Strand and Fleet Street, home of Britain’s national newspapers until the 1980s.
Continue on to St Paul’s Cathedral, London’s highest point for more than 1,400 years. Rebuilt after the Great Fire of London, St Paul's has hosted many national events including the wedding of Charles, Prince of Wales, and Lady Diana Spencer. Stroll through London's oldest district while learning more about catastrophic events like the Great Fire that reshaped the city, or the plague that killed a third of London’s population. Cross famous Millennium bridge and visit Borough Market, Southwark Cathedral, Golden Hinde II – Sir Francis Drake's Famous Galleon.
Conclude your tour with a stop by London Bridge station. Learn how Tower of London, 11th-century stronghold of William the Conqueror became a palace, prison, and gruesome execution place, and hear tales of prisoners like Anne Boleyn – Henry VIII's unfortunate second wife – who met her end there in 1536. Your tour ends at center of London.
Enjoy an intimate introduction to England's capital on a private 3-hour tour of London with a private driver guide and see some of the city's most iconic sights. Your private driver/guide will collect you from the reception desk of your hotel. Discuss the flexible itinerary before you set off.
Go to Buckingham Palace - official residence of the Royal Family. Continue to Westminster Abbey - final resting place of kings, queens, poets and statesmen. Admire architectural details of the former Benedictine monastery, including the stone cloisters, Chapter House and Strong Room.
Take in the Clock Tower, home to Big Ben, and the marvelous Gothic edifice of the Houses of Parliament. See Banqueting House and No. 10 Downing Street or Trafalgar Square and National Gallery. Famous Tower of London and Tower Bridge, magnificent St Paul Cathedral and many more places.
Then, walk up Whitehall, past Banqueting House and No. 10 Downing Street, to arrive at Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery. Conclude your tour back at your hotel.
Your quest is to uncover some of the most daring and cunning Pokémon, some that hide craftily in plain sight throughout London and others that are trickier to locate. This tour offers a flexible itinerary, you can choose what you visit. See famous Big Ben, St Paul Cathedral, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace. Discover London’s hidden riverside gems on this fascinating tour.
Join your driver guide for an in-depth views of London’s magnificent landmarks like Tower of London and Tower Bridge. Your first target area will be among the statues, fountains and parks of London and historic places of London. Your guide will make sure you'll encounter plenty of Poke Stops to fill up on Pokeballs all along the way. Throughout your London Pokémon hunt, you’ll learn about the city’s rich history and timeless charm. Finally, your guide will take you back to your hotel.
The tour begins in late morning at Piccadilly Circus where you will be given an overview of what to expect. Make your way down lower Regent Street to Waterloo Place, where you will be told a little bit about royal history and the general area of Pall Mall and St James. After hearing about the history of the Duke of York Column, you will be led along the Mall, stopping at various places along the way, possibly including the Royal Society, a statue of King George VI and Marlborough House.
Then, head over to St. James Palace, where we will await the arrival of the Old Guard on the courtyard. The inspection will take place, and the Guards will then depart.
The next part of the tour involves marching in step with the Guards. Your guide will then take you to see the New Guard at Wellington Barracks. We will then finish the tour with a wonderful view of Buckingham Palace. Although this is the proposed itinerary, it is at the mercy of the British Army, British weather, and crowd size, so it is in its very nature a rather flexible tour.
Please note that as you march at the same pace as the guards at one point and encounter two flights of steps, you must have a reasonable level of fitness and be physically able in order to take this tour. Also, while you will see various stages of the Changing the Guard ceremony, you will not see the section within the courtyard of Buckingham Palace as the crowds are too large and also very little happens there.
You'll be led down old gas lit alleyways, past unusual signs and atmospheric pubs, taking in bizarre sights like the world's smallest police station, the Duke of Wellington's nose, the most superstitious hotel in London and so much more! Departs at 1:30PM.
Discover the secret side of London as you look for the unusual, hidden and quirky. Along the way you'll find the smallest police station in the world, the Duke of Wellington's nose, an ancient water gate and the most superstitious hotel in London. Tour departs at 1:30PM
This tour will allow you to explore the local streets with a local guide who will ensure you get inside insight on central London. This is a popular tour for both couples or families and the small group ensures you can get personalized service.
Of course this tour is a Secret London tour so it would be remiss of us to divulge all the secrets!
Along the way you'll discover part of a medieval crypt, the location of a forgotten river, the church of the Knights Templar, the spot where the legendary Sweeney Todd polished off his victims and so much more.
This tour will take you through some of the most atmospheric alleyways of London as you walk through the winding streets in and around Fleet Street and Temple. There is so much to see in this area if you know where to look, but you'll be grateful for your guide who will show you historical remains and forgotten corners which serve as a reminder to a very surprising and fascinating past.
Prepare to be amazed by the pool where Charles Dickens 'took many a cold plunge', terrified by the Sweeney Todd, demon barber of Fleet Street, and fall in love once more at the 'wedding cake church'. After a mesmerising walk, you'll finish up at the quite beautiful ancient home of the Knights Templar.
Suitable for families, couples, intrepid explorers and people who have an inquisitive mind and keen interest in looking further than your average tourist.
The Square Mile is not only the financial capital of the world, but also home to old pubs, ancient churches, bizarre ceremonies and an incredible 2000 years of history. During this tour you will hear about the devastating Great Fire of London, see a piece of the 12th century London Bridge and pass through some of the most atmospheric alleyways in the whole of London. The unique blend of ancient and modern is utterly compelling, seeing medieval churches nestled in among some of the most famous skyscrapers in the world.
This is a tour with an exciting and original twist. At each location you will be presented with three possible facts of which only two are true. This will bring out the competitive side of your character and will ensure a far more interactive and memorable experience as you try to work out which of these rather surprising stories of London's past are true and which are false.
This tour is ideal for couples, families and groups, a refreshing and really fun twist on your typical tour format.
Meet your guide in the afternoon in central London, then set off into the city to begin your walking tour. Widely considered among the world’s most exciting capital cities, London boasts famous landmarks, stylish districts, and centuries of colorful history.
During your tour, take in top London attractions including the Statue of Eros in Piccadilly Circus, the National Gallery, and Trafalgar Square. Admire the smart uniforms and sleek horses of the Queen’s famous Household Cavalry at Horseguards’ Parade, and capture the action on camera.
Stroll along Whitehall to number 10, Downing Street — the Prime Minister's address — and on to Parliament Square, home to key sites of interest such as Big Ben. Afterward, head on to historic Westminster Abbey, where your tour will come to an end.
Start the tour at Trafalgar Square, then make our way past the statue of two famous kings on the way towards the Horse Guards Parade Ground. Here you will eagerly wait in anticipation for the Household Cavalry, who will be involved in the Changing the Life Guard (Horse Guard) Ceremony which dates back over 350 years. You'll be amazed at how close you get to the horses and how magnificent the ceremony is.
You will then see the location of where a king was executed (a bust of his head marks the spot), then head off through the beautiful St James Park towards the Mall, home to many famous processions over the years, including Kate and William's wedding in 2011.
Now it is time to see the two operational royal palaces of central London - St James and Buckingham. Your guide will show you the balcony on which the death of the monarch is announced, the chapel in which Queen Victoria was married and Prince George baptized, as well as little inside tips to know if the Queen is in Buckingham Palace or not.
The whole way around you'll be in safe hands with accredited and friendly guides who will leave you with a real understanding and appreciation of this most extraordinary of settings.
As one of the world’s leading fashion capitals, London has an exciting shopping scene that’s particularly well known for its uber-chic department stores. Dotted around London, the stores can be tricky to find and working out the logistics from one to another can be even trickier. Luckily, with this private tour, you’ll have a knowledgeable private chauffeur to give you insider tips and drive you to the shops that you simply can’t miss!
After picking you up from your hotel, your chauffeur will discuss with you about suggested shops, and then you’ll be on your way. Your exact itinerary is flexible, so you can customize your day of shopping based on your preferences – let your chauffeur know where you want to go and then sit back and enjoy the ride.
Perhaps head to Harrods in upmarket Knightsbridge. Retailing in the same location since 1849, the palatial store remains unrivaled as the must-visit shop in London. It offers both first-rate service and an extensive product range -- selling everything from haute couture to ice cream.
Fortnum and Mason is probably the best-known British food store, having operated for centuries on London’s Piccadilly. Besides being the largest quality food retailer in London, the shop has a gorgeous interior; gaze up at its glittering chandeliers as you walk along its luxuriously carpeted aisles, shopping for quintessentially English teas and picnic hampers.
Be sure to check out the shopping mecca that is Oxford Street, home to the flagship Topshop store, all the best British-brand chain shops and, of course, Selfridges – another of the world’s finest department stores, symbolized by its iconic yellow shopping bag. Nearby is Liberty, the Tudor-style building with its tantalizing window displays to tempt you inside.
After eight hours of shopping in London’s finest shops, your private chauffeur will drop you and your shopping bags back at your hotel – the perfect ending to your perfect shopping day.
Discover London's classic sights on this private 4-hour walking tour with a certified Blue Badge guide. You can customize this tour to your own personal interests, but it typically includes Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, Chinatown, and Leicester Square, as well as a stroll through one of London's famous parks.
Meet your personal guide, certified under Britain's rigorous Blue Badge system, at your choice of time and location: a typical tour begins at Westminster.
Your first stop on this itinerary is Big Ben, the 19th-century clocktower that's a London icon: your guide will explain the history of both Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament as you admire their reflections in the waters of the Thames. From here, it's a quick stroll to Westminster Abbey, first built in the eleventh century, and still an icon of Gothic architecture.
Next, journey further into the heart of the British government as you pass Downing Street, home of the Prime Minister, and Horse Guards Parade. If you're lucky, you may see the Queen's personal cavalry on duty as you admire the glorious Palladian buildings.
Your guide will introduce you to war memorials and other state buildings as you stroll up to bustling Trafalgar Square. This is the home of Nelson's Column, topped with a statue of the admiral, picturesque fountains, and galleries that house some of the world's finest art.
Next, descend into the hubbub and buzz of Covent Garden, once home to a thriving fruit and vegetable market, and now a shopping, eating, and street theater mecca, and London's Chinatown. You'll continue to buzzy Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus, perhaps London's answer to Times Square.
Return to serenity as you stroll down Piccadilly and through Green Park, one of London's prettiest historic parks: you'll find yourself at the gates of Buckingham Palace, home of the Queen. From here, your guide can either escort you to the tube or leave you to explore the public areas of the palace (own expense).
Please note: some of the attractions may have entrance fees; if so, your chauffeur will let you know how much they are ahead of time when you create your itinerary.
Start with a pickup from any London Heathrow Terminal, and relax in the comfort of your private vehicle as your private chauffeur takes care of the route and driving. The itinerary is completely flexible and can be tailored to your interests, but all tours will include plenty of photo stops.
Explore the streets around Westminster, with its collection of historical and political monuments. Parliament Square is home to Westminster Abbey — setting of the 2011 royal wedding of Kate Middleton to Prince William — as well as Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, Whitewall and Trafalgar Square.
Want to factor in some activities alongside sightseeing and attraction visits? Then speak to your chauffeur about a Thames River sightseeing cruise , a ride on the London Eye or a trip up a high-speed elevator to the View from the Shard. Or, perhaps watch the world-famous Changing of the Guard ceremony outside Buckingham Palace, the London residence of Queen Elizabeth II.
Please note: some of these attractions may have entrance fees, which will not be covered by initial purchase. Your chauffeur will let you know how much these could be when you're working out the itinerary for this tour.
At the end of your day of sightseeing and fun in London, you'll finish with a drop-off to your hotel or back to the airport.
Board your luxury chauffeur driven Range Rover for a day to remember with your licensed Blue Badge guide who will accompany you from London to Stonehenge. On arrival your Blue Badge guide will take you onto the site, where you can enjoy the stones at your leisure with a fascinating guided tour.
The great and ancient stone circle of Stonehenge is one of the great wonders of the world and has been awarded World Heritage status. Why it was built is a mystery, it has been a pagan place of worship, an astronomical clock and a Bronze age burial ground. Its origins date back almost 5,000 years. Decide for yourself while you discover this unique monument.
Start your tour with an evening pickup from your centrally located London hotel, then spin through the streets with your private chauffeur as the bright city lights illuminate your route. With flexible itinerary, enjoy the freedom to hit the highlights you most want to see.
Perhaps take in popular sites of interest such as Chinatown, Piccadilly, Soho — London’s proudly bohemian neighborhood — Trafalgar Square, and the gitzy West End. Along the way, stop at your leisure to explore a little on foot and shop at famous stores like Fortnum and Mason (own expense).
Why not head down the Thames Embankment — home to must-see sites including Big Ben, Festival Hall, the Houses of Parliament, and the London Eye? With the landmarks illuminated against the night sky, capture beautiful views on camera.
After three hours of independent sightseeing around London at night, your private chauffeur will drop you off back at your hotel.
Your guide will be practical, punctual, reliable and thrive on the unexpected, welcoming individuals or groups, here on business or for pleasure. Your service can start at your selected time from any central London hotel or any of the major airport hotels. Maximum disposal time is 4 hours per day.
You can personalize your entire day with the assistance of your knowledgeable chauffeur whether its for a business trip to London, meetings, sightseeing or even a shopping day out. This tour offers a flexible itinerary, you can choose what you visit. See famous Big Ben, St Paul Cathedral, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace.
Blue Badge Guides are often the only external guides permitted to conduct tours at many attractions, including Westminster Abbey and the Tower of London. the guide bring the sites to life, often telling the stories that are not in the guide books or audio tours. With your own knowledgeable and entertaining guide, you can ask questions and find out more about what interests you.
Make the best of your stay in London.
Meet your guide in Fitzrovia in the afternoon, then start your tour with a traditional British pub quiz. Test your knowledge of Britain’s literary scene, then head onward through the City of London to further your knowledge.
During your tour, sample a selection of British beers (own expense) and meet a lifelike incarnation of Charles Dickens to hear what he has to say! Visit sites frequented by great 19th- and 20th-century poets and writers including Brendan Behan, Anthony Burgess, Karl Marx, George Orwell, Dylan Thomas, and Virginia Woolf.
Watch re-enactments of key moments in Britain’s literary history — such as the moment Dylan Thomas met his future wife Caitlin — and hear of the incidents and mishaps that shaped some of British literature’s most famous works.
Discover some of the places that have inspired more modern songwriters and artists like Paul McCartney and Damien Hirst, and enjoy book and poetry readings along the way. Afterward, finish your walking tour at The Coach and Horses pub in Soho, central London.
Head out of London on board your air-conditioned coach, and prepare to be greeted by the ancient enigma of Stonehenge. This fascinating stone circle has sat in the same spot on Salisbury plain for more than 5,000 years, yet nobody really knows why it is there or how it was constructed! It’s one of the most well-known sites in the world, and you can take your time, admiring it at your own pace on this independent afternoon trip from London.
Speculation about its purpose ranges from religious worship to studying the stars, so make sure you listen to your complimentary audio-guide to hear the different theories. See the beautiful Bluestone rocks on the inside of the circle, and wonder at how these 40-ton stones could have been transported and who could have carved them in such a distinctive way.
Make up your own mind on the mysteries surrounding Stonehenge, as you walk around the stone circle perimeter and marvel at this feat of engineering. You will have approximately one hour to spend at this UNESCO World Heritage Site, so make sure you bring your camera – you’ll have plenty of time to get shots from all angels.